1970-71 Catalog

PAUL REIGSTAD ENGLISH

Catalog 1970

Pacific Lutheran University Bulletin

PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY BULLETIN

VOLLJ�'E L MARCH 19j'J NUMGfR 2 , , , • Ti ., "J P '�',;". ,�h " U

, "' T " , .Yo ,A,,_-:, 38"-: , C ,

;�C • P. -

• -, " • .'

"

Pacific Lutheran University

Bulletin: Announcements for 1970-71

Catalog for 1969-70

Table of Contents Pages

School Calendar _____ ______ __ __________________________ _ 6

The University __ ______ _ __ _____________ __ ___________ _ ___ _ _ _____ 9

Admissions ____ -' ____ __ ____ __ __ ___________ ___ _ _ _________ 15

Finances ________ _

Fi nancial Aid ________________________________________ 23

Student L i fe __ _______ __ __ ___ _____ ______________ ___ _ ___ _____ _______ 27

Summer Session _ ----- -- --- -- ------------- -- ----------- _ 35

Late Afternoon and Eveni ng Classes ________ .. _ . _ _______________ _ __ 35

Academic Procedures _____ _____ _____ ___ ___________ ___ ___ _____ __ __ 37

Academ ic Organization _ _ ____________ ___ . ___ __ _______ __ _ ________ 45

Courses of Instruction ____ _______ ___ ______ ____________ ___ __ _____ 61

The Register _______ ____ ______ ________ _____ ______ _______ ___ _ _ _ ___ _ 189

Index _ _____ __________ __ _____ ___________ _____ __ _______ _______ _______ 214

Objectives of the University

Pacific Lutheran University, born of the Reformation spirit, maintains the privilege of exploration and learning in all areas of the arts, sCiences, and religion. The basic concern of Martin Luther was religious, but his rejection of church tradition as primary authority, and his own free search for religious truth, served in effect to liberate the modern mind in its quest for all truth. The total impact of Luther's stand has permanently shaped the modern world and helped provide the modern university with its basic methodology.

Pacific Lutheran University is a community of professing Christian scholars dedicated to a philosophy of liberal education. The major goals of the institution are to inculcate a respect for learning and truth, to free the mind from confinements of ignorance and prejudice, to organize the powers of clear thought and expression, to preserve and extend knowledge, to help men achieve professional competence, and to establish lifelong habits of study, reflection, and learning. Through an emphasis on the liberating arts, the University seeks to develop creative, reflective, and responsible persons. At the same time, the acquisition of specialized information and technical skill is recognized as a condition of successful involvement in the modern world. The University seeks to develop the evaluative and spiritual capacities of the student and to acquaint him honestly with rival claims of the true and the good. It encourages the pursuit of rich and ennobling experiences and the development of significant personhood through an appreciation of man's intellectual, artistic, cultural, and natural surroundings. The University affirms its fundamental obligation to confront liberally educated men with the challenges of Christian faith and to instill in them a true sense of vocation.

L ________________ ______ ________________________________ _

By providing a rich variety of social experiences, Pacific Lutheran University seeks to develop in the student a joy in abundant living,· a feeling for the welfare and personal integrity of others, good taste, and a sense of social propriety and adequacy. Distinguishing between personal Christian ethics and normal social controls, the University adopts only such rules as seem necessary for the welfare of the educational community.

The physical development of the student is regarded as an integral part of his liberal education. Hence the University encourages participation in physical activities and respect for health and fitness.

Professing a concern for the entire nature of man, the faculty of the University encourages wholesome development of Christian faith and life by providing opportunities for worship and meditation, offering systematic studies of religion and encouraging free investigation and discussion of basic religious questions. The University believes the essence of Christianity to be personal faith in God as Creator and Redeemer, and it believes that such faith born of the Holy Spirit generates integrative power capable of guiding men to illuminating perspectives and worthy purposes. The University community confesses the faith that the ultimate meaning and purpose of human life are to be discovered in the person and work of Jesus Christ.

As an educational arm of the Church, Pacific Lutheran University provides a locus for the fruitful interplay of Christian faith and all of human learning and culture, and as such holds it a responsibility to discover, explore, and develop new frontiers. Believing that all truth is God's truth, the University, in achieving its educational and spiritual goals, maintains the right and indeed the obligation of faculty and students to engage in an unbiased search for truth in all realms.

1970

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

1971

JAN.

FEB.

MAR.

APR.

S M TW T F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910

11 12.13 14151617 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 192021 22 23 24 25 2627 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15161718192021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 293031

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 2627282930

S M TW TF S

• 1 2

34� - o 89 10 H 12 13 14-1-5 16 1718_1920-21 2-223 24 2� 2-6 eH8 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14151617181920 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 13 14151617 18 19 20 21 22 23 24252627 28293031

1 2 3 4 5 6 '7-8 0 � 14151617 18 192021 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

MAY

JUNE

JULY

AUG.

I

S M TW T F S S M TW TF S

1 2 SEP. 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1718192021 22 23 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 27282930 31

1 2 3 4 5 6 OCT. 1 2 3 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

14151617181920 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 to 21 22 23 24 282930 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1 2 3 4 NOV. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 12 13 14

12 13 1415161718 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 192021 22 23 24 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 26 27 28 29 30 31 2930

1 DEC. 1 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 13 141516171819

16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2021 22 23 242526 23 24 25 262728 29 2728293031 3031

I S M TW TF S S M TW TF S

1 SEP. 1 2 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 9 1011 9 1011 12 13 14 15 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

16 L7 18 19 2021 22 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2627282930 3031

1 2 3 4 5 OCT. 1 2 6 7 8 9 1011 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

13 14 15 16 17 1819 1011 12 13 14 15 16 2021 22 23 242526 1718 192021 22 23 27282930 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

31

1 2 3 NOV. 1 2 3 4 5 6 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

11 12 13 1415 1617 14151617181920 18192021 22 23 24 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 282930

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DEC. 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 1011

15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 192021 22 23 2425 293031 26 27 28 29 30 31

School Calendar 1970-71

Summer Session, 1 970

Classes beg i n 7:30 a.m . ___ .___________ _______ _ ___ _ Monday, June 1 5

First te rm ends._ __ ______ _ _ __ Tuesday, J u ly 1 4

Classes begin-2nd term_______ ________________ _Wednesday, July 1 5

Summer Session closes_____ _ _________ _Friday, August 1 4 Baccalaureate/Commencement ____

_ ._____ ___ Fr iday, August 1 4

First Semester, 1 970·71

Orientation and Registration ____ Monday, Septem ber 7·Wednesday, Sep tember 9

C lasses begin 7 :50 a .m. _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _Thursday, September 1 0

Last date for adding a course ___________________ Thursday, September 24

Last date for d iscont inu ing a course without

receiving a grade _________ ____ _ ______ Thursday, October 1 Date for g iv ing deficiency grades _ ___ • _ _______ • ____ __ .. _Friday, October 1 6

Homecoming Weekend _ _ _ _ _______ October 23-25 Thanksgiving Day Hol iday _ _ _ _ - - Thursday, November 26 Examinations ____ _ __________ Tuesday, December 1 5-Friday, December 1 8

Semester ends_ _ ____ ________ __________ Friday, December 1 8

I nterim Period 1 971

Begins_

Ends

___________________________________ .Monday, January 4

_ _ _________________________ ____ __________ __ ___ Friday, January 29

Second Semester, 1970·71

Registration. _ _ ______ ________ ________ Wednesday, February 3

Classes begi n 7 :50 a .m.. _ _ _____ Thursday, February 4 Last date for add ing a course___ _ __ ___ ___ _ Thu rsday, February 18

Washington's Birthday Holiday____ ___________ __ _ " Monday, February 22

Late date for discontin u i n g a course

without receiv ing a g rade ____ . _ _ __________ Thursday, February 25 Date for g iv ing deficiency g rades ______ __________________ _ Friday, March 1 2

M id-semester break begins 1 0 :00 p . m . __________________ __ Tuesday, Apri l 6

Mid-semester break ends 7:50 a .m . ____ ________________ Wednesday, A p ri l 1 4

Examinations ._______ _ _ _ _Tuesday, May 1 8·Friday, May 21 Semester ends _______ ___ _ ___ - Friday, May 21 Baccalau reate Service, 1 1 :00 a.m._____ _ _____ _ ______ Sunday, May 23

Commencement, 3 :30 p .m . _ �_ Sunday, May 23

CALENDAR AND CURRICULU M

Paci f ic lutheran Un iversity adopted a new calendar effective i n 1 969. Com

monly called the 4-1 -4 , the calendar has two fou rteen-week semesters separated

by a four-week in ter im. Typical ly. a student enrol ls in three to four courses each

semester and one in each of at least two interims during his undergrad uate years.

Semesters The new calendar h as provided opportunity for most students to concentrate

their efforts on a smal ler number of study areas in each semester, and for

academic un i ts of the U n i versity to offer i nstruction in a smal ler nu mber of better

i nteg rated courses. The cou rses descri bed in th is catalog are the result of U n i

versity-wide review o f i nstructional objectives a n d practice. I n m a n y i nstances

they are markedly d i fferent from those they rep laced and, in every case, are

subject to poss ib le further revision as the poss i b i l i t ies of the new program are

observed.

A new general em phasis is g iven to the p romotion of greater i n itiative on the part of the ind ividual student. Courses have been planned and scheduled with

less emphasis upon clock hours to allow students g reater f lex ib i l i ty and individuality i n the conduct of the i r stud ies. In the semesters, as well as the i nte rim ,

students are encou raged to take the ful lest advantage of al l learn ing resources

available to them under the guidance of the faculty. In cou rses in wh ich there are

fewer formal contact hours. the i nstructors provide for a greater amount of

i n formal i ndiv idual or smal l g roup contact.

Interim The i nter im provides freedom-freedom for the student to develop h is inte rests

by concentrat ing on a s ing le course and freedom for the faculty to teach in areas

and ways not always avai lable during the reg u lar semester. However. freedom means responsibi l i ty. The faculty has developed i maginative concepts and courses

and has accepted the challenge to keep them responsive and open-ended. Since

inter im offerings are experimental and plastic, students are expected to approach these courses with open m i nds and a w i l l ingness to give to the course more

than is s i m p ly req u i red.

HISTORY Founded in 1 890 by the Rev. Bjug Harstad, Pacific Lutheran University has

occupied the same location since i ts beginn ing .

A l though named Pac i fic Lutheran Un iversity, the institution opened as an

academy on October 1 4 , 1 894 and became a j unior college i n 1921 . Ten years later, it was organized into a th ree-year normal school, wh ich became a col lege

of education in 1 939. In 1 941 , sti l l a small and strugg l i ng i nstitution, it assumed

the role of a col lege of l iberal arts. It was known as Pacif ic Lutheran Coll ege

from 1 920 unt i l 1 960, when, because of a restructuring of its organization, it again assumed its original name, Pacif ic Lutheran University.

Two Lutheran i nstitutions have merged wi th the University - Columbia Col l ege of Everett, Washi ngton in 1 920, and Spokane Col lege of Spokane, Washi ngton

in 1 930.

Beg i n n ing about 1 945, the Un i versity experienced g reat growth, benefit ing from dynamic leadersh ip , as well as from factors which led to the expansion of

higher education on a national scal e . Today i t operates with an academ i c structure

embracing Col lege of Arts and Sciences, School of B usi ness Administration,

School of Education, School of Fine A rts, School of Physical Education, and School of N u rs ing . A Division of Grad uate Stud ies offers work lead ing to the Master's d eg ree in a n um be r of areas.

Eugene Wiegman, who took office August 1 , 1 969, is the n in th president of the

Un iversity. Robert Mortvedt ( 1 962-69) is p resident emeritus. Other presidents,

a l l deceased, were: Bjug Harstad, 1 890-95, 1 897-98; Ole G ronsberg, 1 895-97; Ni ls

J. Hong, 1 898-1 9 1 8 ; John U . Xavier (acting). 1 920-21·; Ola J . Ordal , 1 92 1 -28; Osca r

A . Ti ngelstad, 1 928-43; Seth C. Eastvold, 1 943-62.

LOCATION Tacoma, Washington, a metropo l i tan area with a popu lation of over 250,000

persons, is located in the southern reaches of Puget Sound. The Un iversity is in

Parkland, one of Tacoma's u n i n corporated subu rbs. The campus is seven mi les south of the c i ty center and is adjacent to one of the main arterials, the Mt. Rain ier h ighway.

Towering mountain peaks f lan k the beautifu l natu ra l setting of the Puget Sound country. Hundreds of streams course down to Puget Sound through evergreen

forest slopes of the Olympic Mounta ins on the west and the Cascade Range on

the east. Scores of lakes dot the area. Comb ined with its moderate year-round c l i mate, the area is id eal for a jud i cious mixture of scholarly efforts and outdoor recreations such as boati ng, ski ing , swi m m ing, h i k ing, fishing and h�nting.

OWNERSHIP AND SUPPORT The U n i versity is owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, I nc., a

Washington corporation whose pu rpose is to maintain a C h ristian in stitution of

hgher learn ing. Membership of th is corporation coinc ides w i th the membership of the North Pacific District of the Ameri can Lutheran Church and the membershi p

of that portion o f the ALC's Rocky Mountain District whiCh i s located i n Idaho and Montana west of the Continental Divide.

The annua l meeting of the corporation is held in conjunction with the annual

convention of the North Paci fic District.

Voting members include the members of the Board of Regents, and the pastors and lay delegates of congregations in the constitue nt area.

The Un iversity receives regular f inancia l support from the American Lutheran Church, the Pacific Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America and from the Pacif ic Lutheran University Alumni Association.

In addition to Church assistance, the Un iversity receives considerable support from i n dividuals, organizations and businesses th roughout the nation and world.

GOVERN M E NT The pol icy-making and governing body of the University is the Board of Regents.

On the basis of recommendations made by the President, i t charts a cou rse for the development of the total program of the University and strives to p rovide essen tial funds.

The Un iversity corporation's constitution provides for 29 regents of whom 25 are elected for th ree-year terms. Fifteen regents represent the North Pacif ic and Rocky Mountain Districts of the Ame rican Lutheran Church , six are chosen by the Pacif ic Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America, three represent the PLU A l u m n i Assoc iation, and three a re chosen at large by the Board of Regents. The President of the University and the President of the North Pacific District are regents by vi rtue of thei r posit ion. The student body and the faculty have representatives who meet with the Board .

ACCREDITATION AND I NSTITUTIONAL MEMB ERSHIPS Pacif ic Lutheran Un iversity is fully accredited by the Northwest Association of

Secondary and Higher Schools as a four-year i nstitution of h igher education and by the Washington State Board of Education for teacher education. The Unive rsity is acc redited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation of elementary and secondary teachers with the Master's degree as the highest degree app roved. The School of Nursing is accredited by the National League for N u rsing. The Un iversity is app roved by the American Association of University Women and by the Ameri can Chemical Society.

The Un iversity is a member of the Association of American Colleges, the Ameri can Council on Educati on , the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Northwest Association of P rivate Colleges and Un iversities, and the I ndependent Col leges of Wash,ington, I ncorporated.

STUDENT BODY App roximately 4,400 students will be served by the University during the cur

rent school year and sum mer session. FUll-ti me enrol lment each semester is about 2 ,250. Wh i le the majority of the students come from the State of Washi ngton, over 30 states and several foreign countries are represented. Regard i ng re l igious aff i l i ation, a majority are of the Lutheran fai th , but some 20 other church g roups are represented.

FACULTY The University has a fu l l-time teaching faculty of 1 42 . There are 40 part-time

teachers, most of whom teach i n the late afternoon and evening program and the summer session. Qual ities expected of faculty members i nclude commitment

to the Objectives of the Un iversity, deep concern for the ind ividual student, excel

lent preparation in a recognized grad uate school, and a des i re and an abi l i ty to teach .

ALU M N I

T h e Alumni Association numbers over 7,000 persons, l iv ing al l over the world.

Members of the teach ing p rofession comprise the largest segment of the alumn i .

Hundreds are engaged i n t h e work of the Church a s pastors, m issionaries, parish

workers and other specia lties. PLU alumni serve the i r God, their fellow men and

their countries in a host of other p rofessi ons and vocations.

THE CAMPUS Beautiful natu ral surroundings b lended with modern build i ngs and fac i l i t ies

characterize the 1 26-acre campus of Pac i f ic Lutheran. Stately Douglas f i r t rees, a

variety of bloom i ng and evergreen shrubs, lush g reen lawns and flower beds set

off the bu i ld i ngs and make the campus attractive the year around. Majestic Mt.

Rainier , rising to an alt itude of 1 4 , 4 1 0 feet about 30 m i les away, dominates the sett ing.

Campus outdoor recreational fac i l i t ies i nclude a n i ne-hole, 2,048-yard gol f

course, ten n is courts, and athletic f ields.

Most of the University b u i ld ings are located on what is termed the "upper

campus." The "lower campus," below a sl ight h i l l to the south, is the setting for

the ath letic fac i l i t ies, residence halls for men, a d i n ing hal l and apartments for

married students.

The main campus i s bounded by South 1 21 st Street on the north and South

1 27th Street on the south, by Park Avenue on the east and South " I" Street on

the west.

UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS

Academic Tacoma-Pierce Ad min istration Bu i ld ing , a two-story steel and concrete struc

ture, was completed in 1 960. I t houses the admin istrative offices of the U n iversity, 21 c lassrooms, facu lty offices, studios and master control for c losed c i rcu i t tele

vis ion, and a chapel-auditori um seating 1 75 persons. The Robert A. L. Mortvedt Library i s a m u lti-media learn ing center contain ing

over 1 40,000 pub l ished and recorded i tems and provides an opt imum environment

of comfort and pr ivacy eventual ly capable of housing 1 ,000 persons at one t ime and 500,000 items. This two-story, plus basement, brick structure was com

p leted in 1 966.

Xavier Hal l , bu i l t as a l i brary in 1 937 and remodeled in 1 966-67, houses class

rooms, faculty offices and central services.

Ramstad Hall, a th ree-story brick structure, was bu i l t in 1 947 and added to i n

1 959. I t contains labo ratory, classroom, l ibrary, museum, research a n d office

faci l i t ies for the departments of b iology, chemistry, and physics.

Memorial Gymnas ium, bui l t i n 1 947, provides classrooms and activity areas for

the department of health and physical education, and accommodations for i ntra

mural and i ntercollegiate athleti cs. There is seating fo r 2,200 spectators in the gymnas ium.

Eastvold Chapel, completed in 1 952, seats 1 ,238 persons and is used for chapel , concerts, special events and plays. The multi-pu rpose structure also contains classrooms, work areas, stage and a radio studio for the department of speech; studios, ensemble practice rooms and in dividual p ractice rooms fo r the department of music; a devotional chapel and offices for the student congregati on.

The Art Bu i ld ing, a two-story frame bUi ld ing, contains classrooms, laboratory and offices for the department of art. I t wi l l be razed d u ring the 1 970-71 school year.

The Swi mming Pool , co mpleted in Apri l , 1 965, has a swi m m i n g area 42 by 75 feet and a divi ng area 30 to 35 feet. Shower, locker and dressing rooms are located

in the 1 33 by 1 45 foot structure. The Olson Physical Education Auditorium is the center of campus recreati onal

activities. Completed in 1 969 at a cost of $2.2 mi l l ion, the Uni-Turfed auditori um and the Astra-Turfed f ie ldh ouse provide opportun ities for p lan ned programs of physical activity and free-time recreation for all students. Handbal l , squash, padd lebal l and sau na bathing are but a few of the activit ies enj oyed by PLU students in this spacious complex.

Additional physical education facilities inc l ude l ighted tennis courts, a ni neho le golf course and numerous athletic fields.

Service Buildings The Col lege Union Bu i ldi ng, completed in 1 955 and added to in 1 959, contains

a cafete ria, Ch ris Knutzen Fel l owsh ip Ha l l , bookstore, coffee shop, recreational and social l o unges, a small dining room and student government offices. In 1 970-71 it is p lanned to remodel the structure to house the School of N u rsing and the Department of Art.

A University Center is under construction and i t is expected that the $3.3 mi l l ion stru cture will be ready for use by September, 1 970. Faci l it ies which this community center wil l contain i nclude food service, lou nges, meeting rooms, bookstore, bowling alleys, music listen ing rooms, game rooms, private d in ing rooms, a fellows hip ha l l , student government offices, snack bar, and student publ ication offices.

Columbia Center, a two-story frame and masonry structu re completed in 1 962, contains a cafeteria, coffee shop, bakery and pro shop fo r the University Golf Course.

T�e Student Health Center houses offices fo r the University doctors and n u rses, out-pati ent treatment areas, and beds for day patients.

The Warehouse and Shops are used for the storage of equipment and the main tenance of the physical plant .

Residence Halls for Men H. L. Foss Hal l , a th ree-story residence for 1 88 students, has 1 6-men living units

and is d ivided i n to Nord ic House (north half), and Olympic House (south half) . H inderlie Hall , for 131 students, forms the south side of the housing quad

rangle on upper campus. Tingelstad Hall, a ni ne-story residence for 392 men, is made u p of four distinct

tJouses each having two f loors and named as fo l lows: Cascade House, floors 2 and 3 ; Ivy House, floors 4 and 5; Evergreen House, floors 6 and 7; and Alpine House, f loors 8 and 9.

These th ree men's residence ha l ls are modern bu i ld ings and have lounges, study rooms, typ ing rooms, se lf-service laund ry and TV viewing rooms. The halls are d i vided i n to hous6s. Each house is a cohesive u n it designed to encourage greater part ic i pation in the i n tramural , soci al , recreati onal , and acade mic programs.

Residence Halls for Women Harstad Ha l l , a si x-story sol id br ick bu i l d i ng completely refurbished in recent

years, accommodates 250 students. I t has th ree lou nges, a recreation roo m , selfservice laundry and kitc hen facilities.

Hong Ha l l , fo r 115 students, makes up the east side of the housing quadrangle and i s c losest to the heart of the campus.

Kreid ler Hal l , fo r 1 26 students, forms the west side of this quadrang le, and is on the west edge of the campus.

Ordal Hall , for 1 84 students, is adjacent to Stuen Hall and forms the north edge of the quadrangle.

J. P. Pfl ueger Hall , for 194 students, is located on lower campus. Stuen Hal l , for 1 09 students, is located d i rectly north of Hong Hal l . The four hal ls in the quadrangle and Pflueger Hall are modern th ree-story bui ld

i ngs each having large lounges, stUdy lounges, typing rooms, kitchens, self-service laundries, and other fac i l i t ies used in common.

Other Living Units The President's Residence is located on the co rner of Park Avenue and South

1 23rd Street. Un iversity apartments are two- and three-bedroom one-story frame u n i ts for

rental by married students.

SPECIAL U NI VERSITY PROGRAMS

CHOICE-Center for Human Organization in Changing Environments Early in 1 969 PLU established a research-education-action arm, Center for

Human Organization in Chang ing Envi ron ments. Its acronym, CHOICE, signals its funct ion and style: to in i ti ate processes and programs which wi l l enable many segments of an urbanizing society to part ic ipate in making choi ces which may lead to quality of l i fe in the region.

Funded by a three-year grant from the Board of Col lege Education of the Ameri can lutheran Church, i t serves as t�e University's l in k with community action programs and agencies and plays a major role in the Tacoma Area Col lege Consortium (comprised of Paci f ic Lutheran Un iversity, Un iversity of Puget Sound, and Tacoma Commu nity Co l lege). CHOICE provides channels for i n creasing i nvolvement by faculty and students i n the community and aids in i mplementing the Un iversity's role as an agent of social change.

AMERICAN ECONOMY PROGRAM The pu rpose of the program is to raise the level of understan ding of economic

prinCiples and procedures among teachers and students of the Paci f ic Northwest. The program is a Center for Economic Education recognized nati onal ly by the Joint Counci l on Economic Education and by the Northwest Counci l on Economic Educat ion . I ts functi ons are:

1) To offer special courses to non-econom ics majors at Pacific Lutheran, especial ly to future teachers and to current members of the teaching profession. These cou rses emphesize the role of economics among the social sc iences generally and its importance in al l areas of l i fe.

2) To develop, in cooperati on with the school syste ms of this regio n , teaching plans and aids that fac i l i tate incorporation of economics i n to existing curricula.

3) To provide speaking and consu lt ing services for community organizations i n terested i n promoting publ ic understanding of economic pr inc ip les and issues.

4) To establi sh, in cooperat ion with the Mortvedt Library, a specia l col lection devoted to the teach i ng of economi cs.

For further in formation on the Program, please contact its Coordinator in our Department of Economics.

KPLU-FM For instructional pu rposes and as a communi ty se rvice, the University operates

a non-commercia l , frequency modulat ion rad io station. It broadcasts on a frequency of 88.5 megacycles with a power of 10 watts under l icense from the Federal Communications Commission . Programmin g in cludes materials originating on the campus and from various networks, pr imari ly ed ucational.

Admissions

Paci fi c Lutheran Un ive rSity admits qual i fied students without respect to race,

c reed , color, or ethnic orig i n . The University adheres to the practice that every

student accepted shal l possess the academic and personal traits wh ich experience

has shown will enable him to su cceed in col lege work. In judging the qualif ications of appl i cants, the Comm ittee on Ad missions

usual ly adhe res to the fo l lowi ng requirements :

1) Graduation from an acc redi ted h igh school or evidence of satisfactory work

at anoth e r col lege of recognized stand ing .

2 ) Scholastic ach ievement, as i nd i cated by h igh school g rade point average

and/or c lass rank, wh ich predi cts a reasonab le chance for success at Pacif ic Lutheran Un ive rsity.

3) Satisfactory score on the Col lege Entrance Examination Board Scholastic

Aptitude Test. Scores on th is test are n ot required of students transferring from oth e r col leges.

4) Evi dence of good m o ral character.

RECOMMENDED HIGH SCHOOL COURSE It is recommended, but not required, that the h igh school c o u rse of an appl i

cant inc lude: Engl ish, 4 un its; elementary algebra, 1 unit; p l ane geometry, 1 u n it;

social stud ies, 2 un its; one fo re ign language, 2 u n its; one laboratory science, 1

u n i t; electives, 5 un its, i n c l u d i n g typi ng.

ADMISSION PROCEDURES Appl icants seeking admission should write to the Di rector of Admissions

requesting the necessary forms. Students planning to enrol l for the Fal l semester may submit the i r appl ications at any time after December 1 st of the preceding year. The fol lowing credentials are req u i red :

1) FORMAL APPLICATION. The standard appl ication form, desi gned for Washi ngton institutions of h i gher learn ing is used by Pacific Lutheran Un iversity. I t

may b e obtained from h igh school counselors (by Washington app l icants) o r

by writing the D i rector of Adm issi ons. A f i fteen-dol lar non-refu ndable appl ication fee should accompany the appl icat ion o r be mai led separately. This is a service fee and is not appl ied to the student's account. Checks o r mo ney orders should be made payable to Pacific Lutheran Un iversity and sent to the Director of Adm issions.

2) TRANSC R I PT OF CREDIT. High school transcripts m ust i n c l ude a l l work pursued through the final semester of the jun ior yea r. Students who have been g raduated pr ior to submitt ing their appl ications are req u i red to present com

plete academic records. Transc r ipts of transfer students must i nc l ude al l col lege work completed to date.

3) REFERENC ES. Two character and academ ic evaluations, prepared by prin

cipals, cou nselors, pastors, or other qua l i f ied persons, are requi red. Forms for this pu rpose may be obtained from the Admissions Office.

4) COLLEGE ENTRANCE EXA M I NATION BOARD TEST. Al l entering freshmen

must submit scores from the Col lege Entrance Exami nation Board Scholastic

Aptitude Test. I n formation conce rning this examination may be obtained from

high school counselors or from the Col lege Entrance Examination Board, Box

1'025, Berkeley, Cal ifornia 94701 .

5) PHYSICAL EXA M I NATI O N REPORT. Pr ior to registra.t ion, each student e n ro l l

ing for two and one-half cou rses or more, must submi t , a t h is own expense and on the form provided, a physical examination report acceptable to the Student

Health Service of the U n iversity. Until this report is approved, the student is

not officially admitted. All fo reign students are req u i red to report to the Health

Center upon arrival at the University for instructions conce rning various tests

which may be req u i red.

6) TUITION D EPOSIT. A seventy-live-dol lar advance payment on tuit ion i s due

i m mediately following acceptance, This payment i s cred i ted to the student's

account and is applicable at the beg i n n i ng of the term for wh ich the student has been accepted, I f u n foreseen c i rcumstances necessi tate cancellation of

the e n rol lment reservation, the amount wi l l be refu nded, if the D i rector of

Ad missions is notified i n writ ing pr ior to May 1 . The f inal refund date for

second semester applitants is January 1 5,

Early Decision Policy Fol lowing completion of h is jun ior year in h igh school, an appl icant who has

chosen Pacif ic Lutheran University as the institution he wishes to attend, may

be provisionally accepted for admission, conti ngent upon satisfactory completion

of his high school course, provided he ran ks i n the upper twenty-five per cent

of h is class, and otherwise compl ies with the admission pol ic ies of the Un iversity.

Early decision candidates should take the Col lege Board SAT before the sen ior

year of h igh schoo l .

Early Admissions Policy A student, upon recommendation of the high school prinCipal, may be el ig ible

for early admission to Pacif ic Lutheran University, provided :

1) He has completed al l graduation requirements, except fu l l residence, and ranks in the u pper ten per cent of his c lass;

2) He i s assured by h is high school ad min istration that he may obtain his h igh

school d i ploma upon the satisfactory completion of a specif ied amount of

acceptable college work;

3) He appears to possess the necessary emotional maturity, and

4) He otherwise compl ies with the ad m ission pol icies of the University.

Transfer Students Students desi ring to transfer from accredited i nsti tutions of collegiate rank

must submit to the Di rector of Admissions: a formal appl ication for admission,

complete off ic ia l transcri pts i nc luding a statement of honorable d ismissa l , recom

mendations from two references, and a physical examination record.

1 ) Cred i t wi l l be g ranted for subjects which meet the req u i re ments for the f ield

of work chosen by the student and for which he has made grades of not

less than "C."

2) C redit for su bjects in which the studen t has a grade of "0" wi l l be withheld until he has successfully completed one semester's work at the University.

3) Courses taken at a junior college are normally transferable if co mpleted wh i le the stu dent is classified as a freshman or sophomore.

4) In order to be a candidate for a degree, the student must take the f ina l seven cou rses (28 semester hours) in residence.

C red i ts previously earned by trarisfer studen,ts in unaccredited schools are not transferable at the time of admission. An evaluation of such courses, and a decision relative to the i r transferabi lity, wi l l be made after the student concerned has been in attend ance at Pac i fic Lutheran University for one semester.

Admission of Non-Degree Students Persons eighteen years or older who desi re to enrol l in two courses (8 semester

hours) or less may be ad mitted as non-deg ree students without submitting applications for regular status. Credits earned in this manner wi l l be evaluated as to their acceptability if the student, as a result of formal apPli cation and acceptance, becomes a regu lar student; that is, a candidate for a degree. Non-degree students who wish to transfer credits to another institution will be issued transcripts which clearly i nd icate the non-deg ree status.

Re-admission of Former Students FUll-time students who have not been in attendance for one semester or more

may seek re-admiss ion by obtai ning an application for re-entrance. Students who have been d ropped for academic or d iscip l inary reasons must also submit a letter of petition for reinstatement. Re-entering students who have attended another college in the inter im must request that a transcript be sent from that i nstitution directly to the Di rector of Admissions at Pacific Lutheran University. The residency requirement as stated in No. 4 above for transfer students is also aPPl icable for re-entries.

Auditors Students, who are properly regi stered and have paid the required fees, may

audit certain courses. Such students are pe rmitted to attend classes but may not participate or receive credit. Laboratory or activity courses are not open fo r auditing pu rposes.

Admission to the Division of Graduate Studies The procedure for adm ission to the Division of Graduate Studies is out l ined

in the section Academic Organization.

Honors at Entrance The University confers Honors at Entrance in accordance with the provisions

of a coordinated program formulated by colleges and universities which are mem bers of the Col lege Entrance Examination Board. Recognition is g iven for outstanding achievement in h igh school and in anticipation of superior performance at the college level . The awards are not made in recognition of f inancial need and carry no monetary value.

Advanced Placement Opportunities 1) VIA THE ADVAN CED PLACEMENT P R O G RAM OF THE COLLEGE ENTRAN CE

EXA M I NAT I O N BOARD. Students who have received scores of 3, 4, or 5 on

C.E .E.B. Advanced Placement Examinations may be g iven both advanced place

ment and cred it toward g raduation. Exact provisions are dependent on the

subject matter fie ld , and inqu i ries are welcomed by the Ad missions Offi ce.

2) VIA LOCAL ADVANCED PLACEMENT EXA M I NATIONS. A nu mber of the

departments and schools of the Un iversity offer their students the opportuni ty of taking placement exami nations so that they may be accu rately advised as to the level at wh ich they can most advantageously beg i n their co l lege studies .

When a student receives a super ior score on such an exam i nation, and when

h is study of the subject matter was not a necessary part of the course work wh ich won h i m his high school di pl oma, credi t can be g ranted toward g radu

ation. Inqu i ries are welcomed by the academic deans from those stu dents who

might be e l ig i ble for such cred i t .

II

Finances

It is the pol i cy of the University to maintain h igh educational standards at as low a cost as possib le . The support of the cooperati ng Lutheran churches and friends who contrib ute toward the operation of the school enab les the University

to ch arge a lower tu i t ion rate than would otherwise be possible .

TUITION F u ll-ti me, for the academic year, 2% to 4V. courses ( 1 0-1 7 semester

credit h o u rs) in each semester p l us 1 course (4 cred it hours) in

the i nterim ________ ________________ _ _____ $1 400.00

F U l l - t ime during either semester p lus the in terim ____ 865.00 F U l l-ti me either semester without the in terim ___________ _ 700.00 !:xcess cou rses tuition, above 4 V. courses per semester, per quarter

cou rse _ _____________ _ ___________ _ 40 .00 Part-time, less than 2V2 cou rses per semester (9 credit hours or fewer),

per course (also charged for an inter im course if not taken in con-

junction with a ful l-t ime semester) ______ __ _ __________ 232.00

GENERAL FEES (per semester) General fee, per semester, charged students enrol led in 2% courses

( 1 0 hours or more)' _____________ __ ____________ __$ 75.00 ( Includes support of the following services: Activities of the Associated Students of PLU, accident insurance, Health Service, Student Artist Series, Saga (yearbook), Intercollegiate Ath letics, and Musical

Organ izations). University Center construct ion fee, per semester, charged students

enrol led i n 2 V2 courses (1 0 hou rs) or more (authorized by Associated Students, PLU)___ ___________ ____ ________ 1 0.00

SPECIAL FEES Audit , if with in a total of 4 V. cou rses for a fu l l-t ime student ______ No charge

Audi t , i f beyond a total of 4% courses for a fU l l-time student, per quar-

ter cou rse _ ________ _____ _____ _ _ _ . _____________ $ 1 0 .00

Audit, for part-time students, per course______ _ ___ ____ 70.00 Credit for exam in ation (credi t wil l be recorded only for fo rmally admitted,

regu lar status students), per course unit of credit soughL ____ _ Late registration (app l i cable on and after the first day of classes) __ _

Change of registration_ _______ __ _ _ _ _ _ _____ _

Breakage t icket (chemistry students on ly) _____________ _____ _

75.00 1 0 .00

5.00 1 0 .00

Master's thesis binding charge, per copy _________________ 5.00 Placement _ __ .____________ ____ ___ _______ 1 0.00 Graduate nurse exami nation__ ____________ ____ _ _ ________ _

N u rs ing , locker fee deposit to be paid i n cl i n ical area ( refundable) ____ _ Bowling ________ _ __________ ___ ___ ________ _ _

Ski ing (off-campus) ______ _______ _ _ ________________ _

Student parking, academic year permit _ _ _________ _____ _ _

Student parking, part-time or second car per semester _________ _ ____ _ Student health and accident insurance (24 hou r, 12 month coverage),

optional (fee subject to change by unde rwriter)_ _ _______ _

8.00 1 .00

1 0.00 30.00 1 0.00

3.00

1 9 .50

'Students enrol led for less than 2V2 cou rses ( 1 0 hours) who have special permission to reside on campus are req u i red to pay the general fees. G raduate students

whose classes are pr imarily after 4 :30 p.m. wi ll not be subject to general fees.

PRIVATE MUSIC FEES Fu l l-t ime students-Music Majors

Private i nstruction fee i n c l uding use of practice rooms, per semester $ 50.00

FU l l-time students-Non Music Majors

Private i nst ruct ion, in cluding use of practice room, per semester One t h i rty-min ute period per week_____ _ _ _____ _ _

One sixty-minu te period per week _ ____ __________ _____ _

Part-time students

Private i nstruction including use of practice room , per semester One th i rty-m i nute period per week _ __ ____ _ _______ _

One sixty-min ute period per week_ ___________ _ _________ _

BOARD AND ROOM

70.00 1 20.00

95.00 1 45.00

Room with telephone and board are furnished to resident students, per semester,

as fol lows:

WOMEN (1 970-71) Harstad Hal l , capacity 250 (74x36-i nch beds) __ ______________ ___ . _ .. _ $ 475.00 Pflueger Hal l , capacity 194 (80x36-inch beds) ___________ _

Hong Hal l , capacity 1 26 (74x36-inch beds) ____ _ _____ • ___ _

475.00 475.00

Kreid ler Hal l , capacity 1 26 (74x36-inch beds) __ ___ _ _ , " ______________ 475.00 Ordal Ha l l , capacity 182 (74x36-inch bed s) ____________ _ ___ ___ 475.00 Stuen Hal l , capacity 1 09 (74x36-inch beds)_ ___________ 475.00

MEN (1970-71) Foss Hal l , capacity 1 84 (80x36-i nch beds) _______ __ ____ _ ____ $ 475.00 Hinder l ie Hal l , capacity 1 28 (74x36- inch beds) __ ___________________ . _ 475.00 Tinglestad Hal l , capacity 372 (80x36-lnch beds) _ _ ____ _____ 475.00 Students room ing off campus w i l l be fu rnished board in the U niversity din ing

halls at $285.00 pe r semester.

The above rates inc lude three meals per day, inc lud ing a l ight buffet on Sunday even ing . Meals are not served in the d i ning halls dur'ing Chr istmas and Easter vacat ion.

A $30.00 credit w i l l be applied to spr ing board for students who attend both semeste rs, but do not attend the interi m.'

S ing le room occupancy, when available, i s by special arrangement with the

Di rector o f Housing . The addi tional ch arge wi l l be annou nced at the t ime of registration.

' Soard and room rates for other than lull academic year: Fal l semester __ ___________ _______ ___________ __________ $ 475.00

Fall semester and interim___ _____ ____ _ _ __ ________ ________ _ 550.00

Inter im only _ _ _ ______ ___________________ _______________ 1 25.00

Interim and spring semester__________ _____ ____________ 550.00

Spring only ______________ ' _ ___________________ 475.00

FAM ILY APARTMENTS Two bedroom (10 un i ts ) i nclud ing water, per month _______________ $ 40.00 Three bedroom (4 un i ts) i ncluding water, per month_________________ 50.00

Evergreen Court (1 2 apts.) two bed room, inc lud ing a l l ut i l i t ies , per month 85.00

Family apartment deposiL _____________ ____________________ _ 40.00

A deposit of $40.00 must accompany a reservation for fami ly apartments. This deposi t wiH be held by the Univers i ty unti l the occupant vacates the apartment, or cancels his reservation. One month's advance rent for apartments is required.

PAYM E NTS Semester b i l ls are due and payable at the time of registration un less the optional

PLU Budget Plan described below is selected.

Students rece iv ing scholarsh ips, g rants o r loans must complete all necessary

arrangements wel l in advance of registrat ion. Students who are sec u ring a loan

from financial institutions or agencies (e.g. a federally i nsured bank loan) which

may sti l l be pend ing at the t ime of registration, must have a letter of com mitment from the lender acceptable to the University.

New students are req u i red to pay a $75.00 deposit on tuit ion after acceptance

and before May 1 . This is not refundable after May 1 or January 15 for second semester appl ications.

Returning students are requ i red to pay a $75.00 deposit on tuit ion which is not

refundable after May 1 or January 15 for second semester appl ications except

for those who enter the armed services.

The balance of the semester b i l l , after payment of the $75.00 deposit on tu i t ion ,

less any scholarsh ips, g rants o r loans, is due and payable at the t ime of registration.

An alternative method of meeting the total educational costs i s the PLU Budget Plan wh ich may be elected by a l l ful l-t ime students. The PLU Budget Plan consists

of twelve convenient equal monthly payments beginn ing May 1 0 , 1 970 and con

cluding Apri l 1 0 , 1 97 1 . Scholarshi ps, grants and loans w i l l be deducted in arriving

at the balance requ i red to be met in the equal payment plan, but in no case will

monthly payments be less than $1 00.00. An administrative service charge of $1 .00

per month is added to each monthly payment. Credit l i fe insurance is provided in

the PLU Budget Plan at no additional expense. Although payments beg i n May 1 0, late starters can make up back payments. Complete detai ls , together with examples

of how the plan operates, are avai lable from the business office.

N o other payment plan for ful l-time students will be accepted in meeting their

bil ls. Payment in fu l l by the day of registration or the PLU Budget Plan previously

arranged are the only two methods of payment avai lable beginning in 1 970-7 1 .

Part-t ime students must pay at least one-half of the semester b i l l at the t ime

of registration, and the balance in two equal installments on Octobe r 1 0 and N ovember 10 in the fall semester, and March 10 and April 10 in the spring semester.

A late charge of 1 % wi l l be made if any payment is not paid when d ue.

The University reserves the r ight to withhold statement of honorable dismissal,

transcript of records, or d ip loma, unt i l al l U n iversity b i l l s have been paid, or unt i l satisfactory arrangements have been made wi th the Business Office. Students

wi l l not be permi tted to register for a new semester until a l l b i l ls are paid for the p revious term.

C redit for future services to be rendered to the University by the student cannot be used to meet the in it ia l payment. Money due for work performed wi l l be g iven only if the student's account is current.

REFUNDS Partial tuit ion refund may be made when withdrawal from the Un iversity results

from sickness or causes occurring beyond the control of the student. I n no case w i l l fees be refunded. Refund may be made in the fol lowing proportions.

One week or less . _ __ _

Between one and two weeks __ _

Between two and three weeks _

Between three and fou r weeks __ _

Between four and five weeks _ __ _

No refund after five weeks.

_ 90% 80%

_60% 40%

_ _ _ _ 20%

Refunds on rooms w i 'll not be al lowed i n cash. However, i f the student returns with in the next two semesters, pro-rata al lowance wil l be c redited i n the fol lowing propo rtions of occupation du ring the semester of withdrawa l :

up t o 2 weeks___ _ _ _____ _ _ 80% 3-4 weeks_____ _ __ __ 40% 2-3 weeks ____ _ _ . __ 60% 4-5 weeks_ _ ____ _ ____ 20% No a l lowance w i l l be credited i f withd rawal occurs after the 5th week. If the

student does not return, the al lowance i s forfei ted. Refunds on board will not be made for continuous absences of less than one

week and no refund wi l l be made for the first week's absence. A pro-rata refund wi l l be made for necessary withdrawal from the Un iversity. No refund w i l l be made for any University trips of any kind, such as choir, chorus, band, orchestra, athlet ics, and so forth .

DEPOSITORY FOR STUDENTS Students desir ing to leave cash in the Busi ness Office may do so. This cash

may be drawn out at the request of the student.

PERSONAL PROPERTY The Un iversity is not responsible for personal property of the students or the

faculty members. The Universi ty cannot be held accountable for any losses.

Financial Aid

Pacif ic Lutheran University provides f inancial aid in the form of scholarsh ips, g rants, o r talent awards, loans and opportunities fo r part-t ime employme nt. Any

student selected for admission to the University is e l i g ib le to receive f inancial

assistance, provided that he dem onstrates a need t h rough i n formation suppl ied

on the Col lege Scholarsh i p Service (CSS) Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS). The app l icant should complete requ i rements for admission and submit a PCS to

the approp riate CSS office by Feb rua ry 1 5 . Copies of th is form are avai lab le from h i g h school cou nselors , the CSS or University Financia l Aid Office.

I t is assumed when req uests for a id are received that the student 's fi rst choice

i s a scholarship or g rant. With this in m ind , the Committee decides the type of assistance which wil l be offered. In the majority of cases, a student wil l be offered

a package f inancial aid p lan , i nc l ud ing two or more forms 'of assistance.

Scholarships: Annual scholarsh ips range in amount f rom $100 to fu l l tu i t ion , and are granted,

as far as funds wi l l permit, to potentially outstan ding students who are dependent i n large measure u pon the i r own efforts to secu re a college educatio n . The appl i

cant must rank in the u pper ten per cent of h is class and have at least a 3.3 grade

point average. Scholastic ab i l i ty must be further reflected in the scores atttained

on the Col lege Entrance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test, which should be taken in December or January.

Appl i cations for renewal of scholarsh i ps m ust be submitted prior to March 1 . I n add i tion t o its own scholarsh ip fund, the Un ive rsity has a t its d i sposal the

fo l lowing restricted scholarship funds which are awarded primarily to those students who have completed their f i rst year:

Aid Association for Luthe rans Scholarsh i p

Alt rusa Club, Tacoma Ch apter, Scholarsh ip

A lumn i Scholarsh ip Fund American Associat ion of

U n i versity Women Scholarsh i p Helen Cl i ft Bel l Scholarships Jorunn Brei land Scholarsh ip Fund O. A. Brown Fund Dr. and Mrs. W. B . Burns Fund Ida A . Davis Fund Facu lty Memorial Scholarsh i p Fund Faith Lutheran Church of Portland

Scholarsh ip Fund Rebecca SChoenfeld Gardner and

Joseph Gardner Sch olarsh ip O laf Halvorson Scholarsh i p

W. H . Hardtke Se minary Student Scholarsh i p Fund

Rev. Ka rl Ki l ian Memorial Fund

Ki nsman Awards Ladies of Kiwanis Award Drs. Larson, Wi cks, Reberger and

Elder Scholarsh i p in Medical Technology

Talent Awards:

Ludvig and C lara Larson Scholarship M r. and M rs. W. Hi ld ing L indbe rg

Endowed Scholarsh ip

Lu te Club Scholarsh ip (s) Lutheran B rotherh ood Legal Reserve

Life Insurance Co. Scholarsh ips

Mu Phi Epsilon, Tacoma Professional Ch apter, Scholarshi p

P L U Faculty Wives Sch olarshi p

Walter Reed N u rsing Scholarsh ip Women of Rotary Scholarsh ip Siq ueland Youth Schol arsh i p ,

sponsored b y N orth Pacif ic Distr ict Luther League

Social Service Scholarsh i p Fund of the D i vision of Charit ies,

The American Lutheran Ch u rch Tacoma Lum bermen's Scholarsh ip

Teagle Foundation Rev. and M rs . Halvor

Thormodsgard Scholarshi p Tubercu losis Association of

Pierce County Scholars h i p

Women's Auxi l i ary o f Pie rce County Medical Society

Scholarsh ip

A l im i ted number of awards are made each year to needy students in the fields of speech, d rama, art, music and ath letics. To be e l igi ble appl icants m ust have

satisfactory academic records and unusual proficiency in one or more of the above f ie lds. Audit ions or personal in terviews are usually req ui red o f appli cants.

Grants Students with exceptional f inancial need , who do not qual i fy fo r schol arsh ips,

may be awarded grants u p to fu l l tu i t ion.

Special

Pastors and un married ch i ld ren of pastors are to be given grants in the amount

of $100 for each school year. These grants are to be awarded only d u ring the second semester in attendance and only i f such students receive the main sup

port of the i r un iversity expenses from thei r parents and provided that the students

are registered for at least two and one-half courses each semester d u ring the

school year.

Recog n ized dependents (not i nc luding married ch i ldren) of faculty/staff members may receive special grants, the amount to be announced at the time of

registrat ion. G rants ,i n the amount of $25 per semester shal l be g iven to each of two or more

students from the same fam i ly attending school at the same time, provided that the main support for both is g iven by their parents, and p rovided they have not

received any other Un iversity g rant or award. Married students are also e l i'g i ble

to receive this grant when both are enrolled as ful l-time students. All grants must be applied lor in the Business Ollice at or following registration

and will be credited after eligibility has been established.

Student Employment: Part-time work is avai lable each year for a l i m ited number of students. Jobs

a re awarded on the basis of appl icants' qual i f ications and the numbe r of vacancies

which develop on the campus and i n the adjacent areas. Priority for on-campus

work is given to students havi ng f inancia l need. It i s possible for a student to

earn $400 or more d u ring the regu lar school year. In most i nstances, students who

are sincere i n the i r des ire to work are given the opportunity to do so.

Federal Programs: In addit ion to the Financial Aid explained above, the Un iversity expects to have

funds to award from the fol lowing Federal P rog rams :

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUN ITY G RANTS (EOG)-In th is program of d i rect

g rants the student receives a non-obligat ing award of funds, based on exceptional

f inancial need and evidence of academic or creative p romise. G rants range from $200 to $1 000 a year, but no more than one-half of the total f inancial assistance

received from all sources may be in the form of an EOG. E l ig ib i l i ty is determined

by Federal guidel ines. NATI ONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOAN (N DSL)-The maximum loan is $1 ,000

per year based on need and other awards granted. No interest accrues and no

payments are necessary unt i l n ine months after recipient ceases to be a student.

Repayment period is 10 years at 3 % simple i nterest. A borrower who becomes a

fu l l -t ime teacher may request that 1 0 % of h is loan be cancel led for each year he teaches, up to maxi m u m of 50% . Teachers in schools with a h igh concentration

of pupils from low-income fam i l ies, or who teach handicapped students, may

receive 1 00% cancellation at the rate of 1 5% per year. NURSING STUDENT LOAN (NTA) - This loan is s i m i lar to N DSL except can

cellation i s for those who enter p rofessional nursing careers. Sophomores accepted for the School of N u rsing are el ig ib le if f i nancial need exists.

N U RSING SCHOLARSHIPS - Scholarsh ips with a maximum of $1 ,500 per year

are available to students in the School of N u rsing.

'LAW ENFORCEM ENT EDUCATION PROGRAM - G rants and loans are avai lable

to persons presently emp loyed in law enforcement or for those p lann ing to enter

this area of work.

COLLEGE WO R K-STUDY (CWS) - Work-StudY is a p rogram of employment in which the student. part icularly one from a low-i ncome fam i ly , i s com pensated for the number of hours he works.

G UARANTEED LOAN PROG RAM (GLP)- The maj o r objective of this p rogram,

estab l ished by the Higher Education Act of 1 965, is to make a fede ral ly i nsured

loan ava i lab le to any college student who wants one. Under th is p rogram a student may bo rrow from a bank or othe r f inancial i nstitution as much as $1,500 a year and not be obl igated to begin repaying the loan unti l nine months after he leaves schoo l . The amount of i nterest is determi ned by the lend ing i nsti tutions and the Federal Government. For many students the interest w i l l be paid by the Federal Government during their col lege careers.

Student Loan Funds The Un iversity ad m i n istration can assist students who are in need of f inancial

assistance through various student loan funds. In addit ion to the loan p l ans out

l in ed under "Payments" in th iS cata log , the Un iversity has the lo l l owing restricted loan funds from which assistance is avai lable:

Alumni Association Loan Fund Marie Huth Loan Fund American Lutheran C h u rch

Women Loan Fund Anton Ande rson Loan Fund John S. Baker Loan Fund J. P. Carlstrom Memorial Loan

Fund Delta Kappa Gamma Student

Loan Fund

Lily C. Ekern Fund

Gerhard Ki rkebo Memor ia l Loan

Fund Jean ette Olson-Diana Paul-Mi riam

Stoa Memoria l Student Loan Fund J. P. Pf lueger Student Loan Fund

O. J. Stuen Alumni Loan Fund O. A. l inge lstad Loan Fund Women 's Club of Tacoma

Revolv ing Loan Fund

Student Life

Pacific Lutheran University provides extensive services to assist students in making their educational experience and personal lives more profitable and satisfy ing . I n addi tion to provid ing an intel lectual envi ronment. the University is sensitive to the need of provid ing sufficient resources to aid i ts students in thei r total development. The University conducts and supports n u merous services and activities which supplement the basic course of study. The services described below, which are co-o rd i nated by the Vice-President - Student Affairs, have developed over a period of t ime and exist for the sole pu rpose of serving the student body.

POLI CIES GOVERNING COMMU NITY LIFE The University admits students with the express understanding that they wi l l

cheerful ly comply with i ts reg ulations in every respect and conduct themselves as ladies and gentlemen.

Al l students a re expected to conform to expected standards of behavi o r which inc lude conforming to state and local laws.

Any student whose behavior is dishonest, destructive, unethical, i mmoral, or i n any way reflects unfavorably upon the student body, o r whose con duct i s prejudic ia l to the good name of the University, shal l be subject to d isc ip l inary action which may result in suspension, d ismissal o r expuls ion from the Un iversity.

A more comprehensive statement of pol icies, rules and regulations i s i n c luded in a separate publ ication concerned with campus government and conduct.

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS The Office of Student Affairs is directly responsible for the o rganization and

programming of the residence hal ls and other student l iv ing arrangements; new student orientati on ; foreign students; student government, and other student activities. It also offers i ndiv idual attent ion to problems which arise in student l i fe. Students are therefore encouraged to contact this office whenever they are concerned about aspects of University l i fe not specifical ly related to curricular programs. The campus calendar is kept in th is office, and a l l Un iversity events and activities are sc hedu led here.

ORIENTATION OF NEW STUDEN'TS An orientation program to introduce students to Un iversity l i fe is held for a l l

new students at the beg i n n i n g of the fal l semester. Students take placement tests, familiarize themselves with Un iversity fac i l ities, and become acquainted with fel low students and the faculty. Conferences are arranged with faculty advisers under whose guidance registration is com pleted.

CLASS ATTE NDANCE Reg ular attendance at c lasses is a basic educational pol icy of Pacific Lutheran

University. A student who finds i t necessary to be absent from his classes should make arrangements with the instructor before the absence, or i mmedi ately thereafter. In all cases, it is the student's respons ib i l i ty to make up work missed. I f the student is careless in regard t o attendance, the instructor may deem i t serious

enough to notify the Office of Student Affairs i n o rder that a remedial action may be taken. Upon recom mendation from the i nstructor, a student may be d ropped

from the course.

STUDENT HEALTH CENTER The Student Health Service is establ ished in the Health Cente r where it retains

the services of physi cians and nurses to aid in the preservation of the physical

welfare of the students. The doctors are in attendance at regu larly sched uled hours. Consu ltat ion, advice, and care of common a i l ments are avai lable to a l l members o f the student body carryin g two and one-half o r more courses. The staff of the Health Center w i l l not make cal ls to residence halls or to any residence off

campus. When c h ronic ai lments are discovered, parents or guardians wi l l be notif ied. The Un iversity can not assume fu rther responsi b i l ity. The University does not provide for extended med ical care by the Un iversity doctors or examination or treatment by special ists. Every assistance wil l be given , however, in making arrangements for special medical or surgical care; when practical, the student is u rged to avail h i mself of the services of his family doctor.

All new students and return ing students or ful l-time graduate students, carrying at least 2 '12 cou rses, who have not been in attendance at this i nstitution for one year or more are requ i red to have a complete physical exam ination by thei r home

physician as a part of the admission req u i rement. (See Adm ission.) This examination report is kept by the Health Service and is ava i lable for ready reference by the Un iversity doctor and nurse.

The general fee, which is required of all students registered for 2Y2 cou rses or more, inc ludes treatment at the Health Center for minor d isorders and i n cludes

l imi ted accident insurance coverage. The I nsuror's l iab i l i ty l imits and benefits

are set forth in a brochure explai n ing the plan and is ava i lable on request o r at the t ime of registrat ion . All athletes part ic i pating in recognized intercol legiate sports are also afforded accident insurance coverage up to $5,000 for in juries

sustained, whether in jury occurs dur ing practice or during competit ion. HEALTH INSU RANCE. In addit ion to the accident i nsurance described above,

the Un iversity offers a voluntary Accident and Sic kness Medical Expense Plan. The purchase of this plan extends the "on campus" accident coverage to a twentyfour hour, twelve-month plan and in ad dit ion provides benefits for sickness. Par

t icipation in this low cost plan is voluntary and avai lable d u ring registration only . A brochu re which out l i nes the benefits of the program is sent to new students

before registrat ion. Copies are available by writing to the Office of the VicePresident - Busi ness and Finance.

COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER The general p urpose of the Cou nseling Center is to assist students in coping

with the normal developmental problems encountered by most college students in an i ncreasingly confusing, complex and changing world. Students typically see counselors in making decisions related to adjustments to the Un iversity, to thei r educational plans and to other people.

CAREER PLAN N I N G . Most students are understandably uncerta in of thei r aspirations and goals, and may benefit from an exploratory period p lus the opportunity to engage in a process of realistic self-appraisal with a neutral party. Resources

fo r career counsel ing inc lude tests of vocat ional in terests, academ ic aptitudes,

personality and a fi le of occupational in formation .

EDUCATIONAL ADJUSTM ENT. The change from h igh school to the various demands of the Un iversity is sometimes abrupt and d i ff icu l t to make. Counsel ing

can assist students i m p rove study habits, adjust course loads, and overcome fears of tests, instructors and competit ion with other students.

PERSONAL COUNSE L I N G . From time to t ime, students experience more personal concerns and emotional confl i cts which interfere with their academic and

soc ia l responsi b i l i ties. Individual or smal l group counse l ing can help the student understand these and to learn new ways in handl ing them more effectively.

TESTING. The Center has a suPply of various tests from which the student may choose in assisti ng with his educational and vocational p lanning. In addi t ion , the Center serves as a national testing center for several tests which are frequently

req ui red for graduate study and carries i n formation regard ing tests for professional study.

VETERANS AFFAIRS The University is app roved by the Veterans Adm i n istration as an institution of

h igher education for veterans and invi tes veterans to use its fac i l i t ies in acq u i ring and completi ng thei r education. Forms are available in the Registrar's Off ice.

Students, inc lud ing any new transfer students, who wi l l come under Public Law 634 (Orph ans Bi l l ) or the Veterans Readjustment Benefit Act of 1 966 (New GI B i l l ) , must contact the Veterans Admin istration Regional Office f i rst for a certificate of e l i g ib i lity and be gu ided by them thereafter. This should be done as soon as possible after acceptance by the University and before arrival on campus. During registration a l l recipients of aid through the Veterans Administration should f i l l out the Questionnai re p rovided by the Registrar.

In order to obtain full subsistence, undergraduate veterans and e l ig ib le orphans of veterans must carry three courses. Graduate veterans should consult the

Registrar concern ing load for fu l l su bsistence, as this may vary. O rphans m ust carry at least one and one-half cou rses to claim subsistence.

Veterans who have comp leted l iberal arts courses through USAFI w i l l receive cred i t as recommended by the American Counc i l on Education.

CHAPEL AND CONVOCATION RESPONSIBILITIES Chapel services have long been considered a vital part of the re l ig ious l i fe and

experience of the students and faculty at Pacific Lutheran University. Attendance is on a voluntary basis.

Chapel services are held Monday, Wednesday and Friday morni ngs at 9:50 a.m.

There is a convocation on T h u rsdays at the same t ime and occasional ly on Tuesdays.

FOOD SERVICE The students l iving in residence ha l ls are requ i red to take their meals in one of

the d i n i ng ha l ls located on campus. The fee established for food service is based on the fact that not a l l students eat a l l meals; therefore, no deductions are made

for students who eat fewer than three meals per day at the University. or who are absent on weekends. A charge is m ade for guests. Students rooming off campus

may board at the University cafeterias on a semester basis.

BOOKSTORE

The U n i versity maintains a book store i n the Un iversity Center for the con

ven ience of students. The store, operated on a strictly cash basis , sells books, stat ionery, school supp l ies and a wide variety of notions.

PLACEMENT SERVICE

The Un iversity, through the School of Education , maintains a placement service

for students entering the teach ing profession. A fee of $1 0.00 is charged to cover

the cost of records and correspondence necessary for placement of graduates receiving the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Education. An effort is made to place

all g raduates, but positions are not guaranteed. The placement service wil l u pdate

and renew credentials upon request. The fee for this service is $5.00.

G raduates majoring in other f ie lds are assisted by their respective major pro

fessors and deans in obtain i ng posi t ions.

STU DENT EM PLOYMENT

The University aims to assist worthy and needy students by help ing them to

find employment. Appl ications for work should be made to the Student Financial

A id Office after a student has been accepted! for ad mission. Students who w i l l

need work should apply early i n the summer because the number of jobs avai l

able is l im i ted.

STUDENT GOVERNMENT Students at Pac i f ic Lutheran Un iversity have an elected student government

known as the Associated Students Pacific Lutheran Universi ty. ASPLU deals with concerns of students, partici pates in general Un iversity government and academic

pol icy making and sponsors a wide range of activities, entertainment events and

discussion programs.

EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES In addition to stressing successful academic performance, the University chal

lenges its students to profit by experience in extrac u rr icu lar activities. Here also

the student develops his leaders h i p sk i l ls and learns how to work well with h is

neighbor . Students should not permi t this type of activity to i nterfere with their regu lar academic pursuits.

A LISTING OF STU DENT ACTIVITIES FOLLOWS:

General ASPLU SOCIAL ACTIVIT IES BOARD-coord inator of all activities.

ASSOCIATED WOMEN STUDENTS-all full-time women students.

GAVEL CLUB-aff i l iate of national c lub .

I NTERNATI ONAL STUDENT ORGAN I ZATI ON-for students from foreign countr ies and in terested American students.

M EN'S HOUSE PRESIDENTS ' COUNCIL-House Presidents of Men's Resi-

dence Hal ls. NORSK-for students interested in Norway.

OFF CAMPUS STUDENTS-all students not living i n residence halls. PROPELLER CLUB-for students in terested in maritime affairs.

STUDENTS FOR BLACK PROGRESS-al l students i n terested in rei nforcing black consciousness.

YOUNG DEMOCRATS, COLLEGE REPUBLICANS, YOUNG AMERICANS FOR FRE EDOM-for those inte rested in po l i t ical education and partisan activities.

Honorary and Service ALPHA KAPPA PSI -n ational professional business fraternity. ALPHA P H I O MEGA-national service fraternity for un iversity men interested

in Boy Scouts of America. ARETE SOCI ETY-an acade mic honor society recognizing exce l lent sch olarship

and interest in the l i beral arts. BLUE KEY-National j u n i o r and sen ior men's service honorary. I N DEPEND ENT KN I G HTS-service honorary for sophomore men. SPURS-national service honorary for sophomore women. TASSELS-local h onorary for senior women. USSAC-Un iversity Student Soc ial Action Comm ittee.

Athletic PAC I F I C NORTHWEST INTERCOLLEGIATE AT HLETIC CONFERENCE-area

organization for i n terco l legiate athleti cs. G I R LS' ROW I N G CLUB-crew rac ing . JAMAIAKI NS-h ik ing c lub . LETTERMEN'S CLU B-social organi zati on for men who have won letters i n one

or more major sports. LUTE VARSITY ROWING CLU B-for male students i n terested in crew rac ing. MEN'S I NTRAMURALS-for students wishing to part ic ipate i n l i m i ted but not

intercollegi ate sports activities. SCUBA CLU B-for students i nterested in scuba div ing . SEASP R ITES-a club for those interested in aquatic art. SKI CLUB-for students interested in individual or competitive sk i i ng .

Departmental AMER ICAN CHEM ICAL SOC I ETY STUDENT AFFI LIATE C HAPTER ART STUDENTS G U I LD DELTA IOTA CH I-for nursing students. FRENCH, G E R MAN, NORWEGIAN, SPAN ISH CLUBS MATH EMATICS CLU B P H I CHI THE.TA-a national fratern i ty for women majoring in busi ness. P HYSICAL EDUCATION CLUB PSYCHOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY AND H I STORY CLUBS STUDENT EDUCATION ASSOC IATION (Rho Lambda Ch i)-Iocal chapter of Stu

dent National Educati on Association.

Musical CHOIR OF THE WEST -a cappel la choir in terested especial ly in sacred choral

music. MU PHI EPSI LON-local chapter of National Music Sorority. ORGAN GUI LD-student chapter of American Guild of Organ ists. TH E AMBASSADOR QUARTET -a quartet from the music department.

SAGA S INGERS-a trio from the music department.

THE MADRIGAL S INGERS-an organization of trained voices singing both sacred and secular musi,c.

U N I VERSITY CHORALE-si ngers i nterested in sacred choral music and oratorio. UN IVERSITY CONCERT BAND-a performing concert organization. Variouz

members of th is g roup also partici pate in the Pep Band which performs at

ath l etic contests. UN IVERSITY ORCHESTRA-for instrumental ists who are i nterested in orchestral

performance.

Religious STUDENT CONGREGATION-under the leaders h i p of the Pastor, Donald W.

Taylor, is an organization designed to promote Ch ristian Life and to train the students for in formed and active leaders h i p in the church .

CALL-College affi l iated Laymen's League.

KOINON IA-students interested in church vocations.

Communication Arts ALPHA PSI O M EGA-national honorary d ramat ic fraternity.

C U RTAIN CALL CLUB-all students interested in all phases of performing

theater. FORENSIC SQUADS-local organization for area and national competition in

debate and indiv idual speaking events.

ASPLU SHORTS, STUDENT TALENT PRODUCTIONS-wee klY programs pre

sented over KPLU�TV (closed c i rcuit television) for University community

i n formation and entertainment. Open to participation by al l students. KPLU-F M-University owned radio broadcasting stat ion. Part ic ipation open to

al l students. PH I B ETA-national fraternity for jun ior and sen ior women.

P I KAPPA DELTA-national honorary forensic fraternity.

Student Publications MOORING MAST-weeklY student newspaper.

SAGA-Un iversity yearbook.

AUTOMOBILES AND OTHER VEHICLES The use and possession of automobiles and other motor veh icles in the campus

area is a matter of privi lege and not of r ight. Abuses may resu l t i n revoking such

privi leges. Al l who use an automobi le or other motor veh i cle whi le attending the Un iversity must register in the Secu rity Office and purchase a permit which must

be placed on the veh i c le as d i rected.

SCHEDULING All soc ial and un iversity activities arranged by departments, campus clubs, or

groups of students must be sched u led th rough the University Center office.

App roved chape rones are req u i red for a l l scheduled activities held either on or off campus. The schedul ing of activities by students is the joint responsib i l ity of

the University Center D i rector and the Social Activities Board.

PLACE OF RESIDeNCE

Pacif ic Lutheran is a residential university. A student not l iv ing at home with h is parents, guardian or spouse is required to l i ve in a residence hall on campus un less he i s at least 23 years of age. Each new and re-entering student must f i l l ou t the STUDENT PERSONNEL FORM and the Di rectory and I nformation Card received from the Office of Adm issions.

A returning student, one who continues without interruption, applies for the next academic year by paying the $75 deposit on tuit ion and by f i l l ing out the D i rectory and I n formation Card . I f he plans to l i ve i n a residence hall he will be g iven a Residence Ha l l Contract and Agreement form.

I f students cannot be accommodated in the residence hal ls , the Universitynot the student-makes the necessary provisions for housing.

ROOM RESE RVATIONS AND ASSIG NMENTS Application for a residence hal l room by the new or re-entering student i s

made o n t h e D i rectory a n d I nformation Card, a s explained above, after admission to the Un iversity has been confi rmed. Priority for choice of hall is determined by the date the Student Personnel Form and the Di rectory and Information Card are received, and' by the avai labi l i ty of space.

After the middle of the spring semester, on days that w i l l be designated, students cu rrently enrol led may apply for residence hall accommodations for the next academic year. Priority wi l l be g i ven to those who apply at that time and according to the avai labi l ity of space. After that date, all room reservations, i n cluding those of new students, wil l be assigned in the order or receipt of application.

The room reservation wil l be cancelled automati cally if a student has not arrived by the day classes begin for that semester. Al l room changes must be approved by the D i rector of Housing.

Housing assignments do not conti nue automatical ly from year to year. The

University reserves the right t o change a student's location or to c lose a housing u n i t whenever necessary.

RESIDENCE HALLS The University maintains residence ha l ls for students, over which the Office of

Student Affairs h as general supervis ion. All students assigned rooms in any of the residence halls are requi red to continue res idence in that hal l for the academic year. The residence h al ls open on Sunday of Orientation Week, and close at 9 :00 a.m. the day fol lowing the last scheduled examinati on. Students are not al lowed in the ha l ls in advance of the openi n g date, except by advance arrangements and payment of a spec ial fee. Returning students should not return to the campus unti l the day they are to reg ister, un less they are asked to come early.

The residence ha l ls h ave double and tri p le rooms with a l imited number of single rooms. A l l rooms are provided with single beds, chests of d rawers, study desks, desk lamps, and chai rs. The beds are 80"x36" in size in Foss, Pflueger and Ti ngelstad Hal ls , and are 74"x36" in all other ha l ls. Students furnish personal items inc lud ing sheets, pi l l ow cases, p i l l ows, blankets and towels. Draperies are provided in al l dormitories except Harstad, which has venetian b linds. Bedspreads wi l l be furnished upon request by the student to his head resident. Approved e lectrical items are radios, record p layers, clocks, typewriters, read ing lamps,

ha i r d ryers, shavers, c l i p pe rs and heati n g pads. I rons may be sto red in the rooms

but m ust be used o n ly i n the i ron ing room . Items which are not a l lowed and may

not be kept at school are: sun lamps, electr ic b lankets, hot plates, e lectr ic heaters

and personal i ro n i ng boards. Any other electrical i tems must have the approval

of the D i recto r of Housing. Occupants are held responsib le fo r damage to the rooms or thei r furn ish ings.

Cost of damages beyond the n o rmal wear to residence hal ls , u n less such damage

has been identified with an ind iv idua l , w i l l be charged on a p rorated basis among

the g roup within the hal l . The room s are subject to i nspection by representatives of the Office of Student Affairs. A final inspection of each room m ust be made

before a student may leave at the end of a semester or at any time that he with

d raws from the Un iversity. F inal checkout from a residence ha l l is com plete only with this i nspection and after the key has been tu rned i n . If there has been any

damage fo r which the student is responsi b le , an assessment wi ll be made and the student wi I I be charged th is amount.

HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS The U n iversity ma intains twenty-six apartments on campus for m arried students.

Four of them are three-bedroom u n i ts, the remainder two-bedroom un its. Each is part ial ly furnished with an electr ic stove and a heater. Appl ications for fami ly

apartments should b e made through the office of the D i rector of Housing. A $40.00

deposit m ust accompany the appl i cation. These appl ications are p rocessed accord

ing to the date they are received.

Sum mer Session

The Summer Session consists of two fou r and one-half week terms and begins

in the midd le of June. The cou rses carry regular col lege credit and are of the

same standard as those given during the regu lar academic year.

The curr iculum is designed for undergraduates working toward a baccalaureate

degree, graduates working toward a master's degree, teacher seeking credenti als,

school admin istrators see king special cou rses, freshmen desiring to in i tiate

college study, and others desi ring special studies offered by the schools and

departments of the U n i versity . Transient students who en roll for the summer

session only should submit a letter of academic standing or g ive other evidence

of being p repared for col lege study.

A complete catalog for the summer session i s pr i nted each spring. Write to

the Di rector of the Summer Session for this publ i cation and other i n formation

desired.

Late Afternoon and Evening Classes

To provide for the professional growth and cu ltural enri chment of persons

unab le to take a regu lar, fu l l -t ime col lege course, the Un iversity conducts a pro

gram of late afternoon and evening classes. These courses are g iven on campus

or i n appropriate off-campus fac i l i ties.

A wide variety of courses i s offered i n the arts and sciences and i n profes

siona l and graduate studies. There are specia l ized courses for teachers and school

admi n istrators, for persons in business and i nd ustry. The courses are of the same

caliber as those offered dur ing the regu lar session and are open to all who are

e l ig ib le to take col lege work, as well as those who are not e l ig ib le for regu lar

admission but who wish to take a course as a non-degree student.

A special bul let in is pr in ted each semester out l in ing the offerings, and is avai l

able from The Registrar of the University.

Academic Procedures

REGISTRATION

I n consultation with their faculty advisers students whose appl ications for

admission have been approved are offered the opportunity to register by mail.

Other students must register on the days designated on the school calendar as

printed on page seven of this catalog.

Students who register after the days designated wi l l be charged a late registra

tion fee. (See section on Finan ce.) Students cu rrently in attendance at the Uni

versity should register i n advance of each new semester.

In the spring semester, students who wish to return for the fo l lowing academic

year must pre-register by making a $75.00 deposit on tu i tion. Priority i n room

assignments and choice of class offerings wi l l be given to students who preregister du ring designated days which are announced. Students who pre-register

after the designated days wi l l be accepted accord ing to the space avai lable i n

residence hal ls and classes.

A student i s not official ly en rolled unt i l his registration has been cleared by

the Business Office and his Place of Residence form has been received by the Office of Student Affairs.

ADVANCED PLACEMENTS See page (18)

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Students are permitted, with in l i mi ts, to secure credit by examination in l ieu

of regular enrol lment and class attendance. The maximum amount of credit which

may be earned i n this way and applied toward a bachelor's degree wi l l be deter

mined by the provost in i nd iv idual cases.

The charge for an examination for cred i t earned in th is manner is $75.00 per

course. Arrangements for such exami nations must be made by the student with

the department chairman or school d irector and approved by the office of the

provos!. Evidence of this approval and of the payment of the fee should be pre

sented by the student to the professor who wi l l administer the examination.

COURSE LOAD The normal course load for ful l -t ime students is 3V4 to 4'/4 courses per semester

inc lud ing physical education activity. A normal student load d uring the I nterim

i s one course with a max imum o f 1 V4 courses including physical education activity. The min imum load for a full-t ime student is 2V2 courses.

Only a student with a B (3.0) average or better may register for more than 4 V4 courses per semester without the consent of the office of the provos!.

A student engaged in much outside work for self-support may be restricted to

a reduced academic load.

I NFORMAL STUDY To promote and encou rage liberal learn ing of al l k inds, over and beyond enroll

ment i n courses leading toward formal degrees, Pacif ic lutheran U niversity offers

a variety of opportun i ties for i nformal study. Among these are :

Guest of the University Status Teachers and off icials of other institutions of learn ing , visit ing scholars and

artists, and other professi onal persons who wish to use the facilities of the Un i

versity for in dependent study may apply to the office of the provost for cards designating them as Guests of the Un iversity. It is understood that such persons, in thei r use of UniverSity fac i l i t ies, wi l l defer to the needs of students and fac

u lty members.

Auditing of Courses To audit a cou rse is to enrol l there in , with the permission of the instructor, on

a non-cred i t basis. The Auditor is expected to attend reg u lar ly , and is encouraged to part ic i pate fu l ly in class activities. He is not held accountable for exami nations or other written work, but is we lcome to sUbmit such for evaluation. He does not receive a grade, nor may the cou rse be counted toward any degree req u i rement, but i f the i nstructor approves at the end of the course, i t may be entered upon the transcript as an "Audit." A student may, with the approval of the instructor or the

department, gain c redit for an aud ited course which he has not p reviously taken for credit , by passing an exam in ation set by the i nstructor or de partment. The

fee for such examination is the d i fference between the audit ing fee and the tuition the student would normally pay for the course.

Visiting Classes Members of the academic community are encouraged to visit c lasses and other

i nstructional activities of the University which interest them, but in which they are not offic ial ly enro l led, for whatever length of t ime they desire. Such visit ing is particular ly recommended as a way to explore fields with which the visitor is

unfam i l iar, but which he may want to study for credit at a later date. No fee is charged for this privi lege-nor is any cred i t given, since the purpose is the encouragement of learning for its own sake. Because regularly en rol led students must be given first consideration, however, persons desir ing· to 'visit c lasses or other

activities are requ i red to as k permission of the i nstructor i n charge. Visi tors are g uests of the c l asses they attend, and w i l l of course conduct themselves according ly at al l t imes.

Members of the academic community are defi ned as students, auditors, faculty and staff personnel , regents, a lumn i , guests of the U niversity, and spouses and mature ch i ldren of these persons.

Graduate Students Graduate students who wish to audit a cou rse which has a l ready been taken

for cred it at PLU may do so with the permission of the Dean of Graduate Stud ies. The fee for audit ing is $30.00 per course.

CHANGES IN REGISTRATION Changes in registration due to conf l icts or errors in registration may be made

without charge d u ring the f i rst week of the semester. To withdraw from a class and/ o r add a c lass, the fol lowing procedure is to be

fOl lowed :

1 ) Obtain the change o f registrat ion form from the Registrar.

2) Obtai n the necessary signatures and, if appl icable, a withd rawal grade.

3) If after the first week, pay the $5.00 change of registration fee at the Business Office.

4) Return the change of registration form to the Registrar.

The student is responsible for completing the above steps wi th in one week after obta in ing the change card.

Students withd rawing offic ial ly from a class after the th i rd week of a semester wi l l receive either a WP (withdrawal with passing) or WE (wi thdrawal with fa i lure) .

An unofficial withdrawal from a course wi l l be recorded as E. No student may withdraw during final examinat ion week. Certain General Uni versity Req ui rements (see page 43) must be completed by

specified t imes during any student's deg ree program, and withd rawal from courses meeting such a requirement is not al lowed if this would preclude meeting the requirement on schedu le.

WITHD RAWAL F,ROM THE UNIVERSITY A student wishing to withdraw from the University must obtain a withd rawal

card in the Office of the Registrar, complete a withd rawal questionnaire, and obtai n the necessary signatures o n 'them. The student is entitled t o honorable d ismissal if his record of conduct is satisfactory and if he has satisfied al l f inancial obl igations.

GRADES The fol lowing f inal grades are used in judging the qual ity of a student's work:

A-Excellent _ _ _ _ __4 grade points earned per course, credit given

8-Good _ _3 grade points earned per course, credit g iven C-Average ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 grade points earned per course, credit given

D-Passing ___ _ _ _ _ _ 1 grade points earned per course, credit g iven E-Failure _____ 0 grade points earned per course, no credit given

WE-Withdrawal Fai l u re _ . __ 0 g rade points earned per course, no credit g iven The above course g rades are used in calcu lating grade po int average. The course grades below are not used in calculating g rade poi n t average. H-Honors (Used for courses un ique

to I nterim only) _____ _ _ _ No P-Passing . ___ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ No F-Fai lu re _ _ _ . No I-I nco m plete _ _____________ No

I P-In Progress ___ _ ___________ No AU-Audit _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ ___ __ __ _ _ _ No WP-Withdrawal Passing _ _____ _ _ No

W M-Medical Withdrawal _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ No

I NCOM PLETE GRADE

grade g rade grade g rade grade grade grade grade

points earned, cred i t given points earned, credit g iven points earned, no credit g iven points earned, n o credit given points earned, no credit given poi nts earned, no credi t given points earned, no cred i t given points earned, no credit given

Special ci rcumstances may warrant the use of the temporary mark "I" (Incomplete) to i nd icate that the student i s doing passing work but has been u n ab le to complete his work because of ci rcumstances beyond his control. An 'Incomplete Report Form showing course title and the work that must be completed i s

fi led with the official g rade sheet for each incomplete given. In orde r to secure credit, the student must convert the i ncom plete i n to a passing g rade with in six

weeks of the fol lowi ng semester of residency, unless he has received an off icia l'

extension of ti me f rom the office of the provost. I n no case can an incomplete be converted to a passing g rade after a lapse of two years, regardless of residency.

Incomp lete g rades which are not converted by removal are not ch anged to "E"

grades and a re not computed i n to the g rade point average.

M EDICAL WITH DRAWAL

In the case of a student rendered incapable of completing a course for medical

cause, the off ice of the provost is authorized to i nstruct the registrar to enter a

"WM" ( Medical With d rawal) on the t ranscript. The "WM" wi l l not affect the

grade point average.

IN' PROGRESS GRADE The temporary grade of " IP" ( In Prog ress) may b e used to sign ify prog ress in a

cou rse in which the work normally is expected to take more than one semester for

complet ion. The " IP" g rade wi l l carry no cred i t unti l it i s replaced by a permanent grade upon completion of the work.

G RADE POINT AVERAGE The cumu lative g rade point average inc ludes only c redits granted for courses

taken in residence at PLU, and speci f ical ly excl udes t ransfer, correspondence, and extension courses, and credits by examination. However, honors for g raduation shall be based upon all work which appl ies toward the deg ree.

REPEATING OF COURSES Any cou rse may be repeated by an underg raduate student regardless of the

g rade received. The h igher of the two g rades earned wil l be the g rade used in computing the cumu lative g rade point average, but c redit wil l be a l lowed only

once toward g raduat ion .

PASS-FAIL OPTION FOR U NDERGRADUATE STUDENTS The pass-fail opt ion is offered so that undergraduate students will explore

subject areas outside those of thei r known abi l ities in their lower d ivis ion years,

or to add a broader range of courses to their u p per divi sion p rog ram without

forc ing them to compete with majors who are specia l iz ing i n those areas of study.

1) The pass-fail option is l i mited to a total of four courses and is l i mited to no

more than two courses pe r calendar year.

2) Courses requi red for graduation i n any deg ree p rogram of the Un iversity wi l l

n ot be taken on a pass-fai l basis. S imi larly, courses needed i n the student's

major field, except when a fi rst course has been taken p ri o r to declaration of

a major, w i l l not be taken on a pass-fail basis.

3) Pass-fai l g rades will not alter the grade point average, but credits earned w i l l count towards graduat ion .

4) The pass-fail option must be ind icated on the registration card by the adviser. A change in the decision regard ing pass-fail w i l l be subject to the establ ished

regulations concern ing change of registration.

5) Pass-fail students w i l l be responsible for a l l course work and examinations.

Only "P" and "F" g rades wil l be issued and recorded on the transc ri pt.

6) An ent ire course wi l l not be converted to the pass-fa i l basis by student vote.

7) The "P" (Pass) g rade wi l l be equivalent to a grade of A, B, C , or D .

EXCLUSIVE PASS-FAIL COURSES Departments or schools are authori zed to offer courses entirely on a pass-fail

basis under the fo llowing condit ions.

1) Cou rses to be taught entirely on a pass-fail basis should p u rsue goals primari ly concerned with apprec i at ions, value commitments, creative achieve

ments, or the l i ke , rather than the mastery of read i ly quantif iab le i n formation.

Sem inar, laboratory, pract icum, stud io , activity, or interim courses may be exam ples of the kinds of courses here envisioned.

2) Such departmental and school decisions are to be re ported to the provos" for

approval. Decisions to offer excl usive pass-fai l courses should be made

known to students before they register for them.

3) · Exc l usive pass-fai l cou rses may be used to meet the major o r Un ive rsity req u i rements provided they have been app roved by the faculty. The taking of

exc lus ive pass-fai l courses shal l in no way affect the student 's personal pass

fail option as described above for undergraduate students. 4) The mean ing the "P" (Pass) and "F" (Fai l ) grades and thei r use in determin

ing grade point average w i l l herein be the same as that set forth in the above sect ion , Pass-fai l option for undergraduate students.

MID-SEMESTER GRADES Warn ing sl ips are g iven to any student who is doing "D" or "E" work at the

end of the sixth week.

ACADEMIC PROBATION A student is placed on academic probation if he fai Is to keep his grade point

average (both cumu lati vely and for the immediately preced ing semester) at or above 2.00. Both the student and his parents (if the student is under 21) wi l l receive official notice of such action. Academic probation i s not a d iscip l inary

measure but an attempt to encourage the student in the d i rection of improved performance. The probationary student may be advised to reduce either h is academic o r extra-curricu lar activit ies, or both, unt i l h i s average shal l meet the

standards ind icated above.

Any lower division student whose grade point average falls below 2.00 for the

first semester of attendance at the University sha l l be warned that his work is unsatisfactory and that if he fai ls to make a cumu lative grade point average of 2 .00 at the end of the second semester of atten dance, he wi l l be p laced on academic probat ion . Any student on probation must make a cumu lative average of 2.00 by the end of the next semester of attendance.

The student on probation who fai ls to show adequate improvement during the

following semester will not be al lowed to re-reglster u n less, because of extenuating c i rcumstances, he is reinstated by the Academic Status Committee. He may apply for readmission after the expiration of one semester un less informed otherwise.

ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION IN STUDENT ACTIVITIES 1 ) Any reg u la rly enrol led, fu l l-time student (2% courses) is e l ig ib le for participa

t ion ,in Un iversity act iv ities.

2) L imi tation of a student's U n i ve rsity activities, based on academic performance, may be set by individual schools, departments o r organ izations.

3) It is the responsibi lity of the student on academic probation to check with h is adviser. A t th is t i me, a joint , real ist ic, careful assessment of the student's

ab i l i ty to part ic i pate in activit ies is to be made so that the student may reasonably l im i t his activities.

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS Students are c lassified as follows: Freshmen: students who have met the entrance requirements. Sophomores: students who have completed six courses and have earned twelve

g rade points. Juniors: reg ular students who have fulf i l led lower d i vision req u i rements and

have comp leted 14 courses and have earned 28 g rade points. Seniors: regu lar students who have completed 22 courses and have earned

44 grade points.

FOREIGN STUDY OPPORTUNITIES The i nte rest in study abroad has risen considerably d u ring the last decade. The

Un ive rsity recog n izes that mat u re students can benefi t f rom a wel l-planned and art icu l ated experience in another academic atmosphere. Foreign language majors

i n part icular are u rged to consider the possi b i l i t ies of an experience abroad , The Un iversity makes available foreign study opportuni ties through cooperative ar

rangements with existing programs, and it is possible for students to part ic i pate

in a variety of foreign study opportunities, Broc h u res and other i n formation on study ab road may be obtained from the office of the Foreign Study Adviser, Students cu rrently studying abroad , or who have been abroad in the recent past, are pursuing studies in Germany, Austr ia , France and Mexico under a variety of pro

grams, some of which are the Goethe-Institut, Central College Programs in Europe, and Le Fran<;ais en France.

As a f i rst step for the student contemplating study abroad, I t i s strongly rec

ommended that a sol id foundation in the language of the part i cular country be

acquired. The student is cautioned against beginn ing a foreign study program without

first sec uring advance approval from the Unive rsity. Attendance at a foreign un iversity i n no way waives the graduation req u i rements of Paci f ic Lutheran U n i versity.

Pr ior to embarking on a foreign venture the student should fi le a letter of i ntent with the chairman of his major department and with the dean of the col lege. This letter should out l ine i n broad terms what the student p roposes to study, where the studies wi l l be undertaken and the length of t ime of the proposed studies,

as well as how this experience w i l l fit into his own academic plans. On the basis of this i n formation, plus a record of lectures attended and examinations

completed, acade mic cred it wi l l be al lowed on the student's t ranscript, but no grade point average w i l l be com puted. The U n i versity reserves the right to requ i re exami nations covering the material studied abroad, i f it seems desirable or

necessary.

Upon h is return from studying abroad, the student wi l l , with the assistance of the Chai rman of the Foreign Language Department, prepare a written request for academic credit. If he has pursued his stud ies in several academic areas, he w i l l need the approval of each department concerned .

HONORS COURSES

Honors courses are offered by certain departments for students of superior academic abi lity. Freshmen ranking in the upper ten per cent of their high school classes and making an acceptable score on the college aptitude test are el igible fOi consideration. Registration in honors courses i s by invitation only. Opportunity for superior students to do independent study and research in their major f ield i s avai lable during their junior and senior years.

THE DEANS' LIST Recognition is given by the University to students who attain high scholastic

ach ievement. Their names are publ ished on the Deans' List at the end of each semester. To be e l igible a student must have a grade point average of 3.30 or better for the previous semester.

APPLICATION FOR GRADUATION I t i s the respons ib i l i ty of the student to file his appl ication for graduation in

the Registrar's Office. Normally th is is done pr ior to o r at the begi nn ing of the senior year.

Students who plan to transfer credit back to Pacif ic Lutheran University for a degree (3-2 program or 3-1 program) must apply for graduation pr ior to or during the fi rst semester of the junior year so that any deficiencies wil l be met before the student leaves campus.

A student may work toward more than one bachelor's degree simultaneously and may be awarded both degrees simultaneously, provided that at least 7 additional courses are earned for the second degree.

GRADUATION HONORS Degrees with honors of Cum Laude, Magna Cum Laude and Summa Cum Laude

are granted to students receiving the req u i red cumu lative grade point average.

To be e l ig ib le for these honors a student must have earned an average of 3.30 for Cum Laude, 3.60 for Magna Cum Laude, and 3.90 for Summa Cum Laude. Physical

Education activities are not to be inc luded in the determin ing of honors.

Academic Organization

The University is comprised of these major i nstructional un i ts : the College of

Arts and Sciences, School of Busi ness Admi nistration, School of Ed ucation, Schoo l, of Fine Arts, School of N u rs ing , School of Physical Education, and Division

of Grad uate Studies.

GENERAL U N IVERSITY REQ U I REMENTS To earn a bachelor's deg ree a student must complete 32 approved courses and

maintain a grade point average of 2.00 over-a l l . Of these courses, a minimum of 10 must be u pper division (300- or 400-level) and two must be interim courses (those

numbered 300 - 320). At least one interim course must be completed in other than

the student's major area of study.

Other genera l pol icies regard i ng e l ig ib i l ity for a bachelor's degree are : (1) Can

d i d ates must have spent a m i n i mum of one year i n residence on the campus and have com pleted at least 7 courses d u ring the senior year. (2) Non-music majors

may count towards g rad uation no more than 2 course un its of credit for par

t ic i pation in music ensembles. (3) N o more than 6 cou rses of correspondence and / o r extension work may be counted toward a bachelor's degree, and any such

courses must be approved by the Provost.

Courses Required in All Curricula Rel ig ion _ __ _ _ ___ _____ _ _ ___ 2 courses

(One of these re l ig ion courses may be a senior year i nterdiscip l i nary seminar that w i l l help the student to see the relevance of re l ig ious issues and thought to h is major f ie ld of study.)

P h i losophy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 1 course Fine Arts (Art, M usic, Speech , Drama) _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ 1 course History and Literature (including Foreign Literature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 course

Social SCiences (Economics, Polit ical Science, Psychology, Sociology) __ 1 course Natural Sciences and Mathematics _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 course

Health and Physical Education (four V. -course activities) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 cou rse

Eng l ish Composition (Req u i red if p rof ic iency is not demonstrated v ia a

sophomore year profic.iency examinat ion. Course is advised for freshmen having low Eng l ish aptitude scores and for students in certain

separately described programs.)

Credit may be obtained in these or other course areas by such means as Advanced P lacement or Credit by Examination, i n addit ion to formal registration . In each of the areas of study, a number of d ifferent specif ic courses may be used to meet the general req uirement (see the appropriate specif ic course l istings).

Major Areas of Study Each candidate for a bachelor's degree must complete a major, the detailed

req u i rements for which are separately specified by the College of Arts and Sciences and each of the Schools. A major shall inc lude a min i m u m of 6 courses. At least 3

of these m ust be taken in the j unior and sen i or years and a min imum of 2 in residence on th is campus.

College of Arts and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences is committed to the relevancy of l i beral education, education that provides values, perspective, and preparation fo r encounter with reality and change . .Its courses serve the central concerns of all educational programs on the campus.

In addi tion to supplying most of the courses that meet the General University Requirements, the College ofiers add i t ional general education opportu nit ies and more specia l ized preparation for service in many fields of study. The degrees offered are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science.

Divisions and Departments To coordinate the work of the Col lege, its Departments are grouped in these

Divisions: 1 ) D IVIS ION OF H U MAN ITI ES, comprised of the Departments of English, Foreign

languages, Ph i losophy, and Rel ig ion. 2) DIVISION OF NATURAL SC IENCES, comprised of the Departments of Bio logy,

Chemistry, Earth Sciences, Mathematics, and Physics. 3) DIVISION OF SOC IAL SCI ENCES, comprised of the Departments of Economics,

History, Pol i tical Science, Psychology, and Soci ology.

General College 01 Arts and Sciences Requirements All degree candidates in the Col lege of Arts and Sciences must meet, in addi tion

to the General University Requirements, the requ i rements of Option I, I I , or I I I a s described be low:

I) Four courses in one foreign language

I I ) Two courses in one foreign language One course in logic, mathematics or statistics One course in h i story, or one in Eng l ish or language

I I I ) One course in history, or one in Eng lish or language One cou rse in soc ia l science, including geography One cou rse in natural science One cou rse in logic, mathematics, or stati stics

No course wi l l be a l lowed to meet both Un ive rsity requ i rements and Col lege of Arts and Sciences req ui rements, and where possible courses taken to fulf i l l requirements shal l be in di fferent areas. For example, a student fulf i l l ing h is Univrsity h istory or l i terature requirement with a course i n h istory, must, if he elects Option I f , choose a cou rse in E ng l i sh or language to meet the req u i rement of the Col lege of Arts and Sciences.

The foreign language req u i rement in Option I may be satisfied by completion of four years of high school study in one foreign language. If the student has less than four years of successful high school work, placement (and therefore credit) would be on the basis of exami nation. All incoming freshmen planning to continue study of a foreign language begun in h igh school should' take the College Board Placement Test offered dur ing orientation days. Th is test is req u i red of all entering freshmen who plan to study German, French, or Spanish. Any continuation of a foreign language should be done i mmedi ately and not deferred.

Students presenting 2-3 years of credit from h igh school and wishing to continue

in the same language should register for the second-year course. A student may receive c redit for any language cou rse i n which he is placed without regard to

high school cred it . F inal decision of placement shal l be made by the Department of Fore ign Languages taking into consideration placement test scores, h igh

school g rades, and other relevant i n formation avai lable. A student may not receive

c redit if he voluntari ly e lects to take a lower-level cou rse than the one in wh ich

the Department placed h i m .

Candidates for t h e B.A. i n Education w h o w i l l b e majoring i n Eng l ish are

required to fu l f i l l a two-year foreign language requirement or demonstrate equivalent prof ic iency.

The foreign language requirement i n Option I I may be satisfied by satisfactory score on a proficiency examination, or by more than two years of high school

work in a single language. Two years of work in the language wi l l meet the requi rement if the g rade point average for the total un i ts in that language is 3.00 or above.

Major Requirements A major is a sequence of courses in some one area, usually in one department.

The selection of the major should be made by the end of the sophomore year. The

choice must be approved by the chairman of the department (or the coord inator in the case of an i nterdepartmental p rogram l i ke Classics) . The number and nature

of requi red courses, inc luding any in support ing subjects, are specif ied in the section of this catalog devoted to each department o r interdepartmental p rogram. The qual i ty of work must be "C" or better; a course completed with a grade of "0" m a y be counted toward g raduation b u t n o t toward t h e major .

The recognized majors are art , biology, chemistry, classics, communication

arts, economics, Engl ish , French, earth sciences, German, physical educat ion, h i story, mathematics, music , p h i losophy, physics, pol it ical science, psychology,

re l ig ion , than 10 courses earned i n one department may be appl ied toward the

or's degree in the

O �==-��::-.

General Freshman Course Schedule

Students should study carefu l l y the desc ri ptions of any departmental or inter

departmental programs in which they may wish to major. If they find no more

specific schedu le suggestions, or if they have no tentative major preference, for

each semester of thei r fre:lhman year they should select courses on the basis of the general guide below. Either before or im mediately on arrival on campus, a

freshman should meet with h is adviser andl o r major department chairman to

receive specific help in selection of cou rses.

Health and Physical Education (P.E. 1 00 should be com

pleted d u ring the freshman year but may be preceded by a 200-level activities cou rse-any of those numbered through 254) _ _ _ _ _________ _ _ ______ _

Foreign Language, second year course (recommended for those who could continue i n the study of a language

that they have already successfu l ly studied for two or

th ree years in high school) o r first year cou rse (for those who have had less or no study of a foreign lan

guage i n h igh school but choose to meet either Option

I o r 1 1 ) ______________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

English Composition ( recommended if CEES verbal score

is less than 450) (either semester) ________ _

Additional suitable lower division courses in re l igion, fine arts , history, l iterature, social or natural sciences, or mathematics. (Wherever possible i t is recommended that a religion course be inc luded in a student's freshman year program.)

1'/4 course

1 cou rse

o or 1 course

x courses

To total 3-11 4 courses or, rarely, 4-1 14 courses

PROGRAMS FOR CAREERS

Preparation for Engineering

In the be l ie f that an engineering education should in these rapidly c hanging

ti mes be of suff ic iently fundamental nature to pe rmit rapid adaptation to new tech n ical problems and opportunit ies and of suff iciently l i beral nature to provide awareness of the broad soc ial responsib i l it ies i nvolved, the University offers the

fi rst th ree years of a 3-2 program in engineeri ng . Students spend the three years

on this campus studying subject matter basic to al l engineering fie'lds and then transfer to the engi neering school of their c hoice where their studies continue,

concentrated i n a specific area of engineering. Two additional years of full-time study are normally requ i red to fulfi l l the requirements for an engineering degree.

At the end of one year of study at the enginee ring school, and the completion of the equivalent of 32 cou rses inc lud ing a l l Unive rsity and COllege of Arts and

Sciences General Course req u i rements, students are el ig i b le for the B.A. or B.S.

degree from Pacif ic Lutheran University. Students are urged to formu late plans both with respect to the engineering school they plan to attend and the type of

engineering they will study as early as possible in order that the program at Pacific

Lutheran can be coordinated with the eng i n ee ring program of their choice.

Any student who i s i nte rested in eng ineering and has been accepted for admission to the Un iversity may register i n the pre-engi neering courses. To qual i fy for

the 3-2 engineering program, however, he must meet certain spec i f ic requ i rements.

Entrance requ i rements: I n order to qual i fy without deficiency, entering freshmen

must have had four years of h igh school mathematics (two years of algebra; geometry and trigonometry) and one year of either physics or chemistry. Addi

t ional courses i n mathematics and science are desirable. He must be proficient in the use of the Engl ish language, both reading and writ ing. and two years of a

foreign language is h ighly recommended.

All pre-engineering students are screened during their sophomore year by a committee from the science faculty and only those who, by their scholastic record,

character, and personality, ind icate that they are capable of doing satisfactory work in the eng ineering field are accepted for the 3-2 program. To qual i fy for the 3-2

program students should mainta in a g rade ,point average of 2.5 or better.

Prospective engi neer ing students who have deficiencies from high school shou ld either ( 1 ) make up such deficiencies in summer school before matriculation at the

Un iversity, or (2) plan to attend summer school after thei r fresh man year, or (3) plan

to take more than three years to complete their pre-engineer ing program.

The program for the f i rst two years is the same for al l branches of eng ineering. Electives for the th i rd year must be chosen to meet the req u i rements for the par

t icu lar eng ineering school and the branch of engineering chosen. Reference

should also be made to the p hysics section for more detai ls on the engineer ing

program.

Suggested pre-engineering cu rr icu l u m :

Freshman year Courses

G .E. 1 51 , 1 52 , Eng. D rawi ng _ _ _ _ 1 Physics 1 0 1 , Basic Concepts ___ _

Phys ics 253, General Physics __ _

Chemistry 2 Math. 151 , 1 52 , Analytic

Geometry and Calculus _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 Electives _ __ _ 1

Sophomore year Courses

Math. 231 , 332_ _ __ 2

Junior year

Math. 351 , Applied Math. 'Physics 331 , E & M

Courses

1

Physics 254_ _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Physics 336, Mechanics _ _ _ _ _ _

Physics 272 _ _ _ ______ _ ____ _ 1 Physics 321 , 322, Advanced lab. 1 /2 Electives _ _ ____ _____ . _ _ _ _ _ 3-4 Electives _ _ _ _ . __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _4-5

Preparation for Law Most law schools req u i re at least th ree years of l i beral arts as a foundation

for professional study; however, they regard four years of study in l i beral arts and a Bachelor of Arts deg ree as a better preparation for the study of law. I n

add i tion t o meeting the deg ree requi rements, the prospective l a w student is

advised to complete at least one year of accounting and to include in h is program

at least one course in economics, h istory, ph i losophy, pol it ical science, psychology, sociology, and speech. The student should plan h is cou rse according to the

requ i rements of the law school in which he is interested.

The student in terested in law as a vocation i s urged to register at the Pre-Law

Center in the Department of Political Science. Useful in formation, such as material

on the Law School Admission Test (LSAT), i s available. There i s also a c i rcu lating

l i brary of law school bu l letins. In addi tion, the student may wish to d iscuss his

career plans with D r. Farmer, the pre-law adviser, or with one of the law school professors and deans who visit from time to t ime. A newsletter, the Pre-Law Advo

cate, c i rcu lated by the Center is designed to keep the pre-law student ful ly

i nformed.

Preparation for Medicine and Dentistry Students desiring to enter the medical or dental professions should p lan to

devote not less than th ree years and preferably four years of study to secur ing the

broad educational backg round requ i red. The professional schools in these fields

require a thorough preparation i n science. They also recommend extensive study i n other areas such as the social sciences and humanities. Students are asked

to confer with the pre-medi cal advisers in regard to thei r programs.

Pre-Medical and Pre-Dental Curriculum Freshman and sophomore years: 4" courses per semester

Biology 1 51 , 1 52

Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 and 1 42

Engl ish composition

Foreign Language"

Mathematics 133 or equivalent, 151 (and preferably 1 52) Begin University core requirements Bi ology 250, Functional Morphology Chemistry 331 , 332 or Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02

• Freshmen are advised to take 3V. courses their first semester .

• • Students who enter the University with two years of a modern language may

elect to take a second year course in the same language during their freshman

year. They should register for 201, 202. Junior and senior years: recommended courses listed below should be arranged

and scheduled with the aid of the adviser. Bio logy 361 , Comparative Anatomy B i ology 364, Verteb rate Embryology B iology 41 1 , Histology B i ology 441 , Vertebrate Physiology Chemistry 321 , Quantitative Analysis Chem istry e lectives

Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology Students who are planning a career as medical technologists in hospitals,

physician's offices, or pub l ic health bureaus m ust obtain a bachelor's degree in chemistry o r bio logy, and co mplete a twelve-month internship in an American Med ical Association accredited hospital laboratory. Upon completion of this internsh i p , the student w i l l be e ligi ble to take the examination given by the Board of Registry ot Med ical Technolog ists of the American Society of Clinical Path ologi sts for certification as an MT (ASCP) and to receive a second degree, the B.S. in Medical Technology.

The following courses are req u i red :

Chemistry' 1 1 5 and 1 42, General cou rses 321 , Quantitative Analys is 331 , 332, Organic Lecture 333, 334, O rganic Laboratory

B iology' 1 51 , 152, General courses 201 , Mi crobio logy 41 1 , H istology

• Refer to the particular department for the remaining courses and requirements for a major in the department.

Mathematics 133, Col lege Algebra and

Trigonometry

Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02 , General course

The following courses are recommended : Chemistry

404. Biochemistry 331 , 346, 44 1 ,

B i ology Genetics Cellular Physiology Vertebrate Physiology

Preparation for Parish Work Students desi r ing to enter parish work are encouraged to obtain the broad

general edu cation lead i n g to the Bac helor of Arts degree.

Experience reveals that a parish worker i s requested to perform d u ties in more

than one fie ld . The responsib i l i t ies may be centered in one or more of these major areas: the educat ional work of the congregation, the gu idance of youth activit ies,

home visitation, office and secretarial work, or cond ucting the m usical organiza

tions in the congregat ion. Students expecting to enter church vocations are i nvited to confer with the Chairman of the Department of Rel ig ion.

Social Work Program Students planning to pursue graduate social work study or to seek em ployment

in social work or the other related human services upon completion of the baccalaureate degree should work out t he i r program i n consultation with a social worker in the Department of Soci ology.

The social work sequence is open to any student. Majors in sociology, psychol

ogy or political science are most appropriate. The social work sequence cons ists of Socio logy 365, Sociol ogy 401 , Social Work 408 and two semesters of Social

Work 4 2 1 . This sequence should be preceded by foundation courses in the humanit ies, natural sciences and social sciences. This w i l l be fol lowed by an appropriate seq uence of supporting courses in economics, pol i t ical science, psychology and socio logy. Foundation cou rses and su pporting cou rses should be selected in

consultation with a social worker in the Department of Soci o logy. Choice of foundation and su pporting courses i s based on the gu ide l ines provided by the Counci l on Socia l Work Ed ucation.

Preparation for Theology As a broad cu l tural foundation for the study of theology and entrance into

the min istry, a pre-theological student should complete the req u i rements fo r a Bachelor of Arts degree. Besides the general degree requirements, the American Association of Theological Schools recommends the fol lowing:

Eng l ish-l i terature, composition, speech and related studies. At least 6 semesters. Hi story-ancient, modern European, and American. At least 3 semesters. Ph i losophy-orientation in h istory, content, and method. At least 3 semesters.

Natural Scien ces-preferably physics, chemistry and biology. At least 2

semesters. Social Sciences-psychology, sociology, economics, political science and edu

cation. At least 6 semesters, inc lud ing at least 1 semester of psychology. Foreign Languages-one or more of the fol lowing l inguist ic avenues to man's

thought and tools of scholar ly researc h : Lati n , Greek, Hebrew, German, Fren ch . Students who anticipate post-graduate studies are urged to undertake these discipl i nes as early in the i r tra in ing as opportunity offers. (At least 4 semesters.)

Rel ig ion-a thorough know1edge of the content of the Bible i s ind ispensable, together with an introd uction to the major re l ig ious trad it ions and theolog ica l

problems in the context of the princ ipal aspects of h uman culture outl i ned above. The pre-seminary student may wel l seek counsel of the seminary of his choice in

order most profitably to use the resources of his col lege. At least 3 semesters.

Of the various possible majors, Engl ish, phi losophy and h istory a re regarded as the most desirable, Other areas are, h owever, acceptable,

Practica ll experience may be obtRined through service as an underg raduate i n te rn in a local congregation,

A fac ulty adviser wil l assist the student in the selection of courses necessary

to meet the requirements of the theological school of his choice, Please consult the Chai rman of the Department of Rel igi on,

School of Business Administration

The professional School of Business Administration provides advice and instruc

tion related to business careers and management. The program lead ing to the Bachelor 01 Business Administration degree i n c ludes concentration opportun ities

in accounting and systems, f inance, market ing, and personnel and industrial management. The Master 01 Business Administration program is focused on the development of tech niques and professional skills for general management. Selected courses are offered to students in other f ields, especially those majoring in busi

ness education and the comm unications arts, and for graduate students in the Master 01 Arts programs with approved support ing f ield in business admin istration,

Preparation for Business While the majority of col lege graduates are employed eventually in business or

government, a d iversity of preparations may lead to successful ca reers, I n some cases, no background in business is either required or suggested ; in others an

undergraduate or graduate suppo rting field com posed of carefu l ly selected business and other courses is recommended,

Students interested i n professional undergraduate programs at Paci f ic Lutheran Un iversity are fi rst enro l led in the Col lege of Arts and Sciences for at least one

year of pre-business stud ies, and may transfer to the School of Busi ness Administration after a successfully completed freshman year.

Stnudents considering business studies at the g raduate level, should seek early planning advice from the School of Busi ness Admin istration fac u lty for appropriate undergraduate curricula avai lable at Paci fic Lutheran Un iversity and other universities. The recommended preparation may inClude specif ic cou rses in

business admin istration or an undergraduate major in business admin istration. The School of Business Admin istration's programs are accredited by the North

west Association of Secondary and Higher Schools. It is also affi l i ated with the American Association of Colleg iate Schools of Business as a member of the

Assembly of the A.A.C,S.B, ; the Northwest Universities' Business Admin istration

Conference, the Western Association of G raduate Schools, and the Western Association of Col legiate Schools of Busi ness.

For detai ls regarding adm ission req u i rements, degree programs, and c u rricula, 'lee page 72,

School of Education

The School of Educat ion, by uti l iz ing the resources of the University, offers both undergraduate and graduate work to prepare students for careers in the teac h ing profession. The undergraduate curr icula, leading to the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree, meet the cert i f i cation pattern in the State of Washington .

In addit ion to the accreditation of the ent ire Un iversity by the No rthwest Association of Secondary and H igh Schools, the School of Education is accred ited by the Washington State Board of Education and by the National Counc i l for Accreditation of Teacher Education for the preparation 01 e lementary and secondary teachers with the Master of Arts as the hi ghest degree approved. This accreditation g ives Paci f ic Lutheran g raduates reciprocity in twenty-eight states.

Programs fo r the preparation o f school l i b rarians, school nurses, school counselors, admin istrators and supervisor personnel are avai lable. The School of Educat ion also offers work toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of teaching certificates.

For details regarding admission requirements, degree programs, and curri cu la , see page 95.

School of Fine Arts

The School of Fine Arts comprises the Departments of Art, Music and Commu nication Arts, offering a broad cultural education in the f ine arts and special trai n ing in the fo l lowing areas o f study: sculpture, painting, ceramics, art h istory, graphics, music h istory and l iterature, theory and composi t ion , sacred music, instrumental o r vocal performance, d rama, speech arts, and te lecommunications.

The objectives of this sch ool are to provide the student specia l ized training in one of the f ine arts ; to provide a cultural background through the study of the re lationship of all the arts; and to prepare the student for the professional application of his knowledge and training.

Degrees Offered

The School of F ine Arts offers the degrees Bache lor of Fine Arts and Bachelor of Music.

Candi dates fo r the Bachelor of Fine Arts degree must complete both the General Un iversity Req uirements and the specif ic req u i rements of the Art o r Comm unication Arts Departments.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Music degree m ust complete both the speci f ic cou rses in music and the General University Req u i rements and must meet the app roved standards of musiciansh ip .

For specific information and curr icu la i n the Fine Arts, turn to pages 63-66 for Art, pages 139-1 51 for Music and pages 86-91 for Communication Arts.

School of Nursing

The School of Nursing is a professional school which meets the Un iversity requ i rements fo r the degree of Bachelor of Science in N u rsing. It is accredited by the Washington State Board of N u rsing and by the National League for N u rsing . G raduates who successfully complete the State Board Exami nations (Registered N u rse) are qual i fied to fi l l fi rst level staff nursing positions in health agencies.

For detai ls regarding admission requirements, degree p rograms, and cu rricula, see page 1 51 .

School of Physical Education

The School of Physical Education comp rises the various programs designed to promote "education th rough the physi cal ." A diversified instructional prog ramI nte rcol legiate ath letic competition (Pacif ic Northwest Confe rence) for men in ten sports and wo men's ath letic competition in six sports, an extensive intramural program, and a t imely curr iculum for professional preparation in Health, Physical Educat ion, Recreation and Coaching-all are viewed by the Un iversity as having educational merit and are conducted clearly within the framework of the objectives of the un iversity. For more i n formation regarding program and curricu lum in physical education see page 1 6 1 .

Division of Graduate Studies

Purpose The Division of Gradu ate Stud ies is an al l-un ive rsity d ivision coord i nating and

i n tegrat ing the work of the schools and departments which p rovide graduate leve l work. I ts general objective is to furthe r the basic objectives of the Unive rsity by

providing graduate level academic and professional work. Its specif ic objectives are : ( 1 ) to increase the breadth and depth of understand ing of the graduate stu

dent in the l iberal arts; (2) to increase the student's knowledge of the research

being done in his f ie ld of concentration and to increase his abi l i ty to read the

professional j o u rnals of his area of in terest ; (3) to develop the student 's ab i l ity to

do in dependent study and researc h ; and (4) to prepare students through the upper

d ivision and graduate divisi on , and through the U n iversity's professional schools,

to enter in to a vocation d i rectly, o r to enter other graduate schools for further

advanced study lead i ng to the doctoral degree.

Admission Students ho ld ing a Bachelo r's degree from an accredited co l lege or un iversity

who attained an undergraduate scholarsh i p honor-point ratio of 3.0 may be ad

m itted and granted regular status i n the D ivision of Graduate Studies . Students

a l ready holding graduate degrees o r students who have done satisfactory g raduate work at another institution may be admitted o n regu lar status. Those students with an average of less than 3.0 wi l l not be considered for regular status unt i l they

have demonstrated th e i r ab i l i ty to do grad uate work by a m i n i m u m of th ree courses ( 1 2 semester hours) work with a grade point average of 3.0 These students may be granted provisional status.

Students major ing in an area of professi onal education m ust have met a l l requ i rements f o r teach ing certificat ion.

Appl icants for the Master of Busi ness Ad m i nistration degree wi l l be req u i red to

take the Admission Test for G raduate Study in Business. Other test scores m ust be submi tted only i f they are specif ical ly requested by the Dean of Gradu ate

Studies.

F u rther supporting evidence in the form of personal recommendations w i l l be

requested from those persons named by the app l icant on the appl ication form. Students applying for admission to graduate study should submi t the comp leted

applicatio n b lank (avai lable from the Graduate Office) plus two offic ia l copies of

transcripts of al l previous college work. This should be done before the fi rst semester of registratio n in g raduate courses.

In order to insure cons ideration for entrance in a g iven term appl ications

should be made by August 1 5 , December 15 and May 1 . A ten-dol lar non-refundable appl icat ion fee should accompany the appl ication . This is a service fee and is not appl ied to the student's account. Checks or money orders should be made payable to Pac if ic Lutheran University and sent to the Dean of G raduate Studi es.

Approval of admission to the Division of Graduate Stud ies does not i mply admis

sion to candidacy for the degree. Final ad mission approval is determi ned by the

Dean of Graduate Studies in consultat ion with the appropriate Graduate Coun

c i l Comm ittee.

In summary. the fo l l owing items must be on file before an appli cant may be

consi dered for admission:

1 ) The completed appli cation form.

2) The $1 0.00 non-refundable appl ication fee.

3) Two offi c i a l copies of transcripts of a l l previous col lege work.

4) Test scores when spe c i fi c a l l y requested.

5) Admission Test fo r Graduate Study in Business scores (Master of Business

Admin istration appl i cants only).

Interviewing of Applicants

Before admission to the graduate program, it is advisable for an appl icant to

seek an i nterview with a professor in his subject area. The Division of G raduate

Studies will be happy to recommend the appropri ate person.

Classification of Students 1 ) Those students ap proved for un qualified admission to graduate study by the i r

respective Graduate Counci l Committees are granted regular status. Students

who fail to qual ify for reg u l ar status may be granted provisional status.

2) Students who wish to pursue course work with no i n ten tion of q u al i fying for

an advanced degree, and those who are transient registrants, wil l be classified

as no n-degree students.

C ange of Status from Provisional to Regular The c h ange of status from provisional to regular shall be determined under the

fol lowing provisions:

1) Satisfactory " ; ! li l lment of course deficiencies.

2) Satisfactory completion of three co urses (1 2 semester hours) of g raduate

work with a grade point average of 3.0 or better.

A letter indicating change of status wi l l be forwarded to the student, with a

copy to h i s adviser.

Master's Degrees Offered

MASTER OF ARTS

1 ) EDUCATION

a) Elementary or Secondary School Admin istration ' -The student who wishes

to qualify for the provisional o r standard principal 's credential (elementary

or secondary or general) w i l l take a major in this field and complete

cou rses i n a supporting academic area of the U n i versity. Students may

major in this fie l d without qualifying for a pr incipa l 's credential.

b) School Counselor Program ' - For stud"nts who wish to qualify as publ ic

school counselors (elementary and seconda ry) or student personnel work

ers in h i gher educati on.

c) Elementary C l assroom Teaching '-This program is designed for students

who desire advanced work i n el ementary cl assroom teaching or who wish

to qual i fy as elementary school supervisors or consu ltants. Along with the

major in this f ield the student is requ i red to complete cou rses i n a sup

porting academ i c area.

d) Secondary C lassroom Teaching'-This program is for those students who

wish to increase thei r preparation for teaching in an area of social science.

2) HUMANITIES"-This degree p rogram i s designed for l i brarians, clergymen, teachers and others who wish to extend and broaden their u nderstand ing and

appreciation of the various fields of the humani ties.

3) SOCIAL SCIENCES" -This degree program is designed for personnel workers in industry, welfare workers, l i b rarians, c lergymen, teachers, and others who

wish to extend and broaden their understanding and appreciation of the various fields of the Social Sciences.

MASTER O F BUSINESS A D M I N ISTRAT I O N "

T h i s degree program is designed t o provide a thorough foundation for responsible leadership in business.

MASTER OF NATURAL SCIENCES'

This degree program i s designed especially for teachers who need to extend and broaden their k

'nowledge in the fields of science and mathematics,

Advisers and Advisory Committees At the t ime of admission, both reg u lar status students and provisional status

students are assigned a major adviser. The total grad u ate program of a regular

status student, i nc lud ing approval of the student's research work, is s u pervised by an advisory committee composed of a major adviser and two other facu lty mem

bers as determined by the chai rman, d i rector, or dean of the departments or schools i n volved and in consultation with the Dean of G raduate Stud ies. A student

may, if 'he wishes, request a specif ic major adviser.

Approval of Proposed Program Regular status students m ust have thei r proposed p rograms of cou rses ap

proved by thei r respective student advisory committees before or d u ring the fi rst

semester of registration as a regu lar status student.

Minimum Hours Required for the Master's Degree A min imum of eight courses (32 semester hours) is requ i red.

Transfer of Credit Two cou rses (eight semester hours) of graduate work may be taken at another

institution and transferred, provided that approval has been given by the student advisory committee .

• Details of these programs may be obtained from the olliee of the Dean of Gradu

ate Studies.

Standards of Work The min imum standard acceptable for regular status students is a grade point

average 01 3.0 in the major field and an overall average of 3.0 in all graduate work.

Research Requirements As an important part of his Master's program, the student is requ i red to provide

written evidence that he can do independent research. The manner of futfi l l i ng

th is requirement w i l l be determined b y each student's advisory committee in

consultation with the student, but in any case, the min imum requirement wi l l be

at least the equ ivalent of one course.

If a thesis is written, the original and one copy must be submitted to the Office

of Graduate Studies for binding. One copy of any research pape rs subm itted to

meet the requirement must be deposited with the Dean of Graduate Studies. The

student is expected also to provide a copy of a thesis or research papers for his

research supervisor. Req u i rements for add i tional copies may be set b y the advisory

committee.

Examinations A written comprehensive examination and/or oral examination over the stu

dent's program of studies, as well as an oral exam ination on the thesis or research

papers, is req uired. These exami n ations over the student's program of studies

are under the d i rection of the major adviser and/or the advisory committee and must be successfu l ly passed not later than six weeks prior to commencement.

The oral examinat ion over the thesis or research is under the d i rection of the

advisory committee and must be completed not later than four weeks prior to

commencement.

Time Limit All requirements for the Master's degree must be completed within seven years.

The seven-year period covers all work submi tted for the comp letion of the Mas

ter's degree regardless of whether the work was taken as provisional status or

regular status, as wel l as credi t transferred from another institution, comprehensive

examination, thesis, and final oral exami n ation.

Residence Requirement All candidates for the Master's degree must complete a min imum of six courses

(24 semester hoLl rs) in residence. This requ i rement may be fulf i l led by ei ther one

full academic year in attendance, three fu l l summers, or the completion of equiv

alent part-time study.

Courses Acceptable for G raduate Credit The courses of study are l isted in the General Catalog. Selected courses num

bered 300, 400, and 500, unless otherwise designated, may be accepted for

g rad uate credit. All courses accepted for the master's degree are, however, sub

ject to the app roval of the student's adviser and/or advisory committee.

SU

MM

AR

Y

OF

P

RO

CE

DU

RE

S F

OR

M

AS

TE

R'S

DE

GR

EE

S

Pro

ce

du

res

: U

nd

er

t,�e

D

ire

cti

on

o

f:

Da

te:

Ap

pli

ca

tio

n

for

ad

mis

sio

n t

o

the

D

ivis

ion

o

f G

rad

ua

te S

tud

ies

De

an

of

Gra

du

ate

Stu

die

s

Be

fore

th

e

firs

t s

em

es

ter

of

reg

istr

ati

on

as

a r

eg

ula

r s

tatu

s s

tud

en

t

Ap

pro

va

l o

f a

dm

iss

ion

D

ea

n o

f G

rad

ua

te

Stu

die

s a

nd

B

efo

re

the

fi

rst

se

me

ste

r o

f re

gis

tra

tio

n

as

Gra

du

ate

Co

un

cil

Co

mm

itte

e

Ap

pro

va

l o

f d

eg

ree

pro

gra

m a

nd

su

bm

is-

Ad

vis

ory

C

om

mit

tee

s

ion

of

a

co

py

o

f th

at

pro

gra

m

to t

he

G

rad

ua

te O

ffic

e

Ap

pro

va

l o

f e

ac

h r

eg

istr

ati

on

M

ajo

r a

dv

ise

r

Se

lec

tio

n a

nd

ap

pro

va

l o

f th

es

is

Ad

vis

ory

Co

mm

itte

e

Pro

gre

ss

re

po

rts

o

n

the

sis

o

r re

se

arc

h

Ma

jor

ad

vis

er

pa

pe

rs

Re

gis

tra

tio

n f

or

the

sis

or

res

ea

rch

pa

pe

rs

Re

gis

tra

r's

Off

ice

Ap

pli

ca

tio

n f

or

gra

du

ati

on

Co

mp

reh

en

siv

e w

ritt

en

an

d/o

r o

ral

ex

am

in

ati

on

o

ve

r s

tud

en

t's

p

rog

ram

o

f s

tud

ies

Fin

al

ora

l e

xa

min

ati

on

o

n

the

sis

o

r re

s

ea

rch

pa

pe

rs

Su

bm

iss

ion

of

the

sis

or

res

ea

rch

Re

co

mm

en

da

tio

n

to

the

fa

cu

lty

for

the

a

wa

rdin

g o

f th

e d

eg

ree

Re

gis

tra

r's

Off

ice

Maj

or

ad

vis

er

an

d l

or

Ad

vis

ory

Co

mm

itte

e

Ad

vis

ory

Co

mm

itte

e

Gra

du

ate

O

ffic

e

De

an

of

Gra

du

ate

Stu

die

s

a r

eg

ula

r s

tatu

s s

tud

en

t

Du

rin

g

the

fi

rst

se

me

ste

r o

f re

gis

tra

tio

n a

s

a r

eg

ula

r s

tatu

s s

tud

en

t

Du

rin

g' t

he

off

icia

l re

gis

tra

tio

n d

ate

s

No

t la

ter

tha

n t

he

se

me

ste

r b

efo

re

the

co

m

me

nc

em

en

t in

w

hic

h

stu

de

nt

tak

es

h

is

de

gre

e

Pe

rio

dic

ev

alu

ati

on

an

d a

pp

rov

al

No

t la

ter

tha

n

the

la

st

reg

istr

ati

on

d

ate

s

be

fore

th

e s

em

es

ter

in w

hic

h s

tud

en

t ta

kes

h

is

de

gre

e

At

the

b

eg

inn

ing

o

f th

e

se

me

ste

r in

w

hic

h

stu

de

nt

ex

pe

cts

to

ea

rn

his

de

gre

e

Du

rin

g

fin

al

ye

ar

bu

t n

ot

late

r th

an

six

we

ek

s

be

fore

co

mm

en

ce

me

nt

Du

rin

g

fin

al

ye

ar

bu

t n

ot

late

r th

an

fo

ur

we

ek

s b

efo

re

co

mm

en

ce

me

nt

No

t la

ter

tha

n t

wo

we

ek

s b

efo

re c

om

me

nce

me

nt

No

t la

ter

tha

n

thre

e

we

ek

s

pri

or

to

co

m

me

nc

em

en

t

Schools and Departments

The course req u i rements fo r the College of Arts and Sciences; the School of Business Ad min istrat ion ; the School of Educat ion ; the School of Fine Arts; the School of Physical Educatio n ; and the SChool of Nursing are l isted in this section together with the cou rses of instruct ion for each department and school. Whi le most of the courses l i sted are given every year, a system of alternating upper divis ion subjects is practiced in some departments, thereby assuring a broader offering.

Courses open to freshman and sophomores are numbered 1 01 -299 and are considered lower d ivision su bjects. Cou rses open to jun iors and sen iors are numbered 300-499 and are regarded as upper division subjects. Courses n u mbered 500 or above are normal ly open to graduate students only. Upper d ivision students may be e n rol led in a SOD-level course i f , at the time of registrat ion, they provide written permi ssion from the Chai rman, D i rector, or Dean of the academic u n i t that offers the course. I t is und erstood that any student g iven such permission wil l have met a l l assumed o r specifical ly Ind i cated prerequisites and w i l l have an above-average academic record. Courses n u mbered i n t h e 300's and 400's are open both to graduates and u pper division undergraduates. Such courses may be a part of the graduate program provided they are not specific requ i rements i n preparation for g raduate study.

Upon the approval of his adviser and with the consent of the i nstructor, a lower division student may be assigned to an upper d ivision course if the prerequ iS i tes for the course have been met. In such cases cou rses successfu l ly completed may be counted toward the un iversity upper d ivision credit requi rements.

The Un iversity reserves the right to modify specific course requ i rements, to d iscont inue c lasses in which the registration is regarded as i nsufficient, and to wi thdraw courses.

EXPl.ANATION OF SYMBOLS Number after course tit le i n d i cates course cred i t given. Un less specified other

wise, each u n i t has the value of one course credit (4 semester hours) . Symbols are explai ned as fo l lows:

I Course offered first semester I I Course offered second semester

I , I I Course offered first and second semester in sequence

I I I Course offered either semester S Course offered in the summer

aly Course offered alternate years beginning with year listed

alS Course offered alternate summers beginning with year listed (G) Course may be used on graduate programs as major

ART

Mr. Schwidder, Chairman, Mr. Achepohl, Mrs. Crockett,

Mr. Elwell, Mr. Keyes, Mr. Kittleson, Mr. Roskos

The cou rses of i nstruction offered by th is department are designed to:

1 ) Provide an o p po rtunity for creative expression.

2) Offer a general p rog ram for the study of art with i n the framework ot the

Li beral Arts.

3) Offer special ized study in stud io and art h istory areas for professionally

or iented students.

4) Provide a p rogram of i nstruction in preparation tor the teach ing of art on the

elementary and secondary levels .

The Department reserves the r ight to reta i n , exhi bit, and reprod uce student work submitted tor cred i t in any of its cou rses or programs.

BACHELOR OF A RTS Deg ree Req u i rements for a major in Art are a m in imum

ot seven courses i n Art inc l u d i n g : Ar t 1 1 0 , 1 60, 235, 330 o r 350, 365, 370 and an

add i ti onal cou rse in Art H istory. A maxi m u m of ten cou rses m ay be appl ied

toward this degree. Cand idates for this deg ree are registe red i n the Col lege of Arts and Sci ences and m ust com plete all requ i rements ot that col lege.

BAC HELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAT ION major requ i rements are l i sted below.

Candidates for this degree m ust also meet special requ i rements described in

the School of Education sect ion i n this catalog.

Senior High School Preparation: 11 V2 courses.

Teach ing Major: 1 1 '12 courses. Required: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 235, 260, 330 or 350, 365, 370, 440, two additional

courses in art history, and electives to complete requ i rements.

Junior High School Preparation:

Teaching Major: 7 V. courses. Required: Art 1 1 0, 1 60 , 235, 330 or 350, 365, 440, and electives to complete

req u i rements.

Teaching M inor : 5 cou rses. Required: Art 1 1 0 , 1 60, 235, 330 or 350, and 365.

Elementary School Preparation:

Teach ing Maj o r : 6 courses. Required: 1 1 0, 1 60, 235, 340 and two courses trom the to l lowi n g : Art 330,

350, 365 or 370.

Teaching M i no r : 3 courses in the area as determined by the School at Edu

cation.

BACHELOR OF F I N E ARTS Degree Requ i rements, for a major in Art, are fourteen courses in Art, i nc lud ing : Art 1 1 0, 160, 235, 260, 330 or 350, 365, 370, th ree addit ional courses i n art h istory, one of which may be Art 380, and e lectives in area of emphasis to complete requi rements. Candidates may elect an em phasis i n P ictorial Design (Drawing, Paint ing and Printmaking) , Materials Design (Sculpture , Ceramics, G lass and Metals). Mu lt i-Media, o r Art H istory.

One-man o r G roup Exh ib i tions will be requ i red of all candidates in studio a reas, as facil it ies permit. A l l g raduates are expected to be represented in the

departmental col lection. Work wil l be selected by the Art Facu l ty, usual ly du ring

the senio r year. Candidates for th is degree are registered in the School of Fine Arts and m ust

complete a l l requirements of that school . Foreign language is not req u i red in programs with a studio emphasis. Read ing knowledge of French and / o r German

is req u i red fo r prog rams in Art History. Because of the flex i b i l i ty of the Art Prog ram, no specif ic schedu le of

cou rses is suggested and each candidate may work out an individual program

o f studies with his adviser. However, the fol lowing is recom mended of all stu

dents: Art 1 10 , 1 60 and 235 should be taken, in the freshman year. One semester o f A rt 260 should be taken d u ring the freshman or sophomore year. For the students with an art h istory emphasis, the A rt History seq uence should be started d u ring the freshman or sophomore year and no later than the f i rst semester o f

t h e j u n i or year f o r a l l oth e rs. 300 level courses may b e taken a t any time d u ring the fou r-year program, p rovid ing p rereq ui sites are met where appropriate.

1 1 0 THE VISUAL ARTS An i n trod uctory course in the study of man's expression in the several medi a

of t h e visual a rts, with specia l emphasis on contemporary development. I I I

1 60 P ICTORIAL DESIGN In troduction to the media o f d rawing with em phasis on design and composi t ion. A systemat ic series of exercises structured to develop observation , perception and d raftsmansh ip , w i l l be combi ned wi th a study of historical and current techniques. I I I

235 MATERIALS DES I G N In t roduction t o various materials a n d techni ques a n d their in f luence o n th ree

di mensional fo rm. Parti cu lar emphasis on development of visual awareness t h rough expe r imenta l use of clay, wood, plastics and other media. ,I 1 1

260 L I F E DRAWING An exploration i n m u lti-media of studied fo rm. A student may register for th is course for two semesters. Prerequisite: Art 1 60 or consent of i nstructor. I I

330 CERA M I CS Techniq ues of shaping forms for decorative, expressive and fun ctional use by hand b u i lt and wheel thrown methods. Study inc ludes preparation of clay

bod ies, oxides and gl aze formations, as wel l as the h istory of ceramic art. A student may register for this co urse for three semesters. Prerequisite: A rt 235

or consent of inst ructor. 'I I I

340 THE VISUAL ARTS A N D EDUCATION

A course i n ar t education theory designed for those who intend to teach in the elementary school . Appropriate projects i n drawing, design and construc

t ion are co mbi ned with an i ntroduction to art h istory. I 1 '1

350 SCULPTURE

A study of v isua l expression i n, th ree di mensional forms wi th the several scul ptural media and techniques of model ing, carving and construction. A

student may register for this course for th ree semesters. I I I

365 PA INTING A study of painting med ia and techn iques wi th emphasis on deve lopment of

an i nd iv idua l i zed approach to visual expression. A student may register for th is cou rse for three semesters. Prerequisite: Art 1 60. I I I

370 P R I NTMAKI N G

A study i n graphic art with t h e several media of printmaking i nc lud ing woodcut, seriograph, etch ing and intag l io . I n c l uded w i l l be an examination of the techn iques of the o ld masters and contemporary printmakers. A student may register for this course for two semesters. Prerequisite : Art 1 60. I I I

380 I MAGERY AND SYMBOLISM

A study of the symbo l ic , pictorial and plastic expressions of man from the perspective of their ph i losophical and theological imp l ications. Emphasis on

the origin and development of forms and the i r inf l uence on modern churc h a n d society. I I

382 ANCIENT ART The study of prehistoric and primit ive art; the art and arch i tecture of Egypt,

the Near East and Aegean areas; the development of the classical style i n G reece and t h e Roman Empi re . I aly 1 971 -72

383 MEDI EVAL ART The study of Early C h rist ian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic development

in the art and architectufe of the Middle Ages. II aly 1 971-72

384 RENAI SSANCE ART The study of the art and arch i tecture of the fi fteenth and sixteenth centuries

in Italy, F landers, France and Germany. I aly 1 970-71

385 BAROQU E AND ROCOCO ART Development of the Baroque style in European art and architecture from the end of the sixteenth century through the Rococo period. I I aly 1 970-71

440 SEMINAR IN SECONDARY ART EDUCATION A study of the approach to teaching in the secondary school wi th presenta

tions and di scussions on various appropriate media. I I

488 N INETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURY ART A study of the art and architecture of the Romantic, Realist and I m p ressionist

periods with movements in the twentieth century such as, Fauvism, Cubism, Expressionism, Surreal ism and other styles o f major consequence. I I

492 STU D I O PROJ ECTS A tu torial course with i n d i vidual investigation in the area of emphasis fo r maj o r students only. Students must register in a regula rly scheduled sect ion of an appro priate course and submit a project thesis in writing to the i nstructor and the chairman of the department within one week o f the start o f the semester to receive cred it for th is work. A student may register for this course for two semesters. Prereq u isite: Sen ior standing and consent of the instructor and chairman of the department. I I I

497 RESEARCH IN ART H I STORY A tutorial course with ind ividual research i n to a part icular period or area of art h istory for major students only. A written out l ine of p roposed thes is must be submitted to the instructor and the cha i rm an of the department wi th in one wee k of the start of the semester to receive c red i t for th is work . Copies of f inal papers sha l l be fi led with the Department. Prereq uisite: Senior standing and consent of the instructor and chairman of the department. I I I

597 R ESEARCH For th ose Master of Arts cand idates who elect to write a research paper in Art. Candid ates w i l l be requi red to review their research papers before the G raduate Commi ttee. I I I

Interim Courses Offered i n 1 970: 302 TH� FORM OF TH E HOUSE 308 I MPRESSI O N I S M AND THE ARTS (ART/ MUSIC) 31 3 WORKSHOP IN GLASS BLOWING 318 THE ART OF THE SIXTIES 31 9 STU D I O PROJECTS IN ARCHITECTURAL SCULPTURE 490 STU D I O PROJECTS 495 S E M I NAR IN ART HISTORY

BIOLOGY

Mr. Knudsen, Chairman, Mr. Bohannon, Mrs. Creso, Mr. Gee, Mr. Heyer, Mrs. Jensen, Mr. Leraas, Mr. Ostenson, Mrs. Sorenson

The core of instruction in b io logy gives each stud ent a well-rounded background in the pr incip les and objectives of modern b iology and a deeper appreciation o f the meani ng and ram i f ications of l i fe.

P rograms are designed to provide the student with the foundation necessary to enter a variety of careers, i nc lud ing those stemming from graduate studies, teach ing , med i cine , dentistry, veter inary medicine, medical tec hno logy, publ ic health, m icrobiology, entomology, forestry, fisheries, wi ld l i fe b iology and related f ie lds.

Prospective freshman students may obtain i n formation concerning the selection of cou rses for the i r fi rst fal l semester to insure that the course load is ta i lored to their needs and abi l i ty. Write to the science secretary or the b io logy chai rman.

The heart of the b io logy program consists of a core of seven courses: Fresh

man year-Organ ismal Bi ology, Cel l B iology; Sophomore year-Functional Morph

o logy, Developmental Biology ; J u n ior year-Genetics, Ce l l u lar Physiology; Sen i o r

year-Ecology.

THE BACH ELOR OF ARTS D EGREE consists of the seven-cou rse biology core ,

but one may substitute an app roved b io logy e lective for one core course i n both the sophomore and jun io r years. Req u i red support ing cou rses are Engl ish Com

positi on , foreign lang uage (Option I or I I ) , a year of chemistry and Mathematics

1 33 or its equivalent. Strongly recommended are Chemistry 331 , 332 and Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02 .

THE BACHELOR O F SCIENCE D EGREE consists of ten courses i n b iology :

the core plus t h ree electives. Required supportin g courses are English Composition, foreign language (Option I or II only) . Chemistry through at least 332, a year

of physics, and mathematics th rough 1 51 . A maxi mum of ten cou rses in b io logy

may be counted for graduati on .

B IO LOGY CURR ICULUM i'OR T H E BACH ELOR O F SC I ENCE DEGREE

The fo l lowi ng is a model p rogram which wi l l be tai lored to meet the needs of each student:

FRESH MAN YEAR: Organismal Bio logy, Cel l Bio logy; Chem istry 1 1 5 or 131 and 1 42. Students entering with two years of a modern foreign lang uage may elect

to cont inue that language using Option I or I I , see page 44. A new language

shou ld be deferred until the sophomore or j un ior year. Students without the equ iva

lent of Math 1 33 should take th is d u ring the freshman year. ( Math 1 5 1 may be

deferred to the sophomore or j un ior year.) Complete schedule with Engl ish Composition or Un iversity core courses, see page 43; and one P.E. activity ( V. ) .

Fall semester, 3 V. courses; spring , 4 courses.

SOPHOMORE YEAR: Funct ional Morphology and Developmental Biology (Embry

ology or new course now u nder study) ; Chemistry 331 , 332 or Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02

(defer one unt i l the j u n ior year) ; University core courses, and/or mathematics or

foreign language to rou n d out p rogram ; P.E. V4 . Four courses each semester.

J U N IOR YEAR: Genetics and Cel lu lar Physiology; Chemistry 331 , 332 or Physics

1 0 1 , 1 02 . Math 1 5 1 should be completed by this time. Un iversity core courses

and/or a bi ology elective ; P.E. v. .

SEN IOR YEAR: Ecology and 2 or 3 b io logy e lectives, other science electives ; U n iversity core courses or electives; P.E. v. .

BACH ELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION major requ i rements are l isted below.

Candidates for this degree must also meet spec ial requirements described i n the School of Education section i n this catalog.

Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses. Teach i ng Major: 7 courses

Required: Biology 1 5 1 , 1 52 and 5 courses in b io logy of which at least 3 must be upper d ivis ion . Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 142 ,

Mathematics 1 33. Electives from the fo l lowi ng : Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 132 ; Chemistry 331 , 332; Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 21 1 .


Teaching Major: 6-7 courses. Required: Biology 1 51 , 1 52 and 5 courses in b iology approved by the de

partment. Required supporting courses; Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 1 42, Mathematics 1 33. Recommended : Physics 1 0 1 , 21 1 or Earth Sciences 1 3 1 , 1 32 . Teach ing Minor : 5 courses. Required: 5 courses chosen in b io logy; Earth Sciences 1 3 1 .


Teaching major: 6 courses. Required: Biology 1 5 1 , 1 52. Required supporting courses: ChemistrY 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 142 . Teaching M i nor: 3 courses. Required: 3 courses in the area, to be determined in consultation with the School of Education.

1 1 1 B I OLOGY AND MODERN MAN

An in-depth coverage of selected topics that relate to modern man's h istory and future, his art and his well-being : the environment, reproduction and populations, heredity and evolut ion , b iological controls. Whi le designed for those i n the l i beral arts, students wishing to major in b io logy may sUbstitute this course for B io logy 1 5 1 . Three lectures, one lab discussion, and one laboratory per week. I I I

1 5 1 ORGANISMAL B IOLOGY An i ntroduction to the h igher levels of biological organizat ion in which organisms are discussed in relation to their ecology, adaptation, evolution, physiology, reproductive patterns and c l assification. Required of all biology majors. Three hours of lecture, one 3-hour laboratory and one 1-hour discussionl labin troduct ion period per week. Prerequisites: High school chemistry and coregistration in Chemistry 1 03 , 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 or consent of department chairman .

1 52 CELL B IOLOGY An introduction to the cel lu lar and molecular levels of biologi cal organization i nc luding discussions of cell ultra-structure and physi o l ogy, energy transduction, molecular genetics and biochemical development. Required of a l l biology majors. Three hours o f lecture, o n e 3-hour laboratory a n d o n e 1 -hour discussionl l ab-i ntroduction per iod pe r week. Prerequisites: B io logy 1 51 and co-registration in Chemistry, or consent of department chairman.

1 4 1 , 1 42 GENERAL BOTANY (1 , 1) A survey of the plant ki ngdom and structures, and a study of l i fe history and ecology of plants. Lectures, laboratory and field trips. S

1 6 1 , 1 62 H U MAN ANATOMY A N D PHYSIOLOGY (1 , 1 ) A study o f the structure and function of the hu man body. In the fal l semester, wh ich deals pr imari ly with anatomy, the laboratory includes an extensive dissection of the cat, and other mammalian organs; the spring semester is

pr i marily physio logy and its laboratories ,include extensive experimental

work. M ust be taken i n sequence. Three lectures, two laboratories and one

d iscussion per week. I, I I

201 M I CROBIOLOGY

In trod uction to growth, control, physio logy, isolation, and identif ication of

m icroorgan isms. Two lectures and two laboratories per week. Prerequisites:

Two courses i n b io logy and one course iln chem istry, or by consent of the

i nstructor. I

222 CONSE:RVATION OF NATURAL RESO URCES (112) A survey of the princ ip les and problems of pub l ic and private stewardsh i p of

our resources with special reference to the Pacific Northwest.

235 B I OLOGY OF THE SEASHORE

A study of the natural h istory of the marine fauna of Puget Sound. The course

i s especia l ly useful for teachers of science at elementary and j u n ior h igh levels. Not to be counted toward a maior in biology. Lectures, laboratory,

and field tr ips. S

250 FUNCTIONAL MORPHOLOGY The study of selected plant and animal morpho-types to em phasize the vital

role of the i r structure in maintaining the l iv ing, state; and, to provide a basic

body of knowledge to su pport the b io logy core . Three lectures and two 2-hour

laboratories per week. Prerequisite: B io logy 1 52. I

321 ORN ITHOLOGY (V2 ) A study o f the b i rds, with em phasis o n local kinds. Designed for students

with a hobby i nterest in b i rds as well as for advanced students in b io logy. Two lectu res and one laboratory period or field tr ip pe r week. Prerequ isite:

Biology 1 52 or consent of instructor.

324 NATURAL H I STORY OF VERTEBRATES

Classif ication, natural history and economic importance of the vertebrates

with the exception of b i rds. Lectures, laboratory studies and f ield col lections.

Th ree lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequis ite : Biology

1 52. a/y

331 GENETICS

A study of the chemical nature of the gene, mechanisms and regu lation of genetic expression , variations i n chromosomal structure and n u mber, and

populat ion genetics. Th ree lectu res and one 3-hour laboratory per week.

Prerequ isite: Biology 346 and one course in organ i c chemistry, or by consent of instructor. I I

340 SYSTEMATI C BOTANY Historical su rvey of classi f ication systems; the use of taxonomic keys in the

identi fication of plants. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week.

Prerequisite: B iology 1 52. I I

I

346 CELLULAR PHYSIOLOGY

Functional organization and physicochemical properties of ce l ls . Topics include ultrastructure, membrane pe rmeabi l i ty and transport phenomena, bioelectric phen omena, mechanics of cel l d i vision and the cell in re lation to its i mmed iate environment. Three lectures, one 4-hour laboratory, and one discussion per week. Prerequisite: Bio logy 1 52 and Chemistry 331 , 332. I

351 NATURAL HISTORY OF THE PAC I FI C NORTHWEST ( 1 V2 ) An extensive field and laboratory course covering major phases of the natural history of the region. Designed as a workshop in outdoor education especial ly for teachers o f science at elementary and jun ior h igh levels . Lectures, laboratory studies, and field work. Not to be counted toward a major or graduate credit in biology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. S

361 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY A comparative study of vertebrates with d issection of representative forms. Three lectu res and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Bi ology 1 52 . "

364 VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY The development of the vertebrate embryo from the germ ce l l th rough the embryological states unti l birth. Three lectures and two labo ratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1 52 .

371 PARASITOLOGY A study of the morphology, l i fe histories and host-parasite relationships of the common varieties of parasites of vertebrates with e mphasis on those of man. Th ree lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 1 52. I a/y 1 970-71

372 GEN ERAL ENTOMOLOGY C lassif i cation and natural history of insects with a strong emphasis on laboratory and f ield studies and collections. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: B io logy 1 52. I I a/y 1 97 1 -72

380 B I O LOGY TEACH I N G RESOURCES Methods, m aterials and resources for preparing lectures, laboratories, special studies, and f ie ld work in all major facets of bio logy. Designed for a l l levels of teach ing. Lectures, labs and special preparations required. Prerequisite: Bio logy 1 52 or consent of instructor.

384 B I OLOGI CAL LITERATURE AND RESEARCH (112 ) Designed t o teach the use o f l ibrary resources for l i terature searching, i n cluding ind ices, journals, abstracts, and reviews; to prepare a research prospectus and write an acceptable journal art ic le in an area o f student interest.

41 1 H I STOLOGY A microscopic study of the normal tissues and organs of vertebrates. Three lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: Biology 152.

424 ECOLOGY

A study of p lants and an imals in relation to the i r envi ronment. Th ree lectu res

and two laborato ry periods per week. P rerequis i te : Bio logy 1 52 .

425 B IOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY

The study of the ocean as an environment for plant and ani mal l i fe. The course

inc l udes studies of waves, cu rrents , tides and other physi cal factors of the

ocean , and studies of natural l i fe zones of the ocean along wi th thei r p hysical

and! b iological aspects, their fauna and f lora, and adaptations of the b iota to

the zone. Lectures, laboratory, and f ield trips. Prerequisite: One year of b iology.

441 VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY

Study of the funct ions of p r inc ipal vertebrate organ systems with emphasis

on homeostatic re lationsh i ps. Laboratory work is done enti rely by student part ic i pation and i nc ludes experiments i n c i rculation, e lectrocardiography,

endocrine funct ion, respiration, sensory mechan isms, body fluid chemistry,

temperature regu lat ion and an introduction to an imal surgery. Three lectures and one 4-hour laboratory per week. Prereq uis ites: Bio logy 1 52 and Chemistry

331 , 332. Cel lu lar Physio logy is strong ly recommended.

444 PLANT PHYS I O LOGY

A study of p lant g rowth from seed to f lower. Topics i nclude: seed germin

at ion, water relations, respi ration, g rowth, g rowth regulalors, photosynthesis

and other l ight effects on plant l i fe cyc les. Three lectures and one 4-hour

laboratory per week. Prereq u isites : Bio logy 1 52 and Chemistry 331 , 332. Cel lu lar Physiology is recommended.

490 SEM I NA R ( V4 - V2 ) Se lected topics in bio logy based on l i terature and/ o r or ig inal research. Open to jun iors and sen i o rs majoring i n biology. I I I

491 , 492 I N DEPEN DENT STUDY ( V4 - V2 ) I n vestigations or research in areas of special interest not covered by regular courses. Open to qual i fied students major ing i n biology. Prerequisite: A b rief

wr i tten proposal, and consent of a faculty leader and the chairman. Students

should obtain forms from the science secretary well i n advance of registration.

597, 598 GRADUATE RESEARCH (V2 - 1 )

Interim courses offered in 1 970:

301 MAN 'S FUTU RE ON EARTH

306 PLANtS AND MAN

309 HU MAN REPRODUCTION

312 GEN I C BALANCE AND C H RO MOSO M E CONSTITUTION I N HU MANS

313 HORMON ES, ALCOHOL AND DRUGS (BI OLOGY/CHEMISTRY)

497 I N DEPENDENT STUDY

BUSINESS ADM I N I STRATION

Mr. King, Dean, Mr. Baty, Mr. Cubbage, Mr. Hutcheon, Mr. Lauer, Mr. Martilla,

Mr. McMaster, Mr. Peterson, Mr. Stintzi, Mr. Zulaul,

assisted by Mr. Hildahl, Mr. Jensen, Mr. Polley, Mrs. Seger

PU RPOSES AND EDUCATIONAL POLI C I ES

The main purpose of the School of Business Admi nistration is to provide professional bus iness curricula of high qual i ty to help the School ' s graduates to become enl ightened leaders in responsible posit ions in busi ness, education , and government. Combined with studies to meet the general University requi rements and we ll chosen selections of elective courses from other d iscip l i nes, these curr icula are designed to g ive a modern backg round for the competent executive or staff special ist. This backg ro und incl udes a fundamental base of values, and a deep apprec iation of the service opportun i ties and obl igations in a changi ng socia l , po l i t ical and econo mic envi ronment for busi ness. In addition to ana lytical techn iques and knowledge of i nformation systems, thorough understan ding of decisive and sensitive decision-making i n complex business organizations is i ncluded.

To serve this purpose as well as poss ib le, the School of Business Administration has chosen to serve the campus and the business communi ties with compact and del iberately l i mited instructional programs. They are i n tended for capable young men and women and seasoned executives with practical experience. To supplement th is unusual ly r ich educational environment, the rising competence of the busi ness facu lty is further strengthened by research and consu lt ing activ it ies l i m i ted to this purpose.

Classes are sma l l enough to meet the educational objectives of both the reg ular and the special or I nter im courses. The educational pol ic ies emphasize relatively independent l i brary and f ield studies to supplement the reg ular assignments in readings and exercises; active exchange of d iverse views i n small g roups and i n class d i scussions is encou raged to develop an i n c reasingly effective and sophisti cated an alysis of busi ness cases and problems in the f ield.

BUSINESS ADVISORY BOARD

Edwi n S. Coombs, Jr., President, Sicks' Rain ier Brewing Company, Seattle, Wash ington

Kenneth W. H u l tg ren, Treasurer, Weyerhaeuser Company, Tacoma, Wash i ngton Stanley M, Little, Jr " D i rector of Industrial and Pub l ic Relations, Boeing Company,

Seattle, Wash i ngton A.E. Saunders, President, Puget So und National Bank, Tacoma, Wash ington George Wade, President, Brady I n ternati onal Lumber Company, Seattle, Wash ington

BUSINESS CAREERS

The majority of col lege g raduates are eventual ly emp loyed i,n business or government, and a diversity of preparations may lead to successful careers. In some cases, no background in business is either req u i red or suggested. In others, an undergraduate or graduate supporting field composed of carefu l ly selected busi-

ness and other cou rses is recommended.

Students in te rested i n unde rg raduate business ad m i n istration programs at

Paci fic Lutheran Un iversity are e n rol led in the Col lege of Arts and Sc iences for

at least one year of p re-business stud ies and may then transfer to the School of Busi ness Ad m i n i strat ion after a successfu l ly completed fresh man year.

Students consider ing bus i ness stud ies at the g raduate level should seek early

p lan n i ng advice from the School of Busi ness Adm i n i stration facu l ty fo r app ro

p ri ate underg raduate cu rr icu la . The recom mended p reparation may inc lude specific courses in busi ness ad min istration o r an undergrad uate maj o r i n business

adm i n istration .

ADM ISS I ON

Students are admitted to the School of Business Adm i n i stration by e i ther of

two basic p rocesses: G raduate students are ad m i tted when they meet the req u i rements specified in

the p roced u res of the Div is ion of G raduate Studi es.

Undergrad uate students are admitted u pon successful comp letion of at least

six cou rses in arts and sciences with a cumu lative g rade point average of 2.0 o r

above, and declaration of busi ness admin istrati on a s a maj o r i n t h e registration

p rocess. T ransfer students are expected to have mai ntai ned the g rade point average of 2.0 m i n i m u m separately in both b usi ness and non-busi ness courses. Ass ignment of a bus iness faculty adv iser is req u i red.

DEGREE REQU I REM ENTS

The deg ree req u i rements for the MASTER OF BUSINESS ADM I N ISTRATION

degree are specified i n the procedures of the Div is ion of G raduate Studies.

The BACH ELOR OF B U S I N ESS A D M I N I STRATION deg ree req u i res the complet ion of at least th i rty-two courses (or equ ivalent) with an over-all g rade point

average of 2.0 or above.

1) Spec i f ic requ i rements inc l uded a re :

a. A t least sixteen cou rses outside t h e School o f Business Admin istration

f ields ;

b. Courses taken to meet al l general University requirements;

c. At least ten courses (at least five m ust be taken at Paci f ic Lutheran Un i

versity) i n busi ness ad m i n istration (eq u ivalencies to be determ i ned by the

student's adviser i n the School of Business Admi nistration) with a g rade

point average of 2.0 m i n i mu m :

( 1 ) B A 281 , F i nancial Account ing;

(2) BA 282 , Account ing I n fo rmation Systems;

(3) BA 290 , Law and Society;

(4) BA 350, Ind ustrial Management;

(5) BA 364, Managerial F inance;

(6) BA 370, Market ing Systems;

(7) BA 455, Bus iness Pol icy

(8) Th ree upper d ivision courses.

d. Three courses i n economi cs, i nc lud ing the fol lowing or equ ivalent:

( 1 ) Econ. 1 50, Princ ip les of Econ omi cs;

(2) Econ . 481 , Statistical Methods;

(3) One upper di vision econom i cs course.

e. At least one cou rse in mathematics i n clud ing the fol lowing or equivalent :

Math . 1 27, Fin ite Mathematics, or Math . 1 51 , Calculus.

f. At least one cou rse i n human relat ions to include the fo l lowi ng or other

appropriate elective i n human relations:

BA 453, Personnel and I ndustrial Relat ions; or Psych. 330 . . Social Psychol

ogy., or Soc. 275, Group Behavior.

2) A group of se lected courses outside the School of Busi ness Admi nistration

as part of the thirty-two course m i n i m u m fo r the degree described above. I n

selecting these suppo rting courses the student shou ld consider career plans

and objectives, and:

a. Review ski l l s in oral and written rhetoric and communicati ons. Consider

ation should be given to such courses as CA 1 23, Fundamentals of O ral

Communi cation .

b. Because busi ness activit ies can increase or m in im i ze social and economic

problems, consider taking such courses as Ph i los. 324, Social Phi losophy,

or Eco n . 434, Govern ment and Business.

The degree requ i rements for the BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION are speci

fied i n the School of Education section of the catalog . However, advising for busi

ness teaching careers in secondary schools is performed i n the School of Business

Administrati on . Students who wish to prepare to teach business subjects should

consult with the Coordi nator of the Business Education cu rricu lum in the School

of Business Administration before completing the registration process.

SA

MP

LE

M

INIM

UM

P

RO

GR

AM

F

OR

TH

E B

AC

HE

LO

R

OF

B

US

INE

SS

A

DM

INIS

TR

AT

ION

D

EG

RE

E

Fa

ll S

em

es

ter

Fre

sh

ma

n Y

ea

r

Art

16

0

En

gli

sh

10

1 S

oc

. 1

01

Re

I. 1

03

Pic

tori

al

De

sig

n

Co

mp

os

itio

n

So

cia

l Is

su

es

Ju

da

eo

Ch

ris

tia

n L

ife

an

d T

ho

ug

ht

So

ph

om

ore

Ye

ar

8A

28

1 B

A 2

90

E

co

n.4

81

Fin

an

cia

l A

cc

ou

nti

ng

L

aw

an

d S

oc

iety

Sta

tis

tic

al

Me

tho

ds

E

lec

tive

Inte

rim

No

n-B

us

ine

ss

In

teri

m E

lec

tiv

e

No

n-B

us

ine

ss

In

teri

m E

lec

tiv

e

Stu

de

nts

sh

ou

ld s

ch

ed

ule

fo

ur

V.

co

urs

es

in P

E a

cti

vit

ies

du

rin

g f

irs

t tw

o y

ea

rs.

Ju

nio

r Y

ea

r

BA

35

0

BA

37

0

Se

nio

r Y

ea

r

BA

45

5

Ind

us

tria

l M

an

ag

em

en

t M

ark

eti

ng

Sy

ste

ms

B

us

ine

ss

Ele

cti

ve

E

lec

tiv

e

Bu

sin

es

s P

oli

cy

Ele

cti

ve

E

lec

tiv

e

Inte

rim

Ele

cti

ve

Ec

on

.15

0 M

ath

. 12

7 C

.A.

12

3

BA

28

2

En

gl.

23

0

Ph

il.

20

1

So

c.

27

5

Sp

rin

g S

em

es

ter

Pri

nc

iple

s o

f E

co

no

mic

s

Fin

ite

Ma

the

ma

tic

s

Fu

nd

. o

f O

ral

Co

mm

un

ica

tio

n

Ac

co

un

tin

g I

nfo

. S

ys

tem

s

Intr

o.

to C

on

tem

p.

Lit

. P

rin

cip

les

of

Ph

ilo

so

ph

y

Gro

up

Be

ha

vio

r

BA

36

4

Ma

na

ge

ria

l F

ina

nc

e

Ec

on

. 4

34

G

ov

ern

me

nt

and

B

us

ine

ss

B

us

ine

ss

E·le

cti

ve

Re

lig

ion

In

terd

isc

ipli

na

ry S

em

ina

r B

us

ine

ss

Ele

cti

ve

E

lec

tiv

e

SCHOOL OF BUSI NESS ADM I NISTRATION COURSES

Lower division courses (numbered 1 00 - 299) are avai lable to al l students. Upper div ision courses (numbered 300 - 499) are open primari ly to students who

have been admitted to the School of Busi ness Admi n istrat ion. G raduate level courses (numbe red 500 - 599) are reserved for students in the

Master of Business Admini strat ion program and those students in other g raduate prog rams who have an approved supporting field in business. Consent of the Dean 01 the School of Business Admin istrat ion is requi red for other stude nts.

The middle digit o f the cou rse number ind icates field of concentration :

4-Courses lor business ed ucation and general service

5-Courses in personnel and in dustrial management

6-Courses i n f inance and related subjects

7-Courses in marketing and distri but ion

8-Cou rses i n account ing and i n formation systems

9-Special ized and pred ominanlly independent studies

24 1 B U S I N ESS COMMUN ICATIONS Deve lopment of appl ied writ ing sk i l ls and techn iques in busi ness communi cations. In cluded are letters 01 i nqu i ry, o rders and acknowledgments, sales and promotional communications, claims and adjustments correspondence, cred i t and col lections lette rs, briefing and busi ness reports, resumes, and appl icat ion leiters. Requ i red lor business education majors.

243 FA M I LY F INANC IAL PLAN N I NG Consumer saving and spending problem analysis and plan n i ng techniques with emphasis on i n te l l igent buying and budgeting, estate and tax planning, insurance and investment programs, and ret i rement p lanning. Consideration 01 ethical issues in government and business Irom the poi n t of view of the consumer. Consumer o rganization and i nl luence i n the areas 01 finance, marketi ng , and product ion. Requ i red lor business education majors.

281 F I NANCIAL ACCOUNTING An int rod uct ion to account ing concepts princ ip les. Preparation and analysis, 01 f inancial reports. Requ i red lor business and busi ness education majors.

282 ACCOUNTING I N FORMAT ION SYSTE MS I n troduct ion to management i n lormation systems. Em phasis on the analysis and interpretation 01 accounting and economic data and their use in planning and' control. Requ i red lor business major3. Prerequ isite: BA 281 , or a complete course in account ing princi ples.

290 LAW AND SOCI ETY A study 01 the legal system in the United States, and the regulat ion 01 relat ionsh ips between in dividual c itizens, groups, and the gove rnmental agencies and b ranches. Review 01 the rights and obligations of indiv idual c i t izens and corporat ions, adm i n i strative law, and the procedu res and practices 01 the courts in a modern society. Requ i red lor busi ness majors.

340 BUSI NESS EDUCATION Fi rst part inc ludes the objectives of h igh school business programs, the business curricu lum , layou t and fac i l ities plann ing , the evaluation of business teachers and competence for busi ness occupations. Also inc luded is the exam i nation of information resou rces and current thought in business edu

cation. The second part of the course concentrates on the appl ication of research f indi ngs and psychological pr inc ip les to the teach ing of typew rit ing

and bookkeeping in secondary schools. Req u i red for busi ness education majors. Prerequisites: Advanced Typing and SA 281 or equ ivalent.

350 INDUST RIAL MANAG EMENT

A critical exam ination of the princi ples and processes of admin istration in ind ustr ial and othe r organizations. Management techniques and the funct ions of p lanning, organ iz ing , d i rect ion , and control are d iscussed from both the classical and the behavioral pOints of view. In trod uction to case analysis and problem-so lving techniq ues. Req u i red for business majors.

364 MANAGERIAL F I NANCE

Concent rated study of the tools o f financial analysis: Funds and cash flows, cri t ica l analysis of financ ia l' statements and other f inancial i n formati on, techniques and financial plann i ng and budgeti ng, and the concepts related to capital expen diture budgeting, and the cost of capital. An in t roduction to

f inancial strategies and decision-making for f inanci ng , expansion, and d i v idend po l i ci es. Req u i red for business majors. Prerequ isites: Economics 1 50 and

481 , and SA 282, or equivalent.

365 REAL ESTATE Study of land use p lann ing and commercial deve lopment of 'land. The focus

is on demand factors, government control in zoning and regulation, and real estate investment analysis.

366 R ISK AND I N SURANCE MANAGEMENT

An in t roduction to the pr inc ip les of risk and insurance management. Analytical review of main functions and insti tu t ions of the insurance busi ness.

370 MARKETING SYSTEMS The f lows of goods and services in the economy; economic and' behavioral approaches to the analysis of demand; the role of the marketing function in a busi ness f i rm; determination of the marketing mix-prod uct pol icy, pr ic ing, channels of dist r i bution, and market ing communications. Requi red for

business majors.

381 INTERMEDIATE ACCO UNTING Concentrated study of the valuat ion theories for assets and liabi l i t ies. Analysis of related effects on i ncome determination. Prereq uisite: BA 281 ,

or a complete course i n accounting pr incip les.

383 I N COME TAXAT ION

Comprehensive study of income tax concepts, reg u lations, and tax planning

pr inc ip les. Emphasis on ind i vidual and corpo rate income taxation. Prerequ i site: BA 281 , or equivalent.

385 COST ACCO UNTING

Basic and' advanced concepts of costs i n developing in formation for management use in the determi nation of i ncome, evaluation of capital investment alternatives, and the measurement of performance. Prereq uisite: BA 282.

387 DATA PROCESSI N G SYSTEMS

A computer laboratory oriented course which inc ludes basic prog ram and system analysis and flow chart ing, intensive study of prog ramming languages with em phasis on FORTRAN, and the development of a working knowledge with computer hardware and software systems. Prereq u isite : BA 282, or permission of the i nstructor.

441 TEACH I N G SECR ETARIAL SUBJECTS (V2 ) The application of research fi n d i ngs and psychological pr inc ip les to the

teaching of shorthand, office practice, and related subjects in secondary

schools. Intended for busi ness education majors. Prerequisites: Advanced Shorthand, Advanced Typewri t ing, BA 241 , and BA 340 or equivalent.

442 TEAC H I N G GEN ERAL BUS I N ESS SUBJ ECTS ( 'h )

The appl ication o f research findi ngs and psychological pr inci ples t o the teaching of general business, consumer economics, economics, busi ness

law, busi ness mathematics, and busi ness communi cations subjects in secondary SChools. Pren;quisites: BA 241 , 243, 290 or 495, 340, Economics 1 50 , o r consent o f t h e instructor.

443 I N FORMATION PROCESSING In trod uction to in formation and data processing systems, and related use of

information processing eq u i pment : dup l icating, copying. and audio-visual processes, mechanical calculating equipment , electron ic data processing equ i pment. and d ictating and transcribing eq u ipment. Normal ly offered

d u ring the Interi m session. Designed for business education majors and students with an i nterest in office functions.

450 MANUFACTUR I N G MANAGEMENT Pr inciples of scientif ic management; planning products, physical fac i l it ies, eq u i pment and materials for prod uction; methods and techniques of supervision and control of personne l ; prod uction contro l ; pu rchasing and inventory management. The course inc l udes supervised student projects and major

case studies. Prereq u isite: BA 350, or equivalent.

453 PERSON N E L AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Detailed examination of behavioral processes of ind ivid uals and groups i n

business organizations. Emphasis on pol icy issues and specific problems i n managing h uman resources with focus o n modern practices of ind ustrial relations and personnel management in ind ustrial and other organizations. Prereq uisite: BA 350, or equivalent.

455 BUSINESS POLICY

Formulation of pol ic ies to i ntegrate al l functions of business. Soc ia l , eth ical , re l ig ious, economic, ed ucational and i nternational i m pl i cations in the formu

lation of business pol icies and objectives. Incl udes com prehensive case

analyses. Req u i red for business majors. Prereq u isite: Seni o r stand ing with thorough knowledge of busi ness functions, or the consent of the instructor.

461 F I NANCIAL ANALYSI S

Study o f f inancial pol i cies and the analytical framework for suppl iers and

users of private ind ustrial capital . Intensive stud ies of selected companies and ind ustries. Prereq uisite: BA 364. or permission of the instructor. W i l l be f irst offered 1 971 -72.

464 F I NANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Prob lems of working capital management, planning the financial structure, issue of new secu rit ies , and major financial pol ic ies. In tensive and extensive use of cases and advanced readings. Prerequisite: BA 364, or equ ivalent. W i l l

b e f i rst offered 1 971 -72 .

470 MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Analytical approaches for the sol ution of market ing prob lems; developing marketing strateg ies; planning and administering comprehensive marketi ng programs; evaluation and control of marketing operations. P rerequisite :

BA 370, or equivalent.

471 MARKET I N G RESEARCH AND CONSUMER BEHAVIO R

Techn iques a n d uses of marketing research i n t h e business decision-making process. Emphasis is placed on research design , various survey methods,

research i nstruments, and sam pl ing plans as they relate to marketing con

sumer products and services in a changing environment. Conte m porary behaviora l science concepts to be examined and incorporated in selected marketing projects. Prerequ isite: BA 370, and Economics 481 , or equivalent.

472 ADVERTIS ING AND SALES MANAGEMENT Role of advertising and personal se l l ing i n the marketing prog ram; analysis of market targets; developing market potentials; media se lecti o n ; design ing

the promotional messag e; evaluation and control of the promotional m ix . Prerequisite: BA 370 , o r equ ivalent, or permission of the instructor.

473 I N DUSTRIAL MARKET I NG AND PU RCHASING Analysis of the ind ustrial buying and sel l ing process, purchas ing policies and proced u res; selection of sou rces of supply; contract analysis and negotiation ; marketing problems of manufacturers of ind ustrial goods;

developing and i mplementing industrial marketing strategies. Prerequ isite: BA 350, and 370, or equivalent.

482 ADVANCED ACCOUNTING Comprehensive study of accounting for corporations, i n cluding the account

ing aspects of consolidations and mergers, and partnerships, treatment of incomp lete data; special ized accou nting concepts related to funds and cash

flows, statement analysis, and accounting for estate and trusts. Prereq uisite: BA 381 , or equivalent.

484 AUDITING

The princip les and proced ures of audit ing as they apply to the major balance sheet and income accounts, generally accepted audit ing standards used by CPA'S; professional ethi cs. Prerequis i te: BA 482, or equivalent.

488 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS AND DESIGN

Compute r oriented laboratory study of system design and analysis. Emphasis o n systems docum entat ion, the audit ing of computerized systems, the use

of mathematical models in systems and s imulation techniq ues. Prereq uisite: BA 387, or equ ivalent.

490 SEMINAR

Seminar on specif ical ly selected topics in business. Offered on demand. Prerequis i te : Consent of the i nstructor.

491 D I R ECTED STUDY

I n d i vid ual studies, read i ngs on selected topics approved and supervised by the instructor. P rereq uisite: Consent of the instructor.

495 BUSINESS LAW

Proced ures, contracts, agency, negotiable i nstruments, business organizations,

property, trusts and w i l ls, transportat ion, insurance and employment.

550 O R GANI ZATIONAL ENVIRONMENT The science and art of management is explored with special emphasis on the contribut ions from i ndustri a l psychology and soc io logy. This course is centered on external and in ternal social and economic environment changes as related to plann ing, and on the study of g roups and work teams as related

to the functions of d i recting and contro l l i ng . Major case stud ies are i n cluded. Requ i red for a l l M . B.A. candidates. Prereq uisite: BA 350, or eq u i valent.

551 SEMINAR IN INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT I n tensive analysis and development of solutions for operational management. Emphasis is on the relat ionship of production to other functions and external

factors. Case studies of modern techn iques and methodo logies as applied in selected situations and industries, inc lud ing the use of quantitative models,

systems design and the use of computers. Required for all M.B.A. candidates. Prerequisites: BA 350, 550, and a working knowledge of q uantitative methods.

555 BUSINESS STRATEGY AND POL ICY

Advanced read ings and case studies in management functions of plann ing, organization and control . Requ i red for a l l M.B.A. candidates. Prerequisite: Thorough graduate level knowledge of analytical methods and fun ctional fields of business management, last semester standing in the M.B.A. program.

564 SEM INAR I N F I NANCIAL MANAGEM ENT Management's role in framing the f inancial pol i c ies of the f i rm. Case studies

in the dete rmi nation of needs, sou rces and uses of funds; the development

of financ ia l structu res, evaluation of alternative f inancial plans and allocat ion of funds with in the firm, and the control of fi nancial resources. Requi red for all M . B .A. candidates. Prerequisite : BA 364, 550, 582, or equivalent.

570 SEMINAR I N MARKETING MANAGEM ENT

Study and analysis of marketi ng management policies and programs. Emphasis is on the in te rrelated elements of the ma rket ing mix and the re lationsh ip of market ing with other internal functions; as well as the changing social envi ronment, innovat ion, and modern marketing ph i losoph ies. Required for al l M.B.A . candidates. Prereq uisites: Strong background in economics and BA 370 or equivalent.

581 S E M I NAR IN F I NANCIAL ACCOUNT I N G TH EORY

A crit ical examination of advanced accounting concepts and standards. I n tensive study of the current problems and contemporary trends reflected

in accounting l i terature. Course designed for professional accountants. Prerequisite: BA 482, or equivalent, or consent of the instructor.

582 ACCOUNTI N G I N FO RMATION AND CONTROL A study of the appl ications of accounting information, services, and systems

in the solution of manage ment problems in business. Requi red for all M.B.A. candidates. Students excused from this course are expected to com plete

BA 581 or some other advanced accoun t ing studies. Prerequisite: BA 281 , or equivalent.

590 SPECIAL S E M I NAR

Sem inar on specifi ca l l y selected advanced topics in business. Offered on

demand. Pre requ isite: Consent of the i nstructor.

591 I NDEPEN DENT STUDY Indiv idual read ing and studies of selected topi cs. M i n i m u m supervision after in it ia l p lanning of student's work. Prerequisite: Consent of the i nstructor.

596 RESEARCH COLLOQ U I U M Supervised individual intensive study o f either t h e case col lection process and prob lem solving approaches (com pletion of case rese arch, including a

comprehensive commentary and l i terature sum mary, acceptable for inc l usion in the Interco l legiate Case Clearing House B ib l iography) , or a formal research study for a thesis. Regi stration for a m i n i mum of one semester i s required for al l M .B .A. students. Pre req uisite: Last semester standing in the M .B.A.

program.

Interim courses offered in 1 970: 243 FA M I LY F INANCIAL PLAN N I N G

290 LAW AND SOCI ETY

310 TH E BUSIN ESSMA N : FOLKLORE AND REALITY

490 SEMINAR: EQUI PM ENT LABORATORY FOR BUSINESS TEACH ERS

499 D IRECTED STUDY

595 R ESEARCH COLLOQUI U M

CHEMISTRY

Mr. Giddings, Chairman, (and Chairman, Division 01 Natural Sciences), Mr. Anderson, Mr. Callett, Mr. Huestis, Mr. Nesset, Mr. Olsen, Mr. Tobiason

The cou rses offered by the Oepartment of Chemi stry are based on fundamental pr i nci ples of chemistry, mathemati cs, and physics, since modern chemical training and practice i s marked ly dependent on knowledge of these other areas also . The cou rses, curricu lum , faculty, and fac i l it ies of the department are app roved by the American Chemical Society. Graduates completi ng the prescribed program will be certified as having met requ i rements of the American Chemical Society for entry into the chem ical professio n .

A major fu l f i l l i ng t h e requ i rements of t h e BACH ELOR O F ARTS degree consists o f Chem i stry 1 1 5 or 1 31 ; 1 4 2 ; 321 ; 331 , 332, 333, 334; 341 , 342, 343. Prereq u isites for these courses incl ude a m i n i m u m of two courses i n physics, and mathematics through 1 52 (second semester ca lcu lus) . Students completing t h i s program may continue in to graduate study in chemistry, but preferably should comp lete addit ional courses from the Bachelor of Science curr icu l u m . Add i t ional cou rses in mathematics, physics, and in some cases biology are a lso recom mended.

The foreign language requ i rements of the College of Arts and Sciences sh ould be fulfi l led under Option I by the study of German, req u i red for American Chemical Soci ety certi ficati on. Russian or French are acceptable substitutes for the Bachelor of Science degree; with pe rm i ssion o f the department, Option II may be accepted for the Bachelor of Arts degree.

SUGGESTED PROGRAM FOR BAC H ELOR OF SC I ENCE IN CHEM I'STRY'

Freshman Year

Chemistry 1 1 5 or 131 _

Chemi stry 1 42 _______ _

Engl i sh 1 0 1

Courses 1

German 1 0 1 , 1 02

Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 Physical Education _ _

Elective' .

.. _ _ _ ____ 2

Junior Year

Chemist ry 321

2 V4

1

8 % Courses

Chemistry 34 1 , 343; 342, 344 __ _ 2V2 1 Physics 254 ___ _ _

Physical Education Elective' _ ___ _

V4 ____ 3

7%

Sophomore Year Courses

Chemistry 33 1 , 333; 332, 334 _ 2V2 Physics 1 0 1 _____ _ 1 Physi c s 253 _ _ _ _ . 1 German 201 , 202 2 Religion 1 03 or 203 Physical Education _ '/2

8

Senior Year Courses

Chemistry 497 _ ____ _____ 1 Chemistry Elective (401 ,

404, 422, or 432)J . _ Elective'

1

6

8

' Opportunities lor exemption or advanced placement may be available in English,

German, Mathematics, and Physics. In many cases courses may be taken in years other than those indicated.

2Elective courses must include those needed to complete the General University requirements in Fine Arts, History or Literature, Philosophy, Social Science, and the second course in Religion, as well as required Interim experiences.

'To receive American Chemical Society certification, a student must complete Chemistry 422, 432, and an additional upper division course in chemistry, mathematics, or physics. Although no more than 10 courses in chemistry may be applied toward the 32 course graduation requirement, the research requirement may be met with a half course during the academic year or by a summer experience without academic credit. In some cases students earning American Chemical Society certification will need more than a total of 32 courses to the extent that Chemistry course credit exceeds 10 courses.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAT I O N major requirements are l isted below. Cand idates for this degree must also meet special requirements described in the School of Education section in this cata log.

Senior High School Preparation : 113,{, courses Teaching Major: 73,{, courses consisting of Chemistry 1 1 5 (or 1 3 1 ) , 1 42 , 321 , 331 , 332, 333, 334, 341 , 342, and 343. Prereq u isites: Physics 1 01 , 1 02 or 253 ; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52.

Junior High School Preparation: Teaching Major: same as for senior level above. Teach i ng Minor : 5% courses consisting of ChemistrY 1 1 5 (or 1 3 1 ) , 142, 32 1 , 331 , 332, 333, 334. Prereq uisite: Mathematics 133 or equivalent.

Elementary School Preparation: Teach ing Major: 6 courses. Requ i red: 4 approved courses in chemistry and

two additional courses to be determi ned in consultation with the School of Education. Teaching Minor: Three courses to be determi ned in consultation with the School of Education.

1 03 I NTRODUCTION TO BIOCHEM ISTRY

A survey of genera l , organ ic, and biochem istry pe rt inent to chemical processes in the h uman organism. Sui table for l iberal arts students, nursing students, and prospective teachers. N o prerequisites. I

1 04 GEN ERAL I N O RGANIC CHEMISTRY Basic aspects of chemi cal bonding and descriptive inorganic chemistry; chemical aspects of env i ron mental po l lution . No prerequisites; may fo l low Chem istry 1 03 or 1 15 for students desi ring a second cou rse in chemistry. I I

1 1 5 GEN ERAL CHEMISTRY The structure of matter, atomic and molecular theory, quantitative relation

ships. Sui table for science majors and others. Prereq u isite or coreq uisite:

Mathematics 1 33. I

1 31 PRI NCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY An honors level course in chemical theory using el omentary calculus, replac

ing Chemistry 1 1 5 for selected students. Prerequisite : high school chemistry. Corequisite: Mathematics 1 51 . I

1 32 P R ESENTAT ION OF EXP E R I MENTAL WORK ( V • • '12 , or 1 )

An honors course i n chemica l laboratory p racti ces involving indiv idual p rojects su pervised by facu lty members. oral and w ritten reports. Prereq ui site: one co u rse in col lege chemistry and i nvitation of the department.

1 42 SYSTEMATIC IN ORGANIC C H E M I STRY Study of the elements g rouped accord ing to the periodic table, chemical

equi l ibr ium, rad i ochemistry and i n o rganic qua l itative analysis. Prereq uisite: Chemistry 1 03 and 1 04, o r H5, or 131 . "

321 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS Chemical methods of quantitative analysis, inc lud ing volumetr ic , g rav i metr ic. and selected i nstrumental methods. P rereq uisite: Chem istry 1 42 ; Mathematics 133. I

331 , 332 ORGAN I C C H E M I STRY (1 , 1 )

A n in terpretation o f properties and reactions o f a l iphatic and aromatic compounds on the basis of current chemical theory. Prereq uisite: Chemistry 1 03

and 1 04 , or 1 1 5, or 1 3 1 . Corequisite: Chem istry 333, 334. I. "

333, 334 ORGA N I C CHEM ISTRY LABORATORY (V" V4 ) Conventional and modern techniques o f synthesis, separation, reactions, and

analysis of organic compounds. M ust accompany Chemi stry 331 , 332. I, . "

341 , 342 PHYSICAL C H E M I STRY (1 , 1 ) Study of relati onsh ip between structure. energy content, and physical and

chemica l properties of chemical systems. Prerequ isite: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 ; Mathematics 1 52 ; Physics 1 02 o r 251 . I , "

343, 344 PHYSICAL CHEM ISTRY LABORATORY (V. , V. )

Methods and in terpretation of measurement and calcu lation of physical and chemical p roperties. One semester of laboratory is requ i red for the B.A. deg ree; both semesters for the B.S. degree. Corequ isite o r p re requisite: Che mistry 341 , 342. I , "

401 ORGANIC QUAL ITATIVE ANALYSI S

Study of methods f o r t h e isolation a n d identif ication of organic compounds, inc lud ing modern spectrophotometric and c h romatog raph ic techniques; systematic procedu res for searching the chemi cal l i teratu re . Prerequ isite:

Chemistry 332 and 334. I

404 B IOCHEMISTRY Study of the chemistry of bi ological systems, i nc lud ing laboratory methods.

Prereq u is i te: Chem istry 332 and 334. "

422 ADVANCED I NORGAN I C CHEMISTRY A study of modern i norgan i c theory 'inc luding atomic and molecular structure,

periodic trends, and coordination compounds; advanced labo ratory techn iques for inorganic synthesis. P rerequisite o r coreq u isite: Chemistry 342

and 344 . "

432 INSTRUM ENTAL ANALYSIS

Theory and praclice of i nstrumental methods for chemical analysis and molecular structure determi nation. Prereq u is i te: Chem istry 321 , 341 , 343 ;

Chemistry 342 and 344 are either prerequisite or corequ isite. I I

491 IN DEPENDENT STUDY (V4 , V> o r 1 )

Library and/or laboratory study of topics not inc l uded in regularly offered courses. Proposed p roject must be approved by the chai rman of the depart

ment and supervisory responsib i l ity accepted by an i nstructor. May be taken more than once. I I I

497 RESEARCH (V> or 1 )

Experimental or theoret ical investigation compris ing previously unpub l ished work. Open to upper d ivis ion students with the consen t of the chairman of the department. May be taken more than once. I I I

597, 598 G RADUATE RESEARCH ( V2 to 1) Open to master's degree candidates only. P rerequ isite: Consent of the chairman of the department.

Interim courses offered in 1 970:'

1 32 PR ESENTATION OF EXPERIM ENTAL WORK

303 HUMA N I T I ES OF SCIENCE (CHEMISTRY/PHYSI CS)

31 3 HORMONES, ALCOHOL AND DRUGS (B IOLOGY/ C H E M I STRY)

3 1 7 ENVIRON MENTAL DYNA MICS (CHEMISTRY/ GEN ERAL SC I EN C E)

31 9 APPLICATIONS OF RA DIOI SOTOPES (CHEMISTRY/PHYSI CS)

441 IN DEPENDENT STUDY

451 RESEARCH

CLASSICS

Mr. Carleton, assisted by various member of the Departments

of Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, and Religion

The above departments cooperate in offering a classics area major. This inter

departmental maj o r req u i res completion of twelve cou rses selected from the list

below in consultation with the program coord i n ator, Mr. Carleton . For adminis

trative pu rposes the classics area major is a program of the Department of Foreign

Languages, but the professors who teach the courses belo w share i n the conduct

of al l aspects of the program such as p lanning, evaluati n g, and ad vising.

The foundation of a l l majors is a language program in Lati n and / o r Greek:

Lat in 1 0 1 , 1 0 2 Elementary

Latin 201 , 202 I n termediate

Greek H J 1 , 102 Ele mentary

Greek 201 , 202 Inte rmediate

G reek 42 1 , 422 Masterpieces of Greek Literature

The balance of a maj o r is derived from these cou rses :

History 32 1 , 322 H i story of the Ancient World

Phi losophy 331 Ancient G reek Phi losophy

Religion 203 B i b l i cal Literature

Rel ig ion 327 Ancient Church H i story

Re l i g i o n 421 Old Testament Studies

Religion 422 New Testament Studies

I nd e pendent Study courses

Selected I n t erim cou rses

F U rther descri ption of the above cou rses may be found in the parts of the

catalog devoted to each department.

COMMUNICATION ARTS

Mr. Karl, Chairman, Mr. Arnold, Mr. Doughty, Mr. Nordholm,

Mrs. Revis; assisted by Mr. Utzinger

Candiates for the BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE may complete a major with 8 cou rses in p u b l i c address, or 8 cou rses in d rama, or 8 courses combining the three

areas of the departme nt-pu b l i c address, d rama and broadcasti ng.

A l l students majoring i n the field wi l l partici pate in some phase o f d ramatic,

forensic, and b roadcasting' co-c u rricular activities.

P u b l i c Address major: Eight courses, of which Communic ation Arts 1 23 is

required. The remainder of the cou rses will be selected in consultation with the

adviser. Suggested course sched u l e : 227, 327, 333, 335, 344, and at least two

additional cou rses in the department.

D rama major: Eight cou rses, of which Communication Arts 1 23 i s required.

The remainder of the courses wi l l be selected in consultation with the adviser. Sug-

gested course schedule: 241 , 250, 354, 363, and three addit ional courses in the

d rama area.

Students i nterested in broadcasting should in addit ion to Communication Arts

1 23 take 241 , 275, 374, and four add it ional Commun ication, Arts courses, to be

se'lected in consultation with the adviser. Supporting work in related departments

is recom mended. Candidates for the BACHELOR OF F I N E ARTS DEGREE wil l be req u i red to take

13 courses in the department, inc lud ing Fundamentals of Oral Com m u n i cati on 1 23. The remain ing 12 courses wiH be selected i n consultation with the adviser. The selected course structure w i l l vary with the area of the department to be emphasized.

Suggested courses for d rama emphasis (should be taken as c l ose to seq uence

as possi ble) : 241 , 250, 344, 351 , 352, 354, 363, 374 plus two d ramatic l i terature courses and two elective courses.

Suggested courses for publ ic address emphas is : 227, 232, 327, 333, 335, 336,

344. The balance of the courses wi l l be selected together with the adviser. Suggested courses for broadcasting emphasis: 241 , 271 , 275, 344, 374. The bal

ance of the courses wi l l be selected together with the adviser. These should i nclude some courses i n related departments.

BACHELOR O F ARTS I N EDUCATION major requirements are l isted below.

Candidates for th is degree must also meet special requirements described i n the

School of Educat ion section i n th is catalog.

Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses

Teach ing Major: 6 to 8 courses.

Required: 4 courses: Communi cat ion Arts 1 23, 227 or 250, 241 and 404 , plus

3 to 5 cou rses in consultation with the maj o r advise r.

Suggested supporting courses: One of the fol lowing : 1 ) 4 to 5 courses in

English approved by the major adviser; or 2) 4 to 5 courses i n a modern or

classical language.


Teach ing Major : 6 to 7 courses. Required: 3 courses : Communication Arts 1 23, 227 or 250 and 241 , p lus 2

addit ional courses in Commun ication Arts. Addit ional 2 to 3 courses to be

determi ned in consultation with the Department and the School ot Education.

Teaching Minor : 4 to 5 courses. Required: Communication Arts 1 23 and 241 , plus 2 to 3 courses ot electives.


Teaching Major. 6 courses. Required: Communication Arts 1 23 and 402, plus 2 courses in Communica

tion Arts and 2 courses in Engl ish .

Teaching Minor : 3 courses to be determined in consu ltation with the School

of Education.

1 23 FUNDAM ENTALS OF ORAL C O M M U N I CATION

Foundation course deal ing with basic elements of the speech s i tuat ion, i nvolving ski l ls of the v is ib le and aud ib le approaches, as wel l as concentration on

content. Extensive platform work. I I I

.,

1 25, 225, 325, 425 FORENSICS ( V. )

O n e year's competition ,i n i n terco l legiate forensics d u ring t h e corresponding

academic year . "

1 61 I NTRODUCTION TO THE THEATR E

An in trod uct ion t o t h e theatre a s a f ine art and its contr ibut ion t o the cu l ture

of a people. The correlation between the playwr ight , designer , acto r , di rector,

and the i r i n fluence in re lation to one another. I

226 PARLIAMENTARY LAW (V2 )

A study o f parl iamentary law based u pon Robert's Ru les of Order. P ractical

work p redominates. Des ig ned pr i mari ly to aid those who do or w i l l belong

to organizat ions. "

227 ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE

Argumentation , evidence, proof and the adaptation and appl ication of argument to various types of o ral commun icat ion. The forms of debate and their

preparation and presentation are important course considerations. I

232 CONTEMPORARY ORAL D ISCOURSE

A study of the sign i fi cance of rhetoric ( i .e . , "the process of adjust ing ideas

to people and people to ideas") d u ring vari ous stages of Western cu l ture from the c lassical period to the p resent. Special attent ion is g iven to the

rhetoric of such contemporary issues as war, poverty, re l ig ion , and civ i l r ights . I ndependent investigation , along with classroom reports and discus

sion, is emphasized. "

241 I NTERPRETIVE READING

An i n troduction to the ar t of read ing l i terature aloud to an audience, to

in terpreting i t experiential ly, logically and emotionally, Ind ividual and g roup

read ings. I "

250 FUNDA MENTALS OF ACTING An in t roduction to the work of the actor, h is natural and learned sk i l ls , with

exercises i n memory, imagi nation and observation, using i mprovisations and scenes from m odern p lays. To inc lude the theory and p ractice of stage

make-up . I

271 BROADCAST MED IA-MAN AND SOCI ETY

A study of the h istori cal , ph i losoph ical , and sociological aspects of the media and its i m pact on man and society. Lecture and laboratory. I

275 RADIO PRODUCTION A study of the elements of rad i o production inc lud ing analysis of program

design , writi n g for radio, and production tools and tech niques. Lecture and

laboratory. Extensive use of KPLU-FM studi o faci lities and equipment. I

327 EXTEMPORAN EOUS SPEAKING

Platform work predomi nates. Specia l emphasis g iven to the study of gath-

e ring material , methods 01 preparation, and delivery. Prerequisite: 1 23 or consent 01 department. I

333 RHETO R I C AND RHETO R I CAL CR IT IC ISM

A study 01 the development 01 rhetorical theory l rom Corax to modern ti mes with an em phasis on Greek and Roman contr ibut ions. A su rvey 01 the theories 01 trad it ional and contemporary cr it ics with parti c u lar em phasis on the ap

proach to, methods 01, and standards lor evaluation 01 rhetor ical d iscourse . I

335 A M ER ICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS

A c rit ical study 01 selected American speeches, speakers, and controversy

lrom Jonathan Edwards to the present. Emphasis on methods and styles lor

effectiveness studied against a background 01 the speakers and the issues

01 the i r ti mes. I

336 PERSUAS ION

A study 01 the decision-making p rocess in contem porary society. Emphasis on analysis of methods in appeal ing to human motivations and the i r appl ication

in actual p latform experience. I I

344 ADVANCED I NTERPRETATION

Spec ia l p rojects and class exe rcises d i rected toward p rogram plann ing. Deve lopment of ski l l and commun icativeness i n read ing a loud. Development

of the art of making l i teratu re l ive . Prerequ isite : 241 . I I

351 STAGE TECH NOLOGY

Basic theory and practice of technical aspects of set b u i ld ing , costume construct ion, l ight ing , and thei r assembl ing , handl ing and management lor

the stage. I

352 SCEN IC DESIGN The development of artistic and techn ical abi l i ties in the com plete design

of scenery, l ight ing , and costumes for plays of a l l periods. Assign ment covers various styles and periods as wel l as the preparation of models, renderi ngs,

working drawings and scen i c painting and stage p lanning . I I

354 PLAY D I R ECTION A study o f the role o f the d i rector, h istorically and crit ically, and an introduc

tion to the art of play d i recting. Each student will d i rect and produce a one-act

play, accompanied by an annotated d i rector's script, and a theoretical/ practical analysis. II a/y 1971-72.

363 H I STORY O F THE THEATRE

A study of the theatre and d rama in representative societies, includ ing early G reece and Rome, Asia, Renaissance and modern Europe, America, and

others, with e m phasis on i nd ividual research and partic i pation . I a/y 1 97 1 -72.

374 TELEVISION PRODUCTION A study of the elements of television p roduction, i nc lud ing an analysis 01 p ro-

I

I

I

gram design , writ ing for television, and prod uction tools and techn iques. Lecture and labo ratory. Extensive use of KPLU-TV studio fac i l i t ies and equ ipment. I I

380 SPEECH SCIENCE A N D PATHOLOGY

Practical study of anatomy, physiology and physics involved in the speech process. The study of phonetics and the production of all sounds in the English language. Basic princi ples and therapy of speech correcti on . Remed ia l procedu res designed for arti cu lat ion, voice, stuttering, and lang uage disorders, The rehabi l i tation of the brain damaged and cleft pal ate handicapped. "

402 SPEECH IN THE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM ( Vz ) A su rvey of speech problems and opportu nit ies which confront the teacher in the classroom, grades one th rough eight. "

404 SPEECH IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ( Vz ) Curricu lum constructi on , speech phi losophy for the teacher. Co-curr icular activities : admin istration of d rama, radio and forensic activities. 1 1

450 C H I LDREN'S THEATRE WORKSHOP Practical formal dramatics for teachers from kindergarten through high school . A complete three-act play or its equivalent wi l l be produced. The students wi l l be involved in d i recting, stage management, l ight ing and a l l other phases of prod uction . S

459 S U M M E R DRAMA WORKSHOP The summer drama workshop wi l l consist of one session of in tensive work in d rama. Acting, stage management, l ighti ng i nstruct ion, and all other phases of p roduction. S

474 INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY AND THE CLASSROOM TEACHER ( Vz ) A course designed to acquaint the c lassroom teacher with television as a techno logical tool for teaching. I n cl uded wi l l be the general criteri a for technology i n teaching and the specif ic criteria for the use of television as a teaching tool . 1 1

478 SUM M ER TELEVISION WORKSHOP A practical and in tensive study of the creative and prod uction techn iques of televis ion prog,rammi ng. The course is designed for the mature student. It wi l l feature extensive use of KPLU-TV stud i o faci l i t ies and equi pment. S

491 SPECIAL STUDIES IN COMMUN ICATION ARTS ( Y4 )

492 SPECIAL STUD I ES IN COMMUNICATION ARTS ( Vz )

493 SPECIAL STU D I ES IN COMMUN ICAT I ON ARTS ( 1 )

596 R ESEARCH IN COM MUN ICATION ARTS ( V4 )

597 RESEARCH IN COM MU N I CATION ARTS ( Vz )

598 RESEARCH I N COMMUNICATION ARTS ( 1 )

Interim courses offered in 1970: 310 THE EFF ECT OF MASS COMMUNICATIONS MEDIA ON SOCIETY

3 1 4 CREATIVE TH EATER IN TH E URBAN ENVI RON MENT

3 1 5 N EW YO R K C ITY THEATER EXPER IENCE

31'8 TELEV IS ION A N D C H I LDREN'S THEATER

EARTH SCIENCES

Mr. Ostenson, Chairman, Mr. Fisk, Mr. Huestis, Mr. Lowes

Studies i n Earth Sciences deal with the natural physical envi ronment, rang ing from planetary science and the un iverse to considerati on of the earth's crust,

the conti nents and ocean basi ns and thei r mutual i n ter-relat ionships. Courses i nclude studies in geology, ocean ography, astronomy, meteorology and geography

with emphasis on the relat ionsh ip between mankind and the natural environment. Cou rses of study may be arranged to prepare students for careers in any of the

basic f ields. I n add it ion , inter-departmental prog rams can provide more specialized background for g raduate work in such f ie lds as geophysics or geochemistry. The offe r ings are parti cularly suited to students p lanning teach ing careers in earth science at the various school levels.

BACHELOR OF ARTS deg ree major req ui rements consist of a m in imum of six courses supported by two courses in each of two other natu ral science fields.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAT ION major req u i rements in Earth Sciences are

l i sted below. Candidates fo r this degree m ust also meet spec ia l req u i rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.

Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses Teaching Major: 1 1 cou rses Required: ES 131 , 1 32 , 323, 324, 360 or 365, 491 , 492.

Required supporting courses: Mathematics 1 51 : Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 1 42 ,

Physics 1 01 , 1 02.

Suggested supporting courses: Biology 1 5 1 , 1 52 and addit ional cou rses in

chemistry and physics.

Junior High School Preparation: Teach i ng Major : 7 cou rses Required: ES 131 , 1 32 , 323, 324, 360 or 365. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 1 42 . Suggested supporting courses: Mathematics 1 5 1 ; B io logy 151 , 152 . Teaching M i nor : 4 - 5 courses i n ear th and physi cal sciences.

Elementary School Preparation: Teaching Major: 6 cou rses Prerequisite: Trigonometry and h igh school bio logy. Required: ES 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 323, 324 , 360 or 365. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 1 42.

Teaching Minor: 3 courses in earth and physical scien ces.

1 01 WORLD GEOGRAPHY

Patterns o f physical, c l imati c and ecological features on the earth and their

relations to man. I .

1 2 2 INTRODUCT I O N TO PHYS ICAL SCIENCE

A course which considers the physical nature of the Earth by integrating

the sciences of chemi stry, geology, meteorology and physics to a study

of the Earth, its materials, processes, history and environment. The course

is primarily intended for students with no previous background in chemistry,

geology or physics. Th ree lectu res and one laboratory period per week. I

1 3 1 PHYSICAL GEOLOGY

A study of rocks, minerals, and the physiographic features of the su rface

of the eart h . Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period (or field

trip) a week. Formerly Geology 1 0 1 . I

1 3 2 H I STORICAL GEOLOGY

A continuation o f Geology 1 3 1 . A study of sedimentary rocks, fossils, and

earth history. Th ree lectures and one three-hour laboratory (or field trip)

a week. Formerly Geology 1 02. "

1 36 DESC R I PTIVE ASTRONOMY

Topics covered incl ude the moon , the solar system, coordinate systems for

locating stellar objects, characteristics of stars.

202 G EN ERAL OCEANOGRAPHY

A descriptive course designed to give a broad background. Emphasis is on

relationships between oceanography and other fields covering physical,

chemical, biologi cal, c l i matic and geological aspects of the sea. Lectures,

laboratory and field trips. "

222 CONSERVATION OF NATURAL RESOURCES ('/2 )

See Biology 222.

323 M I N E RALOGY

Fundamental principles of crystallography and mineralogy, studying both

ore and rock forming minerals. Two lectu res and one two-hour laboratory

period a week. Prerequisites: ES 1 3 1 and high school chem istry or per

missi on. I

324 PETROLOGY

Origin, occurrence and classification of the more common rocks: emphasis

on hand specimen identification. Prerequisites: ES 1 3 1 o r permission. "

351 NATURAL H I STORY OF THE PAC I F I C NORTHWEST ( 1 '/2 )

See Biology 35 1 .

360 G EOLOGY OF WESTERN WAS H I N GTON

A study of the minerals, rocks and geological history of the area between

the COlumbia Plateau and the Pacific Ocean. Lectures, labo ratory sessions

and field trips. Prerequisite: one year o f college labo ratory SCience or

permission. S

365 GLACIAL G EOLOGY O F WASH INGTON

A study of g lacial ice, g lacial deposits, and land forms resu lt ing from the

Pleistocene g laciat ion in Wash i ngton. Lectures, laboratory sessions, and

field t r i ps. Prereq u is i te : one year of col lege laboratory science or pe rmission . S

425 B IOLOGI CAL OCEANOGRAPHY

See B io logy 425.

491 , 492 I N DEPENDENT STUDY ( % - 1 )

Interim course offered i n 1 970:

302 STRUCTU RE AND TECTON I CS O F THE WESTERN CORDI LLERA (GEOLOGY

F IELD TR IP SOUTHWESTERN U N ITED STATES)

31 7 ENVIRON M ENTAL DYNAMICS (BIO/CHEM/GENERAL SCIENCE)

ECONOMICS

Mr. Enderby, Mr. Genda, Mr. Holman, Mr. Jensen

The courses in economi cs are designed ( 1 ) to offer to al l students an opportunity to acqu i re a general understand i ng of the pr ivate and pub l ic sectors of the

U n i ted States economy so that they may be more enl ightened c i tizens, (2) to pro

vide the necessary general economic background for students majoring i n Busi ness

Administrati on and for students plan n i ng to teach in the Social Sciences or in Business Education, and (3) to provide the necessary background for students

plann ing g raduate study i n economics.

A major i n economics shall consist of a m in imum of e ight cou rses i nc lud ing Econo m i cs 1 50, 351 , 352, 481 , and 486, and Business Ad m i n istration 21 1 . The remai n i ng two courses to meet the m i n i mal req u i rements may be selected from

any of the addit ional upper d ivision courses offered by the Department of Eco

nomi cs. Students contemplat ing g raduate study in economics are strong ly advised (though not requ i red) to i nclude Mathematics 1 51 , 1 52, 231 , and 332 in their total

program of study.

1 50 P R I N C I PLES O F ECON O M I CS

A course designed to in t roduce the student to the scope and sequence of the

discip l ine of econom i cs, deal ing d uring the semester with both M icro- and

Macro-Economics. This course is designed for anyone interested in develop

ing the ski l ls of analytical thought and learning more about the n ature of the Ameri can Economic System . No prereq uisi te.

290 SEMINAR (V. to 1 ) Sem i n ars o n spec i fi cal ly selected topics i n econom i cs w i l l be offered as c i r

cumstances warrant. P rereq uisite: Consent of instructor.

321 LABOR P ROBLEMS A study of the h i story, nature and treatment of labor problems i n the Un i ted

States. Among the topics d iscussed are employment and unemployment; wage

problems; col lective bargain i ng ; un ions and employer assoc iations; industrial un rest and con f l i ct. No prerequ isite. I I a/y 1 970-71 .

331 INTERNATIONAL TRADE

Regional and i n ternational specialization, com parative costs, international

payments, and exchange rates. National pol icies to promote or restrict trade.

Busi ness practice in international trade and i nvestment. Prereq uisite: Eco

nomics 1 50. I

351 INTERMED IATE MACRO ECO N O M I C ANALYS IS

Macro-economics at the intermedi ate leve l . National i n come accounting and

determ ination including pol icy i m p l i cations wilhin the institutional framework

of the U. S. economy. Prerequisite: Eco nomics 1 50 . I

352 I NTER MEDIATE M I C R O ECON OMIC ANALYS I S

Micro-econ omics at the intermediate leve l . The theory o f consumer behavior.

Product and factor prices under conditions of monopoly, competition, 'and

i n termediate ma rkets. Welfare econ omics. Prereq uisite: Econ o m i cs 1 50 . I I

3 6 1 MONEY A N D BANKING

The nature and functions o f money. Cred i t institutions. The relationship of

money a n d bank deposits to the national economy. Prerequis ite : Economics

1 50 . I I a/y 1 97 1 -72.

362 PUBLIC F I NA N C E

P u b l i c taxation a n d expenditure at t h e federal, state and local levels. Types

of taxes and expenditures. The budget. The publ ic debt, Fiscal control of the

busi ness cycle. Prereq u i site: Econ omics 1 50. I I a/y 1 970-7 1 .

434 GOVE R N M ENT A N D BUSIN ESS

A study of the relationship of government and busi ness i n the United States

with special attention to governmental regulation of business. No prerequisite.

I I a/y 1 97 1 -72.

481 STAT ISTICAL METHODS

Descriptive statistics: measures o f posi tion, dis persi o n , and proportions.

I n ferential statistics: estimation and the testing o f hypotheses by parametric

and nonparametric techniques. Regression and correlation analysis. I II

486 READI NGS I N THE EVOLUTION OF ECON O M I C THOUGHT

A survey of the development of economic thought from ancient to modern

times with emphasis on the period from Adam Smith to J. M . I<eynes. This

period i n cludes : the classical economists, the social ists. the marginal ists, the

neo-classical eco nomists, and the Keynesians. No prerequisite. I I

490 S E M I N A R (V4 to 1 )

Seminars o n specif ical ly selected topics i n economics wi l l b e offered as

c i rc u mstances warrant. Prerequisi te : Consent of the instructor.

491 , 492, 493 I N DEPEN DENT STUDY (¥4 to 1 )

Consent o f the instructor req u ired .

504 MANAGE R IAL ECONOMICS

Develops the ab i l i ty to apply basic economic concepts to policy formation

and operating decisions with special reference to such prob lems as cost, demand , pr ic ing , and investment. P rerequisite : Economics 1 50. I

543 QUANTITATIVE M ETHODS Develops the abi l ity to apply the concepts of probab i l ity, sampl ing , and stat ist ical decision theory to problems faced by management. P re requisite:

Permission of the i nstructor, Economics 481 . "

591 , 592, 593 I N D EPENDENT STUDY ( V4 to 1 )

599 THESIS (V4 to 1 )

Interim courses offered i n 1 970:

303 ADVERTI SING AND THE CONSUMER

304 ECONOMICS O F U R BAN TRANSPORTATION AND HOUSING RENEWAL

305 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS

306 ANALYSI S O F BUSIN ESS DATA

498 I N DEPEN DENT STUDY

EDUCATI O N

Mr. Johnston, Dean, Mr. Beal, Mr. Hagen, Mr. Jorgenson, Mr. Leasure,

Mrs. Mathers, Mr. Moe, Mrs. Napjus, Mr. Nelson, Miss Orvik, Mr. Pederson,

Mr. Petty, Mr. Stein, Miss Williamson; assisted by Mr. Bertness, Mr. Breckenridge,

Mr. Davidson, Mr. Dorothy, Mr. Ehlers, Mr. Fulkerson, Mr. Gray. Mrs. Hams,

Mr. Hokenstad, Mr. Holden, Mrs. Keblbek, Mrs. Lauer, Mrs. Nok/eberg,

Mr. Wa/bruch, Mr. Warren, Mr. Zalloroni

Purpose

The general purpose of the School of Education is to contri bute to the devel

opment of professional elementary and secondary school personnel with 'Iiberal

and scientif ic education i ntegrated w.ithin a Ch ristian frame of reference. The

School regards itse l f as shari ng this pu rpose, as well as the means and responsi bi l

i ty for atta in ing it , w i th the University as a whole and wi th each activity of the Un iversity as set forth in the statement of its ph i losophy. Desi rable understand

i ngs, ab i l i t ies, and attitudes are as fol lows :

Understandings of the obl igations of the teac h i n g p rofession to guide

ch i ldren and youth in the p u rsuit of knowledge and ski l ls , to help them

to become happy, useful, and self-supporting ci t izens, and to prepare them in the ways of democracy.

Understandings of the economi c , pol it ical , social , psycholog i cal , and

phi losophical aspects of education.

Understandings of and abi l ity to function in the roles of the teacher as a d i rector of learning , a counselor and gu idance worker, a mediator of the cu l ture, a l ink with the commun ity, a member of a school staff, and a member of the profession,

Understandings of research techn iques and abi l ity to use them,

Attitudes conducive to conscientious professional work and carefu l ly planned experimentation.

Attitudes cond ucive to continuous evaluation and revision of means and ends.

Admission

Students anticipating careers in education take two years of basic general education in the Col lege of Arts and Sciences. In the sophomore year the student is e l ig ib le to register for Education 201 and will at that time make appl i cation for admission to the School of Education.

Students wi l l become candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree when they have met the fo l l owing requirements:

1) Have earned a cumulative grade point average of 2.25 after completion of Education 201 and prior to admission to the professional sequence courses. Students must have C or better grades in Engl ish 1 0 1 and in Psychology 1 0 1 or Sociology 1 0 1 .

2) Have completed Commu nication Arts 1 23 or demonstrated prof ic iency.

3) Have ideals and personality q ual it ies which make for successful teach ing.

4) Have a clearly defined purpose or goal.

5) Have selected a preferred level of preparation and the area or areas of concentration to be fol lowed.

6) Have com pleted satisfactor i ly the screening program.

7) Have received approval during an individual conference with representatives of the School of Education.

The cand idate i s required to maintain these standards in order to retain h is standing in the School of Education.

Students who have taken the Bachelor's degree at Pacif ic Lutheran or at another institut ion who contemp late meeting certification requirements are expected to meet the same req uirements for admission. These students are advised to begin

with the summer session. The certific.ation sequence w i l l normal ly requ i re a summer session and two semesters, or three semesters.

Curriculum Requirements In addition to the general University courses required in a l l curri cu la, certain

specif ic requirements in general education must be met.

1) History 351 , Pacific Northwest, requi red of al l elementary teacher candidates, and all secondary candi dates with a major or minor in a social science.

2) Geography 101 i s required of al l elementary teacher candidates.

3) Prospective elementary teachers usually meet the science general education requrement by completing Biology 1 1 1 , or other l i fe science, and Science 1 22.

A year course in one labo ratory science may be substituted by those who have adequate high school backg rou nd i n the other sciences.

4) A student m ust demonstrate com petence in speech by achieving a satisfactory score on a proficiency test given by the Commun ication Arts Department, or by completing Communication Arts 1 23 .

5 ) Physical Education 295, School Health , is requ i red of a l l teacher cand idates.

CERTIFICATION Guide l i nes for the preparation and certification of teachers have been estab

l ished by the State Board of Ed ucation. The reco mmended program pattern

i nclud es: broad l i beral educati o n , 35 per cent; subject m atter specia l izat ion, 35 per cent; professional study, 20 per cent; and electives, 10 per cent.

The fou r-year curr icu l u m leads to the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree

and to the provisional certificate, an in i t ia l l icense to teach, issued for a period

of th ree years. The beginn ing teacher 'las had preparation and supervised experi

ences with students o n the vari ous levels. Each teacher prepares speci f ical ly to teach at one leve l .

Pacif ic Lutheran Un ive rsity reco mmends the candidate for the fi rst teac h i ng posit ion on the basis of h is preparat ion .

Authorization lor elementary teaching req u i res student teac hing i n the ele

mentary schoo l , th ree courses of professional ized subject matter, and n ine

courses of su bject matter specia l izat ion .

Authorization lor secondary teaching requires stu dent teach ing in the secondary

school and eleven to twelve cou rses of subject matter spec ia l ization in a pproved teach ing areas.

Authorization lor elementary and secondary teaching requi res stud ent teach ing at both of these levels. Students who e lect to change levels w i l l be expected to meet the m i n i m u m requirements as given above for the new leve l . Any teach er

may complete h is preparation for a new level d u r ing the fifth year of col lege.

Fifth Year and Standard Certification The fifth year of teacher ed ucation is to fol low a period of one year of in i t ia l

teaching experience. The student must com plete a min imum of two courses

appl icable toward the fifth year, before the beg inn ing of the fourt h year of teach ing . Seven and one-half courses m ust be completed before beginn ing the

sixth year of teach ing . The student may choose the institution in which he wishes to take h is advanced

work as fol lows:

1 ) I f he chooses to work at Pacific Lutheran Un ive rsity, o r any other of the teacher education i nstitutions in this state, that i nstitution shal l be responsi ble for recom mending him for the Standard Certificate upon successful com pletion of the fifth year program.

2) I f the Pacific Lutheran Un iversity graduate wishes to undertake the fifth year in an out-of -state inst itut ion, Pacific Lutheran University w i l l be responsib le for recommending h i m for the Standard Certif i cate. The student must secure general approval of his p lan from the Un iversity in advance.

There are four provisions governing tne fifth year pattern of work, accord ing to State Board reg ulations:

1) The f ifth col lege year must in clude a m in imum of 30 semester hours (seven and one-h alf courses) of which at least fifly per cent must be up per division and /or graduate courses.

2) No more than e ight semester hours of extension and/or correspondence study may be approved as a part of the 30 semester hours (seven and one-half courses) in the student's f i fth year program.

3) Pacific Lutheran University grad uates must take sixteen semester hours (four courses) of the fifth col lege year in residence. A transfer student who wishes to be recom mended by Pacific Lutheran University m ust take a m in imum of 20 semester hours (five courses) i n residence.

4) The student may take 20 of the required 30 semester hours prior to or dur ing the f i rst year of teaching experience with pr ior permission of the School of Education.

Following are requ i re ments and proced ures for the approval of fi fth year programs of work at Pacific Lutheran Un iversity:

1) Specif ic course requi rements are: (a) Education 467, Evaluation or i ts equ ivalent. (Education 473, Paren t-Teacher

Conference may be used by elementary teachers.) (b) Education 463, Guidance in the Elementary School or Education 465 Guid

ance in the Secondary School .

2) Any courses re commended fo r the individual student pr ior to the granting of the Bachelor's degree m ust be taken. These may be recommended by either the area adviser or the School of Educati on .

3) Courses taken shou ld strengthen areas of concentration and bui Id stronger general education background as wel l as f i l l needs in the profess ional f ie ld . This program of studies Is to be selected by the student with the guidance of those who have worked with him du ring his period of in i t ia l teach ing and the advisers at the recommending instituti ons.

4) The student secures approval of the reco m mending in stituti on for work taken elsewhere before the work is begun.

Some of the work taken during the fifth year may also apply toward the Master of Arts degree for those who meet the requi rements. A student must not plan that these two curri cu la shal l coincide. The program as set up for the fifth year shal l take precedence and must be f in ished first.

Principal 's Credentials'

The candidate fo r the pr inci pal 's c redentials w i l l be guided by the fo l lowing:

1 ) He must meet graduate standards for the Master's degree.

2) He m ust work toward the provi si,onal pr incipal 's credentials at his ch osen leve l. To receive this it is required that he have comp leted work fo r h is Standard Teaching Certi ficate plus six semester hours (one and one-half courses.)

3) He must complete experience and study requirements fo r the Standard Prin-

• Details of the program are available at the School of Education upon request.

c i pal 's Credent ia l at h is chosen leve l . To receive th is he needs to have ( 1 ) had

administrative experience (2) earned a mi nimum 0\ eight more semester hours,

and (3) earned his Master of Arts degree.

Students who i n tend to work toward the Master of Arts degree in the field of

education must apply for ad mission to the Graduate D i vision and meet the requ i rements ouUi ned b y that Division. Candidates shOUld see the course requ i rements as set forth in the Master of Arts b rochure. "

Certification Requirements for School Nurses P rov isional Certiricate:

1) Registered n u rse l icensed i n the State of Washington, and

2) Bac helor 's degree in a program accredited (or approved) for fi rst-level posit ions in pub l ic health n u rs ing, or Certif i cate in Publ ic Health N u rsing (or equivalent) with three years of successful supervised experience in a publ ic health program which inc ludes

experience in school nursing.

3) Comp letion of a m in imum of ten semester hours (two and one-half cou rses) of

professional education courses including practice teachi n g or d irected labora

tory experiences in a school situation.

Standard Certificate:

1) Two years of successful experience in school n u rsing as a school n u rse under the Provisional Certificate, and

2) Master's deg ree with a major in school nursing o r its equivalent i n Publ ic Health N u rsing.

Professional Education Courses for School Nu rse Certificate P rofessional educational courses recommended for meet ing the requirement of

a minimum of 10 semester h o u rs (two and one-half cou rses) are as fol lows:

Education 201 -Learner and Society or ____________ ___________ 1 cou rse Education 321 -Human Deve lopment (must include

publ ic school observations)____ ________ _______ course

Education 463-Guidance in the Elementary School or__________ _ course

Soci ology 450-Social Institutions or_______________________ _ cou rse

Education 465-Guidance in the Secondary School_ ________ ____ course

Education 552-Publ ic School Admin lstration ______ _ . . _ _________ 'Y4 cou rse Education 575-Mental Health or_ __ _ __ ___ ____________ V2 course

Education 585-Comparative Education _____ ___ ___________ V2 course

Laboratory experien ces in a school situation w i l l be provided on an ind ividual

basis.

Preparation of School Librarians (Learning Resources Specialist) Students in terested in preparing for the responsi bi l ity of admin istration of a

school l i b rary may meet suggested standards through the fo'liowing program :

1 ) Book and media selection

Education 455-lnstructional Materials

• • Available at the office 01 the Dean 01 Graduate Studies upon request.

Education 450-Storytel l i ng

English 323-Chi ldren's Literature

2} Catalogi n g

Education 453-Processing School Li brary Materials

3} Reference

Education 452-Basic Reference Materials

4} Medi a uti l ization and production

Education 454-Selection of Learning

Resource Materials

Education 457-Workshop in Preparation and Uti l ization of

Instructional Materials

5} Cu rricu l u m

Education SaO-Cu rricu lum Deve lopment

6} Admin istration

Education 451 -Administration of the School Library

PROFESSIONAL COURSES-Bachelor of Arts in Education

Requirements 1} Education 201-Learner and Society _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

This course may be taken duri ng the sophomore year or later.

2} Professional Core Curric ulum:

course

The following courses are to be completed after admission to the SChoo l :

Education 322-Methods a n d Observation (Pri mary Level) o r _ _ _ _ _ 1 course

Education 323-Methods and Observati on (U pper Elementary

Level) or _______ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ___ ___ _ __ __ ____ 1 course

Education 423-General Methods (Secondary Level)_ .1 course

Education 325-Teaching of Reading (Elementary Level) or _ _ _ 1 course

Education 420-Teach ing of Reading (Secondary Level) _ _ '12 course

Education 430-Student Teaching (Primary Level) or_ _ ___ _ _ _ 2'/2 courses

Education 432-Student Teaching (Upper Elementary Level) or _ _ _ 2'12 courses

Education 434-Student Teaching (Secondary Level) 2 courses

Education 435-Professional Seminar __ � _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ _ __ V2 course

(Req u i red for students enrolled in Education 430 or 432)

3} Professional Electives (Secondary) __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 to 1 V2 courses

Subject area methods

Guidance

Student teaching (alternate level)

Students wishing to qual ify for certification on both the elementary and sec-

ondary levels should meet the major and minor requirements for the other leve l .

Students must have C, o r better, grades i n Engl ish 101 a n d Psychology 101 , or

Sociology 101 . The student may count only C or better grades toward a major,

minor, or professional education courses.

4} Laboratory Experience

Students have the opportunity to study the social , emotional , physical, and

i ntel lectual growth patterns of school-age chi ldren and youth throughout thei r

----------

pre-service years. An understand ing of the learning process as related to

growth and development is em phas ized. This is done through regular course work, demonstration, observat ion , and part ici pation with ch i ld ren in thei r activities both i n and out of school . The fol lowing are specific requ i rements

in the area of laboratory experience:

(a) September Experience

During at least one September fol lowing the successful complet ion of

Education 201 , Learner and Society, and pr ior to Student Teach.ing, the student is requ i red to observe and to part ic i pate In activities d u ring the

open ing days (preferably two weeks) of school. This September Experience may be either In h is home town or in the local area. P lans and defin i te

assignments m ust be approved by the School of Education before the end of the preceding sp ring semester.

(b) Student Teaching

A successful experience in student teaching is vital to the student's career.

I t is therefore recommended that the student carry not more than four courses during his student teaching semester. I t Is also expected that outside work or college activity will be kept to a minimum. Exceptions to

these recommendations are a l lowed only by special permission .

PROFESSIONALIZED SUBJECT MATTER

Elementary School Teaching In the area of Professionalized Subject Matter a minimum of 3 courses is re

q u i red from the following courses :

Art ' 340 Art in the Elementary School ( V2 course)

Commun icat ion Arts

402 Speech in the Elementary Classroom

Education '325 The Teaching of Reading

455 I nstructional Materials ' 326 The Teaching of Arithmetic (Prerequisite: Math 323)

4 1 0 Science in the Elementary School " 4 1 2 Social Studies i n the Elementary School

" 408 Language Arts in the Elementary School

457 Preparation and Ut i l ization of I nstructional Materials (¥4 ) " 483 Pri mary Read ing

579 Diagnosis of Read ing Prob lems

Engl ish 323 Ch i ldren 's Literature

Mus ic

' 340 M usic in the Elementary School

Physical Education

322 Physical Education i n the Elementary School

• Required 01 all elementary teacher candidates.

" Open to student teachers or experienced teachers only.

ACADEMIC PREPARATI O N

Teaching Areas 1) Business Educati on.

2) Fine Arts-art or music.

3) Physical Education.

4) Language Arts-i ncluding Engl ish (composition, l i terature), foreign language,

communi cation arts ( including drama), and journal ism.

5) Science and Mathematics-i ncluding biolog ical and physical sciences and

mathematics.

6) Social Sciences-including hi story, sociology, political science, economics,

geography, and psychology.

Preparation for Senior High School Teaching: 11' to 12 Courses A student preparing for sen ior h igh school teac h ing must complete approxi

mately 1 1 courses in the academic area i n which he plans to teach. This normal ly

consists of a teaching maj or of 6 to 8 courses of study i n one department, sup

ported by 4 to 5 cou rses i n related departments. A student, with the app roval of

his academic adviser, may elect to complete a departmental minor of 4 to 5 courses in anothe r area appl icable to teaching in the sen ior h igh school. I n

either case, the adviser from the major area wil l assist the student i n planning

h is program.

Teaching majors are offered in the fol lowing fie lds: art, biology, business edu

cation, chemistry, communication arts, English, Fren ch, German, physical educa

tion, h istory, mathematics, music, physics, politi cal science, science (general and

earth sciences), soc ial sciences, sociology. and Spanish.

Preparation lor Junior High School Teaching: 11 to 1 2 Courses A student preparing for jun ior h igh school teaching normally m ust comp lete a

teaching major of 6 to 8 cou rses and a minor of 4 to 5 courses i n another area.

Students plann ing to teach on the junior h igh school level should confer

with the School of Education regard ing combi nations of teach ing fields which

would be most appropriate. An adviser from the major area wil l assist the student

in p lanning his program.

Teaching maj ors and mi nors are offered i n the general areas of fine arts,

physical education, language arts ( including English, journal ism, communication

arts, German, French, and Spanish), science (including biology, chemistry, physics,

general science, and earth sciences) and mathematics, and social sciences.

Preparation lor Elementary School Teaching: 1 2 Courses A student p reparing for elementary school teaching normally must complete

6 courses in a major teaching area, and two area minors consist ing of 3 courses

each. One of the minors must be in p rofessionalized subject matter; and one i n

a teach ing field other than that covered in the 6-course concentration.

In general , the teach ing major (6 courses) for elementary school teachers fol

lows the teaching major required for junior high teaching. The courses i nCluded

in the two minors are to be determined i n consultation with the School of

Education.

Art Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 112 courses

Teaching Major: 1 1 V2 courses

Required: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 235, 260, 330 or 350, 365, 370, 440, two addit ional

courses in art h istory, and electives to complete requirements.


Teaching Major: 7 V2 courses

Required: Art 1 1 0 , 1 60, 235, 330 or 350, 365, 440, and electives to complete

requirements. Teaching M inor: 5 courses

Required: Art 1 1 0, 1 60, 235, 330 or 350, and 365.


Teaching Major: 6 courses

Required: 1 1 0, 1 60. 235, 340 and two courses from the following: Art 330, 350,

365 or 370.

Teaching Minor: 3 courses in the area as determined by the School of

Education.

Biology Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teach i ng Major: 7 courses Required: Biology 1 51 , 1 52 and 5 courses in biology of which at least 3 must

be upper div is ion. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 1 42 , Mathematics 1 33.

Electives from the followin g : Earth Sciences 1 31 , 1 32 ; Chemistry 331 , 332 ;

Physics 1 0 1 , 102 , 21 1 .


Teach ing Major: 6-7 courses Required: Biology 1 5 1 , 1 52 and 5 courses i n biology approved by the de

partment. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 1 42 , Mathematics 1 33 .

Recommended: Physics 1 01 , 1 02 , 21 1 or Earth Sciences 1 31 , 1 32 .

Teaching M i nor: 5 cou rses Required: 3-4 courses chosen in b io logy; Earth Sciences 1 3 1 .


Teaching Major: 6 courses Required: Biology 1 51 , 1 52 . Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 1 42 .

Teac h i ng M i nor: 3 courses

Required: 3 cou rses i n the area, to be determined i n consu ltation with the

School of Education.

Business Education Senior High School Preparation: 1 2 courses

Required: Economi cs 1 50 ; Busine.ss Admin istration 241 , 243, 281 , 290 or 495,

340, 387 or 488, 441 or 442, 443 and V2 course i n Advanced Typewriti ng. Also elect one course from Business Administration 350, 364 or 370. Choose one

area of emphasis from Account ing: Busi ness Administration 381 plus one upper di vision accounting course; or Economics: Economics 351 p lus one upper d ivision economics cou rse ; or Shorthand: One year of advanced shorthand.

I t is strongly recommended that any of the following courses not taken d u ring the four-year program be inc luded in the fifth year progra m : Business Admini stration 350, 364, 370, 387 and 488.

Typewriting and shorthand courses are not offered on the campus; however, these courses may be taken to meet degree req u i rements at Fort Stei lacoom Comm u n i ty Col lege for transfer cred i t any t i me du ring the four-year degree program.

Chemistry Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 3;4 courses

Teach ing Major : 73;4 courses consist ing of Chemistry 1 1 5 (or 1 3 1 ) , 142, 321 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334, 34 1 , 342, and 343. Prerequisites: Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02 or 253; Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 .


Teaching Major: same as for sen ior level above. Teac hing Minor: 5V2 cou rses consisting of Chemistry 1 1 5 (or 1 3 1 ) , 1 42, 321 , 33 1 , 332, 333, 334. Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 33 or equivalent.


Teaching Major: 6 courses Required: 4 app roved courses In chemistry and two addit ional courses to be determi ned in consultation with the School of Education. Teaching M inor: Three cou rses to be determi ned in consultation with the School of Education.

Communication Arts Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses

Teach ing Major: 6 to 8 cou rses Required: 4 courses : Comm unication Arts 1 23, 227 or 250, 241 and 404, plus 3 to 5 courses in consu ltation with the major adviser. Suggested supporting courses: One of the fol lowing: 4 to 5 courses in English approved by the major adviser; or 4 to 5 courses in a modern or c lassical language.


Teaching Major: 6 to 7 courses Required: 3 courses: Communi cation Arts 1 23, 227 or 250, and 241 , plus 2 addit ional courses in Communication Arts. Addit ional 2 to 3 courses to be determi ned in consu ltation with the Department and the School of Education. Teaching Mi nor: 4 to 5 cou rses Required: Com m u n i cation Arts 1 23 and 24 1 , plus 2 to 3 cou rses of e lectives.


Teaching Major: 6 courses Required: Communication Arts 1 23 and 402, plus 2 courses in Communication Arts and 2 cou rses in Engl ish.

Teaching Minor : 3 courses to be determined in consu ltation with the School

o f Education and the Department of Communication Arts.

Earth Sciences See Science (General)

English Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teaching Maj o r: 8 cou rses

Required: Engl ish 241 , 251 , 252 and 383. Electives to total 8 cou rses in add it ion to Engl ish 1 0 1 ; at least four cou rses must be upper d ivis ion.

Distribution requirement: one course i n the nature and development of language (382, 400 or 403) ; and Advanced Composit ion 2 1 8, o r proficiency as

dete rmined by the Engl ish Department. Al l majors must present two years of

one fore ign language at the col lege leve l , o r show equivalent proficiency.


Teach ing Major : 8 cou rses

Required: Eight cou rses in the department as l isted under sen ior h igh prepar

ati on above, inc lud ing d istr i bution req u i rement and two years of foreign

language or eq u ivalent proficiency.

Elemenfary School Preparation:

Teach ing Concentrat ion : 6 courses Required: 4 cou rses in the department as l isted under sen i o r h igh preparation

above, and two addit ional courses to be selected i n consu ltation with the

School of Education . Teach ing M inor : 3 cou rses

Required: Th ree courses in the area, to be determined in consultation with

the School of Education .

French Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses


Required: F rench 201 , 202, 321 , 351 , 352, 445 and th ree add it ional courses.

445 may count i n e i ther education or French, but not i n both.

Suggested supporting courses: 3 courses in communication arts, English or

another foreign language.


Teaching Major : 7 cou rses Required: As l isted above for sen i o r h igh preparation. Su pporting cou rses chosen in consu ltation with majo r adviser.

Teach ing M inor : 4 - 5 approved cou rses i n F rench.


TeaChing Major : 6 cou rses Required: Five approved courses in French and one addit ional course to be selected i n consultation with the department and the School of Education .

Teaching Minor : 3 cou rses Required: Three approved courses in French to be determined in consu ltat ion

with the School of Education .

German

Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teach ing Major: 8 courses

Required: German 201 . 202. 321 . 35 1 . 352. 445 and th ree addit ional courses.

445 may count in e i ther education o r F rench . but not in both. Suggested supporting courses: 3 cou rses i n commun ication arts, Engl ish or



Teach ing Major : 7 cou rses

Required: As l isted above. for sen ior h igh p reparati on . Su pporti ng courses

chosen in consu ltation with major adviser. Teach ing M i nor : 4 - 5 courses

Required: 4 - 5 approved cou rses i n German.



Required: Five approved courses in Ge rman and one additional course to be

selected In consu ltation with the department and the School of Education.

Teach i n g M i nor : 3 courses Required: Th ree approved courses in German to be determ ined in consultation

with the School of Education.

History Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teach i n g Major : 8 courses

Required: History 1 07 , 1 08. two of 251 , 252 and 253. 351 p lus 3 courses in

h i story. Suggested supporting courses: 3 courses selected from economics. geography.

pol i t ical science. psychology and sociology.

Language Arts Junior High School Preparation:

Teach i n g Concentration (Major) : 8 courses Required: Engl ish 21 8 ; e i ther Engl ish 403 or L ingu ist ics 400; one u p pe r-d iv i

s ion l i terature course i n addit ion to the course taken to meet the gene ral education requ i rement ; Comm u n i cation Arts 24 1 or 327 or 336 and 404; Education

444 and th ree other courses in Engl ish. j o u rnal ism, commun ication arts or foreign language beyond the f reshman leve l . At least two of these t h ree courses must be in the same d isc ip l ine . and one of the th ree must be u ppe r div is ion.

Teach ing Concentration ( M i nor) : 4 courses Required: Fou r courses se lected from offeri ngs in Eng l ish . journal ism , com

mun ication arts. o r foreign lang uage beyond the freshman level. Engl ish 218 is required.

Elementary Preparation:

Teac h i ng Concentration (Major) : 6 courses Required: English 21 8. e i ther Engl ish 403 or L ingu istics 400. Engl ish 323.

e ither Comm unicati on Arts 241 or Commun ication Arts 327 or 336 and 402;

and two other cou rses selected from one of the followi ng d iscipl ines: English , communication arts, o r foreign language beyond the fresh man leve l . One of these courses must be upper divisi on. Teach ing Concentration (M inor) : 3 courses Required: Three courses selected from offerings in Engl ish , jou rnalism, com munication arts, or foreign language beyond the freshman leve l . English

2 1 8 is requ i red .

Mathematics Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teaching Major: 7 courses i n add it ion to Math 446. Prerequisites: Math 1 33 or equi valent . Required: Math 1·51 , 1 52 , 231 , 433, 446 ; 321 or 434 or 455; one addit ional

up per d iv is ion course. Suggested supporting courses: 2 course in chem istry or physics and two

additional sc ience cou rses.

Junior High School Preparation: Teach ing Major: 6 cou rses Prerequisites: Math 1 33 or equ ivalent.

Required: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 231 , 433, 446. Teaching M i nor: 4 cou rses i n add i tion to Math 446. Prerequisite: Math 1 33 or equivalent. Required: Math 1 51 , 1 52 ; 1 27 o r 231 ; 446, 433 or 321 .

Elementary School Preparation: Teac hing Maj or : 4 courses in add it ion to Math 323 and Math 324 or 321 . Prerequisite: Math 1 33 or equi valent. Required: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 ; 1 27 o r 321 or 433; plus mathematics electives.

Teach ing Minor : 2 mathematics cou rses in addit ion to Math 323, and Math 324 or 321 , to be determined in consu ltation with the School of Education and the Department of Mathematics.

'Music Senior High School Preparation:

• • Emphasis on Choral Musi c-Teac h i ng Major: 1 4 V2 cou rses. Prerequisite: Music Theory 1 23, or equivalent. Required: Music 50, 1 24, 2 1 1 , 212, 223, 224, 323, 325, 340, 442, 445, 447.

Two cou rses of private voice lessons, one-half course of pri vate piano lessons and two courses of Literature and Performance. One course of music electives is also req u i redl .

• • Emp hasis on Sacred Choral Music-Teac h ing Major: 1 4 V, cou rses. Prerequisite: Music Theory 1 23 , or equivalent. Required: Music 50, 1 24, 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 223, 224, 323, 339, 340, 367, 368, 445, 447.

Two courses of private instruction must be earned i n the major performance medium (voice or piano and/or organ) and one-half course must be earned in the minor performance medium (voice or piano and/or o rgan) . Two cou rses

of Lite rature and Performance are also req u i red .

" " Emphasis on Inslrumental Musi c-Teaching Major : 1 4 V2 cou rses.

Prerequisite: Musi,c Theory 1 23, or equivalent. Required: Music 50, 1 24, 1 4 1 , 142, 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 223, 224, 243, 244, 245, 246, 247, 323, 325, 326, 339 , 445, 447. Two courses of privale instruction must be earned on the student's major instru ment plus one-h alf cou rse of piano. Two cou rses of c redit must be earned in Literature and Performance.


Teaching Major: 7 courses Prerequisite: Music 1 23 , or equivalent. Required: Music 50, 1 24, 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 339, 340, 445. One-half course of private piano, one-ha lf course of a secondary instrument or voice, one course of L i t . and Perform. and one-half course of music electives are also req u i red. Teaching Minor: 5 courses Required: Music 1 20, 339, 341 p l us one-half course of private piano and oneh a l f course of private instruction in voice or secondary instrument. One course of Lit . and Perform. and V2 course of e lectives in music are also req u i red.


Teac h i ng Major: 6 courses Required: Music 1 20, 339, 341 p lus one-hal f course of pri vate piano and onehal f course of private voice. One cou rse of music ensemble and one and one-half courses of e lectives in music are also req uired. Teac hing Mino r: 3 courses Required: 3 courses in the Music Department, to be determined in consultation with the Department of Music and the School of Education.

" See the Department of Music Handbook for further details concerning program.

" " Students desiring certification as a secondary teacher will do their student teach

ing on the secondary level.

Students desiring certification as an elementary teacher will do their student teaching on the elementary level. Students desiring certification as a K-1 2 teacher will do their student teaching on both elementary and secondary level.

Physical Education


Teaching Major: 1 1 courses Six requ i red courses: PE 277, Scientif ic Foundations of Physical Educati on; two profess ional activ. ities courses; PE 481 ; Physiolog ical Basis for Motor Performance; PE 482, Biomechanics of Hu man Motion; and either PE 322, Physical Education for the Elementary School ; or, Pe 328. Curr icu lum Development and Administration. Three cou rses elected f rom among cou rses numbered 300 - 400 offered in the School of Physical Educati on. Bio logy 161 ( H u man Anatomy) and Biology 162 (Human Physiology). Part ici pation in at least one intercol legiate or extramural sport. One activity elective (V. course) in Aquatics.

Junior High School Preparation: Teaching Major: 7 courses

Required: 6 courses as listed for sen i o r h igh major plus one elective from

among physical education c o u rses numbered 300 - 400,

Teach ing Mi nor: Four cou rses are req uired : PE 277, Scientif ic Fou ndations of

Physical Education; PE 286, Professional Activities-Gymnastics and Dance; PE 284 or 288, Professional Activities-Team Sports; and PE 482, Biomechan ics

of Human Motion, or PE 481 , Physiological Basis 'or Motor Performance,

Elementary School Preparation: Teac hing Major : Six courses are requ i red : PE 277, Scientific Fou ndations of

Physical Education ; PE 322 , Physical Education for the Elementary Schoo l ; PE 286, Professional Activities-Gymnastics and Dance; PE 284 o r P E 288, Pro

'essi onal Activit ies-Team Sports; and two courses selected from among the physical education courses numbered 300 - 400, Teaching Minor : The foll owing cou rses are req u i red : PE 277, Foundations 0' Physical Education ; PE 322, Physical Education for the Elementary School; PE 286, Professional Activit ies-Gymnastics and Dance; and , P E 284 o r 288, P rofessional Activit ies-Team Sports,

Special Secondary Programs: Athletic Coaching Minor: Three req u i red courses: PE 277, Scientif ic Foun dations of Physical Education; PE 482, B iomechani cs 0' Human Mot ion; PE 481 , Physiological Basis fo r Motor Performance; and two elective "one-hall"

cou rses 'rom among the fol lowing: PE 371 , Coaching Theory-Footbal l ; PE 370, Coaching Theory-Basketbal l ; PE 372, Coach ing Theo ry-Track and Fie ld ; PE 373, Coach ing Theory-Basebal l ; PE 374, Coaching Theory-Wrest l ing ; PE 361 , Coach ing Practicum; and part ic ipati on in at least one intercollegiate or extram u ral sport. Health Minor: The following cou rses are required : PE 295, School Hea l th ; PE 324, Personal Health , P E 326, Commun ity Health, Bi ology 161 , Human

An atomy; Bio logy 1 62, Human Physiology,

Physics Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses

Teac hing Major: 7'12 courses Required: Physics 1 0 1 , 102, 21 1 , 253, 254 , 272, 321 , 322 and 355, Required supporting courses: One addit ional course in chemistry; Mathe

mat ics 151 , 1 52 , Addit ional suggested cou rses: Physics 331 , 336,

Junior High School Preparation: Teaching Major: 6'/2 courses, Required: Physics 1 01 , 1 02, 21 1 , 253, 254, 272, 321 and 322 ,

Political Science Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses (in the Social Sciences)

Teaching Major : 7 courses ( in Pol it ical Science) Required: Political Science 1 01 , 2 51 , 331 , plus four add it ional elective courses, Suggested supporting courses: Economics 1 50 ; Geography 101 ; History 251 , 252, 253, 351 ; Psychology 1 0 1 ; Sociology 101 ,

Science (General)


General Science Teaching Major: 11 courses

Required: Bi ology 1 5 1 , 152 ; Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 142 ; Physics 1,01 , 1 02 ; ES 1 3 1 , 1 32 ; Mathematics 1 33, 1 5 1 .

Earth Sciences Teaching Major: 11 courses Required: ES 131 , 1 32, 323, 324, 360 or 365, 491 , 492.

Required supporting courses: Mathematics 1 51 , Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 1 42; Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02. Suggested supporting courses: Biology 1 51 , 1 52 and addit ional courses in chemistry and physics.


General Science Teach ing Major: 6 - 7 courses Req uired: Biology 1 51 and 152 or B iology 1 1 1 ; Chemistry 1 1 5, or 1 3 1 , 1 42 ; Physics 1 0 1 , 1 02 ; Mathematics 1 33 ; E S 1 3 1 . Teach i ng Minor: 4-5 courses Cou rses selected and total courses subject to approval of science departments and wi l l vary depending upon high school background of the ind iv idual student.

Earth Sciences Teaching Major: 7 cou rses Required: ES 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 323, 324, 360 or 365. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 3 1 , 1 42 . Suggested supporting courses: Mathematics 1 51 ; Biology 151 , 1 52 . Teaching M i nor: 4 to 5 courses in earth and physical sciences.


General Science Teaching Major: 6 courses In dividual programs to be pl anned by the Science Department in consultat ion with the School of Education. Teaching Min or: 3 courses Required: Three courses in the area, courses to be determined in consultation with the School of Education.

Earth Sciences Teaching Maj or: 6 courses Prerequisite: Trigonometry and high school b io logy. Required: ES 1 3 1 , 1 32, 323, 324, 360 or 365. Required supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 or 1 31 , 1 42 .

Teaching M in or: 3 courses i n earth and physical sciences.

Social Science


Teaching Major: 11 courses Required: Two cou rses selected from History 251 , 252 and 253; Hi story 351 ;

and eight courses selected from geography, economi cs, pol i t ical science,

psyc hology and sociology.

Junior High School Preparation: Teaching Maj o r : 6 courses

Required: Two cou rses selected from Histo�y 251 , 252 and 253 ; History 351 ;

and three cou rses selected from other social sciences. Teaching Minor: 5 cou rses

Required: Two courses selected from History 251 , 252 and 253; History 351 ; and two courses selected from other social sciences.

Elementary School Preparation: Teaching Majo r : 6 courses Required: Two courses selected from History 251 , 252 and 253 ; H istory 351 ;

and three courses selected from other social sciences. Teach ing Minor : 3 cou rses to be determ ined in consu ltation with the School

of Educati o n .

Sociology Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teac hing Major: 1 1 courses Required: Soc iology 1 01 , 445, 490, four electives in sociology; and four

cou rses d istr ibuted over th ree areas of other social sciences.

Spanish Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teach ing Major: 8 cou rses Required: Spanish 201 , 202, 321 , 351 , 352, 445 and three add iti onal courses. 445 may count in either education or foreign languages, but not In both. Suggested supporting courses: 3 cou rses in commu nication arts, Eng l ish or


Junior High School Preparation: Teach ing Major : 7 cou rses as l isted above for senior h igh preparat ion.

Support ing cou rses to be chosen in consultation with major adviser. Teaching Minor : 4 - 5 approved courses in Spanish.

Elementary School Preparation: Teac h i ng Major : 6 cou rses Required: Five approved courses in Spanish and one add i tional course to be selected in consu ltation with the department and the School of Educat ion .

Teac hing M inor : 3 approved courses in Spanish to be determ i ned in conSUltation with the School of Education .

Elementary Education Program

General Education (Includes Core) Requirements

___ Phi losophy _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ __ _

___ Rel igion (One may be the Se n ior Se minar in Rel ig ion ) ___ _ __

___ Music 341 _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ ____ . __ __ _ __ ___ ____ _ . _ _ _ _____ _

__ Art 340 _ _ _ ____ __ ____ _ ___ _ _____ ___ ___ _ _ _ ____ _ . __

___ Communication Arts 1 23 ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ________ _ _

___ History or Literature _____ __ ____ _____ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _

Courses

Required

1 2

___ Science (One l i fe, one physical) _______ _ ____ _ _ . ___ _ 2 __ Math 323 _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. . ____ _ _ _ ____ ___ _ _ _

___ Physical Education ( four % -course activities) _ ___ _ _ _ _ _

___ School Health 295 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ ____ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ '/2 ___ Social Science (Geog. 1 01 , His!. 351 , Psych. 1 01 or Soc. 1 0 1 ) ___ 3 ___ English 1 01 (Proficiency exam for no c redit or course for c redit) ( 1 )

1 4 Y2 ( 1 5'/2 )

Teaching Ma;or-6 courses (2 courses upper division)

Teaching Minor-3 crses. possible (minimum of 1 crs. upper divis.) Electives

Professional Sub;ect Matter Minor-3 full courses ___ Education 326 Teaching of Math ____ _ ____ _ __ _ _____ _

___ Education 325 Teaching of Reading, Elementary__ _ __ __ _

___ Art & Music ( I n c luded in Art 340 & Music 341 ) _ _ __ ____ _ _ _ __ _

___ Education Electives: Select from the following_______ _ _ _ _

Communication Arts 402, Education 408, 410 , 412, 457, 483, 579, English 323, Health & P .E . 322

Professional Sequence

___ Ed ucation 201 Learner and Society ___ _

Education 322 or 323 Methods & Observatlons _ ___ September Experience ___ _ .. . _____ _ _ _ ____ ___ _ _ _ _ _

___ Student Teaching Education 430 or 432 _ _____ _ ____ _

___ P rofessional Sem inar Education 435 (with student teaching) .

___ Alternate Level Student Tchng. Ed. 437 (optional-Interim) _

Y2 1

(1 ) 1

1 1 o 2Y2

'/2 (1 )

5 (6)

Secondary Education Program

General University Core Requirements

___ Phi losophy _____________ _ ___________ _ ___ Rel ig ion (One of these may be the Sen ior Seminar) ____ _____ _

___ Fine Arts (Art, M usic , Speech, D rama)____ _ ________ _

___ History or Lite rature ( I nc lud ing Foreign Literature) _

___ Natural Science or Mathematics _____________________ _

____ Soc. Scien ces (Psychology 1 01 or Socio logy 1 01 ) _____________ _

___ Physi cal Ed ucation (four V4 -cou rse activit ies) _ _ _ ______ _

___ Eng. Compo (Prof ic i ency exam for no credi t or course for credit)

General Education Requirements-Secondary Program

Academic Requirements:

___ School Health 295 __________ _ ___ Communication Arts 1 23 ______________ _

Professional Requirements: New Program-6 courses

___ Learner and Society 201 (or H u man Dev. 321 for those who have had In t ro. to Ed.) _ ____________ _______ _

Courses

Required

1 2

V2 1

___ Professional Semester: 420, 423, 434_________________ 3V2

___ September Experience (Pr ior to Professional Semester) _______ 0

___ Education Elective: Alternate Level 436 ( I nterim) ( 1 ) __ _ 1 V2

I nterim Othe r

Senior High School

Teaching Concentration-I I Courses

Junior High School

Teaching Concentration

7 courses

Upper Division

Teaching

Minor

4 courses

1 0 cou rses Min imum ___ _ . __

201' LEARNER AND SOCI ETY : G ROWTH AND DEVELOPM ENT ( 1 )

Orientation t o schools i n contemporary society. I n tegrated study o f human

develop ment in relationsh i p to i nd ividuals and groups in ed ucational sett ing . Two lectures and one seminar each week. Pub l i c school observation req u i red

weekly. Students wi l l be responsible for their own transportation to the

public schools. P rerequisite: Psychology 101 or Sociology 1 0 1 .

321 H U MAN DEVELO P M ENT ( 1 )

A study of the emot iona l , social , inte l lectual, and physiological development of the h uman o rganism from i n fancy through adolescence. Two lectures and

one seminar each week. Two-hour pub l ic school observation req u i red weekly,

to be i nd iv idual ly assigned. Students w i l l be responsible fo r thei r own trans

portation to the pub l ic schools. Pre req uis i te : Psychology 1 01 or Socio logy 1 0 1 a n d off icial admittance t o t h e School of Education. T h i s course is designed for u pper d ivision transfer students who have had I ntrod uction to Educat ion .

322 G ENERAL M ETHODS-PR I MARY ( 1 )

A study o f the process and content o f teach ing i n g rades K through 3 with

observation and part ic i pation i n pub l ic schools. P rerequ isite: Educat ion 201 or Education 321 .

323 G EN E RA L M ETHODS-UPPER ELEMENTARY ( 1 )

A study of t h e p rocess and content o f teach ing i n grades 4 th rough 6 with

observation and part ic i pat ion i n pub l ic schools. P rereq uisite: Education 201 o r Education 32 1 .

325 THE TEACH I N G OF READING-ELEM ENTARY ( 1 )

A su rvey o f teac h i ng read i ng i n the elementary grades, i nc l ud i ng t h e p rograms

in the newer approaches. Mater ia ls , methods, techniques, proced ures and some d iagnosis of read ing d i ff icu lties. Prereq uisite: Education 201 . I I I S

326 THE TEACH ING OF ARITHM ETIC (V2 - 1 )

A n over-all study o f the basic mathematical ski l ls and abi l i ties needed b y the

teacher in the e lementary school. Recent developments and materials are considered. Prerequ isite: Math 323 or consent of instructor. I II S

401 WORKSHOPS (V. - 1 ) Workshops i n special f ields for varying periods o f t ime. (G)

408 LAN GUAGE ARTS I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (V2 ) A course designed to g ive the elementary teacher, g rades one t h rough six.

an understand ing of how to teach the language arts i n a functional manner. The areas covered and ski l ls stud i ed wil l be in the f ields of read ing, wri t ing , gram mar and usage, penmansh ip , spe l l ing, speaking, l i sten i n g , vocabulary b u i ld i ng . Open to experienced teachers or student teachers only.

410 SC I ENCE IN THE ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL (V2 ) A course designed to acq uaint the student with the objectives, mate rials, and methods of teach ing science i n an i ntegrated p rogram .

4 1 2 SOCIAL STUD I ES IN THE ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL ( Y2 ) A course designed t o acquaint the student with objectives, materials, and methods of teach ing the socia l studies i n an integrated program. Open to experienced teachers Or student teachers only.

420 THE TEACHING OF READING-SECONDARY ('h )

" 'ilu\\le':! C)I \eaci\i(\\:l leauim� i(\ \i\e 'ilecC)(\ual':! 'ilci\C)C)\ , i(\c\uui(\� a\\e(\\iC)(\ \C)

the developmental reading programs. Materials, methods, techniques, pro

cedu res and some observation and d i agnosis of reading d i f ficul ties. Pre

requisite: Education 201 .

423 GENERAL METHODS-SECONDARY ( 1 ) A study o f curricu lum, materials, and methods of teaching a t t h e h i g h school

level. Observations in actual school situations fol lowed by discussion. Pre

req uisite : Education 201 or Education 321 .

430 STUDENT TEACHING-PRIMARY (2Y2 ) Te aching i n the publ ic schools under the d i rection and supervision o f class

room teachers and university teachers. Prereq uisite: Education 201 or Educa

tion 321 , Education 322 and Education 325.

432 STUDENT TEACH ING-UPPER ELEMENTARY (2Y2 ) (Same a s above except Educat ion 323 for Education 322).

434 STUDENT TEACH I NG-SECONDARY (2) Teaching in the publ ic schools under the d i rection and supervision of class

room teachers and un iversity teachers. Prerequisite: Education 201 or 32 1 , Corequisite: Education 420, and Education 423.

435 PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR (Y2 ) (To be taken concurrently with Education 430 o r Education 432).

Designed to provide opportunities lor students to share experiences with an

exchange of ideas on pupi l behavior and cu rricu lum practices; and to project

ways and means of improving teaching perfo rmance.

436 ALTERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHING-ELEMENTARY ( 1 ) A course designed to give some knOWledge, understanding, and study of chi l

dren , 'ilu'oiec\ matte! lield'il, a(\u ma\elia\'iI i(\ \i\e s\uue(\\' s a\\ema\e \eaci\i(\� level p lus student teaching on that level . Students who h ave compl eted sec

ondary preferred level student teach ing should enroll in th is course.

437 ALTERNATE LEVEL STUDENT TEACHI NG-SECONDARY (1 ) A course designed to give some knowledge, understanding, and study of

chi ldren, subject matter fields, and materials in the student's alternate teach

ing level p lus student teach ing on that level. Students who have completed

elementary preferred level student teaching should en rol l in this course.

440-448 SPEC I F I C METHODS IN TEACHING SECONDARY SCHOOL SUBJ ECTS (y2 ) Studies o f t h e cu rricu lum, methods, and materia ls o f i nstruction in the various

I

I

.1

fields of the secondary school c u rricu l u m . These courses are offered by departments of the University as indi cated and may be taken fo r graduate cred it.

440 ART IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL ( V2 ) See Art 440.

441 B USIN ESS EDUCATION IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL ( V2 ) (SECR ETA R IA L SUBJECTS) See B usiness Admin istration 44 1 .

442 BUS INESS EDUCATION 'I N THE SECON DARY SCHOOL (V2 ) (GEN ERAL BUSI N ESS & ECONOMICS)

See B usiness Admin istration 442.

443 CHEMISTRY IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL (V2 )

444 ENGLISH I N TH E SECONDARY SC HOOL ( V2 )

4 4 5 METHODS IN TEACHING FOREIGN LANGUAGES ( 112 ) A study of the theory and techniques o f foreign language teach ing , with

special problems appl icable to the student's major language. Special emphasis on aud io-l ing ual techniq ues. (G)

446 MATH EMATICS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (V2 )

447 SCIENCE I N THE SECON DARY SC HOOL (V2 )

448 SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ( '12 )

451 A D M I N I STRATION O F TH E SCHOOL L IBRARY (V2 ) Organizat ion and ad ministration o f t h e school l i brary i n t h e elementary

school. (G)

452 BASIC R EFERENCE MATERIALS ( V2 ) A n introd uction to those se rvices of a school l i b rarian related t o the presentation of the materials, book and nonbook, which form the sources of reference

for the informational function of the l i brary. (G)

453 PROCESSING SCHOOL L I B RARY MATERIALS (V2 ) Simpl if ied procedu res for the classification, cataloging, and techn ical processing of school l ibrary materials. (G)

454 SELECTION OF LEARNING RESOURCE MATERIALS (V2 ) Criteria, professional l i terature, and tec hn iques of evaluation of l ibrary materials are stressed (print and non-print materia ls) . The ind ividual l i brarian 's responsi bi l i ty to faculty, to student, and to the general publ ic is defined in the i m portant role of material's selection off icer. (G)

455 INSTRUCTIONAL MATER IALS ( V2 ) A survey o f audio and visual materials a n d aids, their use, organization, and

admin istrat ion in the schoo l . (G)

457 PREPARATION AND UTI L I ZATI ON OF I N STRUCTIONAL MATERIALS ('Y4 ) A course designed to help the indiv idual partic ipant become fami l iar with the production and use of a variety of i nstructional materials, flat pictures, charts, maps, and the 35mm camera . Participants wi l l produce items useful in instruct ion. A $1 0.00 lab fee w i l l be charged'. (G)

461 GROUP PROC ESS AND THE I N D I VI DUAL (V2 ) A hu man interaction laboratory to fac i l itate the exp loration of the self concept th rough the mechanisms of i n terpersonal i n teractions and feedback. Emphasis wil l be placed on the acquisit ion of skil l in self-exploration, role identification, and c l imate making. (G)

463 GU IDANCE IN THE ELEM ENTARY SC HOOL (y2 ) A n in t roduction to the concept o f elementary school guidance and the role of gu idance services to pupi ls , teachers, admin istrators, and parents. (G)

465 G U I DANCE IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ( Y2 ) A n introduction to some o f the major orientation t o guidance and to study how these aspects can be translated into an operational program in the school setting. (G)

466 I NTRODUCTION · TO STU DENT PERSONNEL SERVICES ( y2 ) An overview o f student personnel services offered by college and un iversit ies; fam i l i arization with literature in the field; exposure to local service agen cies and student government. (G)

467 EVALUATION (Y2 ) Evaluation of the outcomes o f school experiences. Problems that arise in con nection with development, organization, and administration of tests (both standardized and teacher made) wi l l be studied. Required of al l f i fth year students. Prereq u isite: Student teach ing or teaching experience. (G)

468 EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY (1) Pr inci ples and research in h uman learning and their i m p l i cations for curri c u l u m and i,nstructi on . (G)

469 VOCATIONAL AND EDUCATI ONAL G U I DANCE (V2 ) This cou rse is for M.A. students in Counsel ing and Guid ance to study vocat ional theories and occu pational choices. Emphasis is also placed upon the sources, analysis, and computerized informational banks of occupational materials. (G)

473 PARENT-TEACHER CONFERENCE (y2 ) A study o f the pr inc i ples and tech n i ques o f parent-teacher conferences. Procedures for i n troducing a parent-teacher conference program to the school and commu n i ty. Evaluation of various grad ing systems. Open only to experienced teachers and students who have completed or are taking student teaching. (G)

481 STATISTICAL METHODS (1 ) See Psychology 481 . (G)

482 KINDERGARTEN (V2 )

A study o f the kindergarten chi ld and his adjustment p roblems. Special emphasis on activities and procedures for his development. (G)

483 PRI MARY READ I N G (V2 )

A study of the materials and methods o f t h e modern pr imary reading program

and its relation to other activ i t ies. Open to experienced teachers only. (G)

485 THE G I FTED C H I L D (V2 )

A study o f the gifted chi ld , his characteristics and problems, and school pro

ced u res designed to further development. (G)

488 READ I N G CENTER WORKSHOP ( V2 ) Cl in ical study o f read ing problems a n d suggested corrective measures. To be taken concu rrently with Education 489. Open to experienced' teachers

on ly. S (G)

489 D I R ECTED TEAC H I N G IN READ ING CENTERS ( 1 ) D i rected observation a n d teaching i n summer remedial classes in pub l ic

schools. To be taken concurrently with Education 488. Open to experienced teachers only. S (G)

496 LABORATORY WORKSHOP ( 1 ) A practical course using chi ldren of e lementary age in a classroom si tuation

working out a specific problem. P rovision w i l l be made for some active par

t ic ipation of the university students. A conference with the instructor o r the

Dean of the School of Education will be req u i red before registration can be completed. (G)

497 SPECIAL P ROJECT ( V. - 1 )

Students who wish to do individual study and research on educational prob

lems o r add itional laboratory experience in publ ic school classrooms may do so with special permission of the Dean of the School of Education. (G)

501 WORKSHOPS (V. - 1)

G raduate workshops in special f ields for varying lengths of t ime.

545 METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF RESEARCH (112) Seminar i n soc ial science research methods and techniques with i l l ustrations d rawn pri marily from the fields of education and psychology; secondari ly from such f ields as sociology, h istory, and polit ical science. Practice i n design

ing a feasible research project i n the student's area of interest. Required for Master of Arts cand idates, and should be taken early in the deg ree program to provide background for fulfi l l ing the research requirement. Prerequisite: Adm ittance to the graduate prog ram .

550 SCHOOL FINANCE (V2 ) Local, state, and federal contributions t o schoo l f inance, its ph i losophy and

deve lopment. Special emphasis on the development and administration of

a school budget. I I a/y 1 970

552 PUBLIC SCHOOL ADMIN ISTRAT I ON (3M Admi nistration and supervision of school personnel, plant, and program; the structure and organization of the school system . Prerequisite: Teaching experience or by special permission of the Dean of School of Educat ion.

554 H IGH SCHOOL ORGAN IZAT I ON AND ADM IN ISTRATION ( V2 ) CUrrent v iewpoint and issues i n planning and organiz ing the h igh school curr iculum, schedule making, extra-curricu lar activ i t ies, teachers' meeti ngs, pupil accounting and contro l , f inance and reports. Prerequisite: Education 552.

555 ADMIN ISTRAT ION AND SUPERVISION WORKSHOP ( 1 ) The projects discussed wi l l be derived ch iefly from the interests and needs of the students. Typical projects are curr iculum planning and adjustment in line with present needs, publ ic relation programs, personnel employment and i n-service tra in ing, and financing bu i ld ing and educational programs. Prerequisite: One course in ad m i nistration and/ or superv is ion.

558 A D M I N I STRATIVE INTERNSHIP (V2 - 1 ) I nterns h i p i n school admin istration planned with the School of Educat ion in cooperat ion wi th selected school admin istrators. P rerequisite : Course work in school ad min istration and ad mission to graduate prog ram .

560 CONT I N U I N G P RACTICUM ( 1 ) A practicum experience conducted in a smal l group setting to help the student in the school counsel ing and student personnel programs integ rate the cognitive and affective learnings from other cou rses and counsel ing experiences into an i nd iv idual ized cou nseling model. Students enro l led in the School Counselor and Student Personnel programs are requ i red to register for this course when they have been admitted to the Division of Graduate Studies for the Master of Arts deg ree in Educati on with major in School Counse l i ng o r Student Personnel Work. A student wil l register only once, but w i l l be requi red to participate each semester he is enrolled for one or more classes until completion of his program. Students enrol led in Practicum and Field Work (Education 570, 572) will not be requ i red to participate.

561 COUNSEL ING TH EORY AND PRACTICE ( 1 ) A course designed to acquaint the student with the various theories and techn iques of counsel ing . There wi l l be opportunity for simu lated i nterviews and some role playing in connection with the development of the theories and the tech niques. Prereq u isite: Psychology 450.

563 PRACTICUM IN GROUP PROCESS AND LEADERSH IP (V2) A human interaction (sensitivity) laboratory designed to explore interpersonal operations in groups and to facil i tate the development of self insight . Emphasis is g iven to the development of ski l l in diagnosing indiv idual , g roup, and organizational behavior patterns and infl uences. Prerequisite : Education 461 . I

I

I

I

565 SEM I N A R : NO N-TEST APPRA ISAL (V2 ) The assessment of personal ch aracteristics a n d behavioral patterns i n order to better understand the i ndividual . No n-test data wil l be uti l ized ( i .e . sociometric scales, case studies, autobiographies, interviews, etc.)

570 PHACT I C U M AND F I ELD WORK IN COUNSELING AND G U I DANCE ( 1 ) T h i s c u l m i nating practicum experience u t i l i zes t h e theory, ski l ls, a n d techniq ues previously learned i n counseling and g u idance. This lield experience conducted in the publ ic schools gives the student a variety o f experiences working with ind ividual students and, where possible. with several groups of students. The pract icum w i l l , in many cases, be one semester long but may be extended through two semesters.

571 H I STORY A N D P H I LOSOPHY OF H I G H E R ED UCAT I O N ( 1 )

Historical perspective and current status; development of functions and structures; issues in c u rricu l u m ; p h i losophy of ad m i n i strati o n ; case studies of ad m i n istrative problems.

572 PRACT I C U M I N STUDENT PERSO N N E L WORK ( 1 )

Supervised col legiate experience i n residence halls, administrative offices, service agencies, research on project associated with practi c u m .

573 STUDENT PERSONNEL WORK IN H I G H E R EDUCATION ( 1 ) An analysis of student personnel services i n h igher educati o n ; u s e of personnel data; co-curri cular activit ies; student we lfare ; contemporary trends in counseling problems related to student l i fe .

575 MENTAL H EALTH ( V2 ) A study o f the basic pr inciples o f mental health as they relate to i n terpersonal relationships.

578 BEHAVIOR AND LEARN I N G PROBLEMS OF STUDENTS ('h) A course designed to explore emotional problems w h i c h affect t h e learn ing o f students. The scope wil l cover problems faced by eleme ntary and secondary pupi ls , taki ng into account factors outside the schoo l w h i c h inf l uence motivation towards learn i n g . The student taking the course will consi der the problems which cause him di fficulty in his own learni n g situation.

579 D IAGNOSIS A N D REM EDIATION I N REA D I N G ( V2 )

A study o f causative factors relating to read ing d i ff icul ties, with some opport u nity to apply remediation tec h n i q ues. Open to teachers cu rrently in the c l assroom, or with teaching experience.

580 C U R R I C U L U M DEVELOPMENT A study of types of c u rriculum organization and programs and tec h n i ques of c u r riculum development with a view o f preparing the student for his own work on c u rr iculum problems. I

583 READ INGS IN E D U CAT IO NAL ISSU�S AND PROBLEMS ( V. - 1 )

Students who desire to pursue a special l ine of individual read ing, i n vesti-

gat ion , or research may do so for c redit , rece iv ing help and gu idance from the fac u l ty member best qual i f ied to assist in the part icular prob lem. Credit

w i l l vary with the amount of work done.

585 COMPARATIVE EDUCAT ION (V, )

Comparison and investigation of certain material and cu l tu ral systems of education t h roughout the world.

587 H I STORY O F EDUCAT ION (V2 ) G reat ed ucators, ed ucational theo ries, and educat ional systems from antiqu ity to the p resent.

589 PHI LOSOPHY OF EDUCAT ION (:v4 ) Ph i losoph ica l and theoretical fo un dati ons of education .

590 GRADUATE SEMI NAR (0)

A workshop for all Master of Arts candidates in the School of Ed ucation , th is semi n ar p rovides a forum for exchange of resea rch ideas and problems.

Candidates shou l d register for th is sem i n a r fo r assistance in fu l f i l l i ng the research req uirement. N o course credit is given, nor is tuit ion assessed .

596 RESEARCH STU D I ES IN EDUCAT ION ( V4 ) For those Master o f Arts candidates w h o elect t o write two research papers in stead of wr it ing a thesis. (One research pape r may be in the candidate's m i nor field under the su pervision of the m inor adviser.) The candidate wi l l

be req u i red to review h is research papers before his Grad uate Committee.

597 RES EARCH STUDIES IN EDUCATION (V2 ) (See Education 596)

599 THESIS (3/4 - 1 )

For those Master of Arts candi dates who elect to w rite a thesis i nstead of writ ing two research papers. The thesis prob lem wi l l be chosen from the candidate's major area of concentration and m ust be approved by his G raduate Comm ittee. The cand idate wi l l be expected to defend h is thesis i n a final oral exami nation conducted by h is Committee.


305 EDUCATIONAL ISSUES AND I N NOVATIONS IN ELEM ENTARY SCHOOLS

306 TEACH I N G EXPER I ENCES IN THE U R BAN CLASSROOM

307 SEMINAR IN THE ANALYS I S OF TEAC H I N G

308 REA D I N G I NSTRUCT ION F O R THE CULTU RALLY D I F FERENT

310 I NVOLVEMENT IN A THERAPEUT I C COMMUN IITY

318 IN DEPEN DENT STU D I ES IN URBAN POTENTIALS

438 PR EPARATION AN D UTI L I ZATION OF I N STRUCTIONAL MATER IALS

461 CURRICULUM, M ETHODS, AND STUD ENT TEAC H I N G (ALTERNATE LEVEL)

465 SPECIAL PROJECT

I

ENGLISH

Mr. Reigstad, Chairman (and Chairman, Division of Humanities), Mr. Benton,

Miss Blomquist, Mrs. Johnson, Mr. Jones, Mr. Klopsch, Miss Knudson;

assisted by Mrs. Williams Objectives

The cou rses i n English are designed to help students ach ieve competence in wr i t ing , d i3cernment i� reading , appreciation of human experience and aesthetic va lues, and understanding of the processes of both cr i t ical and creative expression.. Although students en rolled in the Engl ish program represent widely varying professi onal i n terests, one of the bas i c concerns of the faculty is working with prospective teachers, inc l ud ing those preparing for graduate study lead ing to col lege teach ing .

The general Un iversity requirement i n l i terature or history can be met by taki ng, any course except 1 0 1 , 2 1 8, 400, and 403.

:Requirements for Major For the major in Engl ish, eight courses are required, not inc lud ing Com posi

tion 1 0 1 . Of these eight, at least four must be upper-d ivisi on. All majors, i ncluding those enrol led i n the School of Education, must present two years of one foreign lang uage at the col lege level, or show equivalent proficien cy.

The fol lowing courses are requ i red of all Engl ish majors: I n troduction to American Literature (241 ) ; Introduction to Engl ish Literature: Beginni ngs to 1 750

(251 ) ; I n troduction to Engl ish Literature : After 1 7 50 (252); and Shakespeare (383) .

BAC HELOR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION major requ i rements are listed below. Candi dates for th is deg ree must also meet specia l requi rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog .


Teach ing Major: 8 courses Required: Engl ish 241 , 251 , 252 and 383. Electi ves to total 8 courses i n addit ion t o Engl ish 1 0 1 ; a t least four cou rses must be upper divisio n . Distribution requirement: o n e course in the nature a n d devel opment of language (382, 400 or 403 ) ; and Advanced Composit ion 2 1 8 , or proficiency as determined by the English Department. Al l majors must present two years of one foreign language at the col lege level, or show equivalent proficiency.


Teaching Major: 8 cou rses Required: Eight cou rses i n the department as listed under senior high preparat ion above, inc lud ing d istr ibution requi rement and two years of foreign language or equivalent proficiency.


Teaching Concentration: 6 courses Required: 4 courses in the department as l isted under sen ior h igh preparation above, and two addi t ional courses to be selected in consultation with the School of Ed ucation. Teaching M in or: 3 courses Required: Three courses in the area, to be determined in consultati on with the School of Educati on.

1 0 1 COMPOSITION

A course i ntended to help students develop the abi l i ty to th ink and write

accu rately and effectively. I n c ludes the read ing and analysis of i maginative

l i terature or essays and the writ ing of compositions. I I I

2 1 7 SHORT STORY

A study of themes and techniques in short f ict ion. I I

2 1 8 ADVANCED COMPOSITION

Requi red of Engl ish majors enrol led i n the School of Education (un less ex

empted by Engl ish C(epartment). A study of rhetor ical pr inc i ples. I I

230 I NTRODUCTION TO CONTEM PORARY L ITERATURE

A study of selected contemporary works-ch iefly American, Engl ish, or Con

tinental-si nce World War I I . I I I

231 MASTER P I EC ES O F EUROPEAN LITERATU RE

Representative works of the l i terature of Western Europe, especial ly c lassical

and med ieval . I

241 I NTRODUCTION TO AMERICAN LITERATURE Requ i red of al l Eng l ish majors. A su rvey of major authors from Edward Taylor

to Stephen Crane. I

251 I NTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH L ITERATU R E : BEGI N N I NGS TO 1 750

Requ i red of a l l Engl ish majors. An i ntroductory course i r) Engl ish l i ter

ature. I

252 I NTRODUCTION TO ENGL ISH LITERATU R E : AFTER 1 750

Req u i red of all Engl ish majors. A survey main ly of the n i neteenth and twentieth centuries. I I

323 C H I LDREN'S L ITERATURE

A study of ch i ldren 's l i terature as a r ich col lection in itse l f and as a gu ide to book selection in the publ ic schools. I I

349 MODERN POETRY Poetry, especially American and Engl ish , s ince World War I . I I

351 MODERN DRAMA

Selected plays representing the development of d rama from real ism to the

theatre of the absurd. I

358 ENGLISH LITERATU R E : THE NOVEL

A study of major novels selected to represent main developments from the eighteenth century to the p resent. I I a/y 1 971 -72.

382 ENGLISH L ITERATURE: CHAUCER

Especial ly The Canterbury Tales. I n c ludes study of the development of the English language. I

383 ENGLISH LITERATURE: SHAKESPEAR E Requi red o f a l l English majors. Study of ten t o twelve representative plays.

388 ENGLISH LITERATURE: SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Donne, Mi l ton, and the i r contem poraries. I I

389 ENGLISH LITERATURE: E I G HTEENTH CENTURY Swi ft , Pope, Johnson, and their contem poraries. I I aly 1 970-71 .

390 ENGLISH L ITERATURE: N INET EENTH CENTURY A study of representative works from the Romantic and Victorian periods.

400 L INGUISTICS See foreign languages.

403 MODERN ENGLISH GRA M MAR A study of modern English grammar uti l izing the approaches of the th ree major theories : t raditional, structural, and t ransformational.

441 THE AMER I CAN RENAI SSANCE, 1 830-1 870 Transcendentalists, Emerson, Thoreau, Whitman, Dicki nson ; Poe. Hawthorne, Melville. II

442 AMERICAN LITERATU RE: REALISM AN D NATURALISM, 1 870-1920 Howells, Mark Twain, James ; Crane, Norris. London, Dreiser; Robinson , < Frost. I

r

443 AMER ICAN LITERATURE S I N C E 1 920 Emphasis on the novel up to 1 950. I I

491 INDEPEN DENT READ ING AND RESEARCH (V2 ) Designed t o enable senior majors who plan t o do graduate work in English to round out their background with an intensive, planned course of reading. I I I

597 G RADUATE RESEARCH I I I

Interim courses offered in 1 970: 31 1 CANADIAN LITERATURE

312 LITERATURE OF BLACK A M E R I CANS

313 ENGLISH PROSE F I CTION

314 CREATIVE WRIT I N G : POETRY

315 ST U D I ES IN FOLK LITERATURE

316 THE AGE OF BEN JONSON

31 7 FAUL KNER AND WARREN

497 MAJOR CONFERENCE

I • I

I

FOREIGN LANGUAGES

Mrs, Swenson, Chairman, Mr, Blubaugh, Mr, Carleton, Mrs, Faye, Mrs, Monroe, Mr, Petersen, Mr, Spangler, Mr, Toven, Mr, Webster, Mrs, Wolter; assisted by

Miss Christensen, Mr, Conant, Mrs, Culver, Mrs, Durham, Mrs. Payne, Mrs. Purvis .

Objectives The study ot fore ign languages h as become a necessity in the present-day

world, One of the most urgently needed elements in our c hanging society is the abi l i ty to communic ate effectively and pu rposeful ly with other peoples; the involvement in foreign language learning is a key to providing that understanding, Through the medium of a foreign lang uage, the student aug ments h is understanding of past and present contri butions of other peoples in the areas of c iv i l ization, h istory, l i terature, and the arts and sciences.

Students preparing to enter gradu ate school are advised to prepare themse lves in at least two modern languages,

Placement All new students who wish to cont inue a language in wh ich they have had

previous experience wi l l be requ i red to take a language placement test. This p lacement test wi l l be adm i n istered by the Director of Testing and wi l l normally be g iven d uring the new student o rientation days, O n the basis of this test , the student wil l be pl aced in the language course which wil l correspond to h is proficiency, No cred i t w i : 1 be a l lowed' if a student elects to enro l l in a lang uage course which is at a leve l below that in wh ich he is placed, Students who have taken the "Wash ington Foreign Language P lacement Test" or the CEEB need not take the language placemen: test at Pacific Lutheran University,

The Language Laboratory The language laboratory provides regular practice in l i stening to good models

of foreign speech and a la rge amount of im i tat ion and repetitive dr i l l . Listening practice is i n tended to lead progressively toward the abi l i ty to express one's thoughts in conversation with pronun ciat ion, in tonat ion , and use of grammatical forms acceptable to the educated nat ive speaker, La'boratory experience is requi red as a regular part of all language courses at the elementary and i ntermed iate levels.

Requi rements for a Major A major in any language w i l l consist of eight courses, inc luding the 201 , 202

sequence of the in termediate lang uage course, The ele mentary sequence 1 0 1 , 1 02 wi l l not count in determin ing the major, The major req u i rements in a l l lang uages will be 321 (Civ i l ization and Cul tu re) and 351 , 352 (Composition and Conversation),

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION major requ i rements are l isted below, Candi dates for this degree must also meet special req uirements described in the School of Education section in this catalog ,

French Senior High School Preparation : 1 1 courses


Required: French 201 , 202, 321 , 351 , 352, 445 and three add it ional courses.

445 may count in e i ther education or French , but not in both.

Suggested supporting courses: 3 courses in speech, 'Eng l ish or another for

eign language.



Required: As listed above for senior high preparation.

Supporting courses chosen in consultation with major adviser.

Teaching Minor: 4 - 5 approved cou rses in French.



Required: Five approved cou rses in F rench and one addit ional course to be

selected in consu ltation with the department and the School of Education.

Teaching M inor: 3 cou rses Required: Three approved courses in F rench to be determi ned in consu ltation

with the School of Educat ion.

German Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses

Teaching Major: 8 courses Required: German 201 , 202, 321 , 351 , 352, 445 and three addi t ional courses. 445 may count in either education or German, but not in both . Suggested supporting courses: 3 courses in speech, Engl ish or another for

eign language.


Teaching Major: 7 courses Required: As l isted above for senior h igh preparation,.

Supporting courses chosen in consu l tation with major adviser.

Teaching M inor: 4 - 5 courses Required: 4 - 5 approved courses in Ge rman.


Teaching Major: 6 courses Required: Five approved courses in German and one addit ional course to be

selected in consultation with the department and the School of Education.

Teaching Minor: 3 courses Required: Three approved courses in German to be determined in consultation

with the School of Education.

Spanish Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses


. ,

Required: Spanish 201 , 202, 321 , 351 , 352, 445 and three additional courses.

445 may count in either education or tore ign languages, but not in both. Suggested supporting courses: 3 course in speech, Engl ish or another tor

eign language.


Teac hing Major: 7 courses as l isted above for sen ior h igh preparat ion.

Supporting courses to be c hosen i n consu ltation with major adviser. Teaching Minor: 4 - 5 approved courses in Spanish.

Elementary School Preparation: Teaching Major: 6 cou rses

Required: Five approved courses in Spanish and one addit ional cou rse to be

selected i n consultation with the department and the School of Education. Teaching Minor: 3 approved courses i n Spanish to be determined in consu ltation with the School of Education.

Linguistics

400 STRUCTURAL L INGU I ST I CS

An introduction to the study of the nature of language. Basic principles and tec h n iq ues of descriptive lang uage analysis. Practice in the elementary

application of l ingui stic analysis to selected materials. No prerequisites. I I

French 1 01 , 102 ELEM ENTARY FRENCH (1 , 1 )

Essentials of pronunciat ion, in tonation, and structure. Development of basic sk i l ls in l istening, speaking, reading, and wr i t ing . Oral and written exercises.

Laboratory attendance req u i red. I, I I

20 1' , 202 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH (1 , 1 )

Continued practice in l is ten ing and speaking. Readings based on selections

that reflect the cultural her i tage as well as contemporary materials that are of inte rest to the college student. Laboratory attendance requ i red. I , II

321 C I V I L I ZATION AND C U LTU RE A contrastive study of l i fe and attitudes in present-day France as reflected i n

cu rrent l iterature, period icals, television, and fi lms. Written compositions and oral reports. Conducted in French. Prerequisite: French 202. I

351 , 352 COMPOSIT ION AND CONVERSATION (1 , 1 )

Advanced grammar, stylistics, composition, conversation, and phonetics. Written compositions based on the culture and civ i l ization of France. Conversation based on topics of current inte rest. Conducted in French . Prereq llisite: French 202. I , I I

421 , 422 MASTERPI ECES O F FRENCH L ITERATU RE ( 1 , 1 )

Reading and analysis o f works o f representative authors o f t h e major periods from the Middle Ages th rough the nineteenth century. A study of the style and structure and of the moral and artistic intentions of such authors as

Rabelais, Montaigne, Mol iere, Corne i l le , Pascal, Voltaire, Rousseau, Hugo,

and Baudelai re. Conducted in French. Alte rnates with French 43 1 , 432. Prerequisite: French 202. I , I I

,I

431 , 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE ( 1 , 1 )

A survey o f major writers o f the twentieth century, emphasizing the period since World War I I . Cond�cted in Fren c h . Alternates with French 421 , 422. Prerequisite: French 202. I , I I

442 H I STORY OF ROMANCE LA NGUAGES An exami nation of the h istorica l development of the Romance Languages with reference to the languages of today. Same as Spanish 442. Given i n alternate years. I I

445 METH ODOLOGY O F TEAC HING FOR EIGN LANGUAGES (V2 ) A study o f the theory and tech n iq ues o f fo reign language teac h i n g , with special problems appl icable to the student's major lan guage. Particular emphasis on audio-l i ngual tech n iques.

491 , 492 INDEPENDENT STUDY (V, - 1 )

597, 598 GRADUATE RESEARCH (V2 - 1 )

German

1 01 , 1 02 ELEM ENTARY GERMAN ( 1 , 1) Esse ntials of pronunci at ion , intonat ion, and structure . Development of basic sk i l ls in l istening, speaking, read ing, and writing. Oral and written exercises. Laboratory attendance req u i red. I , I I

201 , 20� I NTERMEDIATE GERMAN ( 1 , 1 ) Cont inued practice i n l istening and speaki ng. Readi n'gs based o n selections that reflect the cu l tural heritage as well as contemporary materials that are of i n terest to the col lege student. Laboratory attendance required. I, I I

321 C I V I L I ZATION A N D CULTU RE An exami nation of the hi storical and artistic elements that have sh aped German culture from the beginni ngs to the present. Special emphasis on those forces which have inf luenced American l i fe and cu l ture. Conducted in German. Prereq uis i te : German 202. I

351 , 352 COMPOS ITION AND CONVERSATION ( 1 , 1 ) Add it ional p ractice in the development of t h e basic language s k i l l s with em phasis on the f iner points of structure, style, and good taste. Com posit ions and conversations based on topics of cur rent in terest. Conducted in German. Prerequisite: German 202. I, I I

421 , 422 MASTERPIECES OF GERMAN L ITERATURE (1 , 1 ) Survey o f the major l i terary works, i n a l l genres, from the early period to about 1 900. An examination of the forces which have produced the l i terature. How to understand and appreciate literature as a work of art. Conducted in German. Alternates with German 431 , 432. Prereq uisi te: German 202. I , I I

I

I

I

I

431 , 432 TWENTI ETH CENTURY GERMAN LITERATURE (1 , 1 ) Su rvey of the maj or l i terary works of the present t ime with emphasis on the last decade. A l l l i terary forms considered. Conducted in German. Alternates with German 421 , 422. Prerequisite: German 202. I , I I

442 HISTORY O F THE GER MAN LANGUAGE An examinat ion of the h istorical development of the German language with reference to the language of today. Conducted i n German. Given in alternate years. Prerequisite: German 202. I I

445 M ETHODOLOGY OF TEAC H I N G FOREIGN LAN G UAGES ( V2 )

A study o f t h e theory and tech n iq ues of foreign language teaching , with special problems applicable to the student's major language. Part icu lar emphasis on audio-l i ngual techn iques.

491 , 492 I NDEPENDENT STUDY (V2 - 1 )

597, 598 GRAD UATE RESEARCH ( V2 - 1 )

Greek Cu rrently offered cooperatively with the University of Puget Sound on our campus.

1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY GREEK (1 , 1 ) A n introduction to the basic elements of Greek thought and forms o f expression , with g rammatical ana lysis and translation. I, I I

201 , 202 I NTERMEDIATE G R EEK ( 1 , 1 ) Selected koine readings from Hel len istic Greek literature, with major emphasis on the New Testament. I , I I

421 , 422 MASTERPI ECES OF GREEK LITERATURE (1 , 1 ) linguist ic, h istorical , and theological study of selected Hel lenist ic documents. Ava i lable through consultation with the department. Prerequis i te : Greek 202. I , I I

491 , 492 I N DEPEN DENT STUDY ( '12 - 1 )

Japanese C u rrently offered cooperatively with the U n i versity of Puget Sound on their campus.

10 1 , 1 02 ELEMENTARY JAPANESE (1 , 11) Introducti on into pronunc iation, conversation, construction patterns, grammar, and kana syllabaries. I, I I

201 , 202 I NTERMEDIATE JAPANESE (1 , 1 )

Introduction t o character writ ing. Read ing , writing, and translation of modern Japanese. I, I I

Latin 1 01 , 1 02 ELEM ENTARY LATIN (1 , 1 )

Exercises i n grammar and syntax; vocabu l ary bui ld i n g ; reading 01 selected

materi als. I, I I

201 , 202 I NTERMEDIATE LAT I N (1 , 1 ) Review o f structure; continued vocabulary bu i ld ing ; reading o f texts of l i terary merit. I, 1' 1

491 , 492 I NDEPENDENT STUDY ( Y2 - 1 )

Norwegian 1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEM ENTARY NORWEGIAN (1 , 1 )

Essent ia ls o f pron unc iat ion, intonation, and structure. Deve lopment o f basic

sk i l ls in l isten ing , speaking, read ing, and writing. Oral and written exercises. Laboratory attendance req u i red. I, I I

201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN (1 , 1 )

Conti nued practice i n l isten ing and speaking. Readings based o n selections that reflect the cu ltu ral heritage as well as contempo rary materials that are

of i n terest to the col lege student. Laboratory attendance requ i red. I , I I

321 C IV I LIZATION A N D CULTURE An exam ination of the h istorical and artistic elements that have shaped Scandi navian cu lture from the beg inn ings to the present. Specia l emphasis

on those forces which have in fluenced American l ife and cu lture. I

491 , 492 I N DEPENDENT STUDY (V2 - 1 )

Russian Currently offered cooperatively with the University of Puget Sound on the i r

campus.

1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEM ENTARY RUSSIAN (1 , 1 )

Essentials o f Russian grammar, ora l a n d written practice, a n d teaching of graded texts. I, I I

20 1 , 202 INTERMED IATE RUSSIAN (1 , 1 ) Reading o f suitable texts, review o f gram mar, oral a n d written composition . I , I I

Spanish 1 0 1 , 1 02 ELEM ENTARY SPAN ISH ( 1 , 1 )

Essentials of pron unciation, intonation, and structure. Development o f basic

ski l ls in l istening, speaking, read ing. and writing. O ral and written exercises. Laboratory attendance req u i red. I, I I

201 , 202 INTERMEDIATE SPAN I SH ( 1 , 1 ) Continued practice i n l istening and speaking. Readings based o n selections

that reflect the cu l tural her i tage as well as contemporary materials that are of in terest to the col lege student. Laboratory att�ndance requ i red. I , I I

3 2 1 C IV IL IZATION AN D CULTURE

An exa mi nation of the h istorical and art ist ic elements that have shaped

I

I

Spanish thought and behavior from the beginni ngs to the present. Special

emphasis on those forces which have in fluenced' American l i fe and culture .

Conducted in Spanish. Prereq uisite : Spanish 202. I

351 , 352 COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION (1 , 1 )

Topics o f cu rrent interest are used a s a basis for the improvement o f oral and

written expression . Conducted i n Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 202. I, "

421 , 422 MASTERPIECES OF SPAN ISH LITERATURE ( 1 , 1 )

Survey of t h e major l i terary works, i n a l l genres, from the early period t o about

1 900. An examination of the forces that have produced the l i terature. How to

understand and appreciate literature as a work of art. Conducted in

Span ish. Alte rnates with Spanish 431 , 432. Prerequisite Spanish 202. I, "

431 , 432 TWENTIETH CENTURY SPANISH L ITERATURE (1 , 1 )

Survey of the major literary works o f the present t ime with emphasis o n the

last decade. Both Spanish and Latin American authors wi l l be considered.

Conducted in Span i sh. Alternates with Span ish 421 , 422. Prerequisite: Span

ish 202. I , I I

442 H I STORY OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES

An examination of the h istorical development of the Romance languages with

reference to the languages of today. Same as French 442. Given in alternate

years. II

445 METHODOLOGY OF TEAC H I NG FOREIGN LANGUAGES (V2 )

A study of the theory and techniques o f foreign language teach ing, with

�pecial problems appl icable to the student's major language. Particular

emphasis on audio-lingual techn iques.

491 , 492 I N D EPEN DENT STUDY (V2 - 1 )

Interim Courses offered in 1 970:

313 RUSSIAN THOUGHT

314 COMPARATIVE DRAMAS OF BUCHNER, HAUPTMANN, I BSEN, STR INDBEHG,

TSCHEKOV AND O'NEIL

315 CONTEMPORARY G ERMAN WR ITERS

317 READING FRENCH

316 CLASSICAL MYTHOLOGY

320 LE FRANCAIS EN FRANCE

497 INDEPENDENT STUDY

G ENERAL ENGINEERING

Mr. Schmid

1 5 1 , 152 ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESC R I PT IVE G EOMETRY (V2 , V2 )

I , "

HISTORY

Mr. Schnackenberg, Chairman, Mr. Akre, Mr. Martinson, Mr. Nordquist, Mr. Ristuben; assisted by Mr. McLaughlin

The purpose of the study of history is to inform the student of man's words and deeds that have shaped the world's cultu res, movements, inst itut ions, and c iv i l izat ions. As such, it seeks to build a fund of useful i n formation, sharpen the cr i t ical faculties of the mind with respect to materials and methods, t rain the i nte llect, d isc ip l ine the memory, and probe for those values that point the way toward ult imate meaning for modern man's search for l ibe rty and security.

A BACHELOR OF ARTS major comprises 8 cou rses including History 1 07, 1 08

and two of the fol lowing three courses: 251 , 252, 253. Admission: During the second semester of the sophomore yellr, a student

intending to major in history leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree should f i l l out an appl icat ion which is ava i lable i n the department office. II accepted, the student wi l l be assigned to a member of the h istory faculty who wi l l serve as h is adviser.

English Proficiency: Prior to the Thanksgiving recess of the j unior year, a history major m ust attai n a satisfactory score on an exami nation i n English proficiency. Arrangements for taking the examination should be made in the office of the D i rector ot Test ing.

Senior Seminar: I n eithe r the fi rst or second semester of the senior year, a history major must enroll in one semi n a r (either American or European).

Examination: Before the end of March of the senior year, each grad uating h istory major mu�t take an exami nation, usually oral, covering the work in the f ield of h istory. Arrangements wil l be made by the department chai rman.

Graduate students desiring to pursue the Master of Arts programs with major studies in the f ield of history should consult The Graduate Bu l leti n , Division of Graduate Studies.

Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts in Education degree who are planning to teach in the secondary schools in the field of h istory must meet the requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences, except in foreign languages, and of the Department of History. Foreign language study is, however, strongly recom mended.

BACHELOR O F ARTS IN ED UCATION major requirements are l i sted below. Cand idates for th is degree must also meet special requirements described in the School of Education section i n th is catalog.

Senior High School Preparetion: 11 courses

Teaching Major: 8 courses Required: History 1 07, 108; two of 251 , 252 and 253; 351 plus 3 courses in h istory. Suggested supporting courses: 3 courses selected from econ omics, geography, pol i t ical science, psychology and sociology.

1 07, 1 08 HISTORY OF CI VILIZATION An in t roduction to history emphasizing understanding and analysis of the i nstitut ions and ideas of selected civi l izations. Mesopotamia, Egypt, the Hebrews, Greece, Rome, the rise of Christian i ty, and Europe in the Middle

Ages are dealt with in the f i rst semester; Eu rope from the Renaissance to

the present in the second. Lect ures, discussions and selected research and writ ing. I I I

251 COLONIAL AMERICAN H I STORY

The origin and development of the American nat ion from colonial t i mes to the 1 790's. Emphasis upon the growth of colonial inst i tut ions and their relationships to the Brit ish imperial system.

252 N I N ETEENTH CENTURY AMER ICAN HISTORY

A study of the Un ited States from the early nat ional period to the 1 890's. Emphasis upon the interplay between changing historical conditions and various groups in society, inc lud ing mi norities.

253 TWENTIETH CENTURY AMERICAN H I STORY A study of the major trends and events in domestic and foreign affairs since 1 900. Such important themes as affluence, u rban growth, and social contrasts

will be discussed.

321 , 322 H ISTORY O F THE ANCIENT WORLD A study of the ancient Mediterranean world. The c iv i l izations of G reece and

Rome. Prereq uis i te: Consent of instructor. I I I

325 THE M I DDLE AGES A study of the h istory of Europe from the disintegration of the Roman Empire

to 1 450. Extensive reading and research in selected medieval materials. Prerequisite: 107 , 1 08 or consent of i nstructor.

326 RENAISSANCE AND REFO R MATION

An i ntensive study of the late f ifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Selected reading and research. Pre req uisite: 1 07, 1 08 or consent of i nstructor.

328 EARLY MODERN EUROPEAN H I STORY Readings, research and discussions i n E u ropean developments begi nning with the advent of modern science and statecraft. The enl i ghtenment, the revolut ions, the Napoleonic era to 1 8 1 5. Prereq uisite: 1 07 , 1 08 o r consent of

i nstructor.

329 RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY EUROPE

Readings, research and discussions in the majo r themes of European and world development since 1 81 5 . Prerequisite: 1 07, 108 or conse nt of instructor.

331 , 332 ENGLAND A study of the pol i t ical , social, economi c , legal and cu ltural developments

in the British Isles. Prerequisite : 107, 108 o r consent of instructor. I I I

333 RUSSIA A survey of the g rowth of Russia from the earl iest t i mes. The col lapse of Czarism, the rise of communism, present world relations. Prerequisite: 1 07,

108 or consent of instructor.

337 MODERN LATIN AMER ICA

The origin and development of Latin America from the i ndependence period to the present. Emphasis upon Mexico, Braz i l , Argentina and i n ter-American relations. Prereq uisite: Any two courses from 1 07, 1 08, 251 , 252, 253, or consent of instructor.

340 FAR EASTERN H I STORY

A survey 01 Far Eastern l i fe and thought from ancient ti mes. Emphasis upon China, Japan and I nd ia . Prereq uisi te : consent 01 instructor.

351 THE PACIF IC NORTHWEST An inte rpretative h istory of the Pacilic No rthwest within the context of the Ameri can West: soc ia l , economic, and pol it ical developments which rellect both regional and national characteristics.

356 AMER ICAN D I PLOMAT IC HISTORY A study of the factors and pol ic i es of American di plomacy; isolation, neutrality, the Mon roe Doctrine , world power. Prerequisite: Two courses frof11 25 1 , 252, 253 o r consent 01 instructor.

421 H I STORY O F I D EAS: EU ROPEAN C I VILIZATION An advanced study 01 lead ing ideas developed in western c iv i l ization since the d isintegration of Rome. Prereq uisite: consent of instructor.

451 AMER ICAN CONSTITUTIONAL H I STORY The development of the const i tution from colon ial ti mes. Prerequ is i te : consent 01 instructor.

461 H ISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER A study 01 the principal types of "frontiers" that characterized the westward movement, especia l ly in the ni neteenth century. Prerequisite : any two cou rses from 25 1 , 252, 253 or consent of inst ructor.

471 H ISTORY OF A M ER ICAN THOUGHT AND CULTU RE A study of the various di mensions of American social and inte l lectual history. Emphasis upon ideas as they relate to h istori cal periods, and ethnic g roups. Prerequis i te : any two cou rses from 251 , 252, 253 or consent of instructor.

494 SEMINAR IN A M ERICAN H I STORY

495 SEMINAR IN EUROPEAN HISTORY

502 H I STORIOGRAPHY AND BI BLIOGRAPHY

596 GRADUATE RESEARCH

599 THESIS


304 PACIF IC NORTHWEST H ISTORY: D IRECTED RESEARCH

305 AMERICAN WEST: THE NAT IONAL PARK SYSTEM (DEATH VALLEY TOUR)

312 RENAISSANCE (TOUR IN ITALY)

JOURNALISM

Mr. Eyres, Mr. Nesvig

203 JOURNALISM (V2 ) A study of the techn iques of reporting as they apply to news and feature writ

i ng ; emphasis upon the daily press and its re lations to the reader.

204 JOURNALISM (V2 ) Edit ing of local and wi re copy with emphasis upon e l i m i nation o f l i be l and i m provement of writ ing ski l ls ; head l ine writ ing; handling of photographs;

makeup.

208 EDITORIAL CONFERENCE (V. - 1 ) Provides opportunity for the publication staff to do practical research work on

journalistic problems. Open to advanced students in journalism with consent of the instructor. I I I

MATHEMATICS

Mr. Herzog, Chairman, Mr. Batker, Mr. Coats, Mr. Fisk, Mr. Johnson, Mr. Peterson; assisted by Mrs. Herzog and Mr. Running

Mathematics has permeated a lmost every aspect of our modern society. This is reflected not on ly th rough the recent scientif ic and technological i n formation explosion, bu t also through its ever inc reasing use in such areas as business, economics, govern ment and the social sciences. The Mathematics Department is the refore commit ted and its curri c u l u m is designed to (1) offer a l l students an oppo rtu n i ty to study mathemati cs, (2) provide the mathematics for those students who need it as a tool in busi ness or the natural or soc ial sciences, (3) instruct the prospective teacher in those subjects which he will need to master in orde r to be able to teach mathematics adequately hi mself, (4) prepare the student for a career in mathematics, and (5) provide the student with the background necessary for g radu ate study in mathematics.

During the sophomore year, a student i n tending to earn a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of Sci ence degree with a major in mathematics should complete an appl i cation form which is avai lable from the departmental sec retary. If accepted by the department, the student w i l l be assigned to an adviser on the mathematics fac u lty.

Req u i rements for the BACHELOR OF ARTS degree with a maj o r in mathematics shall consist of a m i n i m u m of 7 courses in mathematics numbered above 1 50 inc lud ing Math 332 and at least 3 up per divis ion mathematics courses selected from Math 433, 434, 455, 456. (Students p lanning to do graduate work in mathematics should defi nitely comp lete al l four of these c o u rses.) Two courses in physics are strongly recommended .

Requi rements for the BAC H ELOR OF SCIENCE degree with a major in mathematics sha l l cons.ist of 1 0 courses in mathematics inc lud ing Math 332 and at least 5 upper div is ion mathe matics courses. At least 3 of the upper d ivision courses must come from Math 433, 434 , 455, 456. (Students p lanning to do graduate work i n mathematics should defi n i tely comp lete a l l four o f these courses.) Two courses in physics are requ i red . Mathematical Physics 456 may be substituted for one course of upper d ivision mathematics.

BACHELOR OF ARTS I N ED UCATION maj or req ui rements are l isted below. Candidates for this degree must a lso meet specia l req u i rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.

Senior High School Preparation:

Teaching Major: 7 courses in addition to Math 446

Prerequisite: Math 1 33 or equivalent.

Required: Math 1 51 , 1 52 , 231 , 433, 446; 321 or 434 or 455; one additional

upper d ivision course, Suggested supporting courses: 2 courses in chemistry o r physics and two

addit ional science courses,



Prerequisite: Math � 33 or equivalent.

Required: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 231 , 433, 446,

Teaching Minor: 4 courses in addition to Math 446.


Required: Math 1 51 , 1 52 ; 1 27 or 231 ; 446, 433 or 321 .


Teaching Major: 4 courses in addition to Math 323 and Math 324 or 321 .


Required: Math 1 51 , 1 52 , 127 or 321 or 433; plus mathematics electi ves.

Teaching Minor: 2 mathematics courses in addition to Math 323, and Math 324 or 321 , to be determined i n consultation with the School of Education

and the Department of Mathematics.

Graduate Students desiring to pursue a course of study lead ing to a MASTER OF

NATURAL SC I ENCE degree with a major in mathematics should consu l t The G radu

ate Bu lletin, Division of G raduate Studies.

A Typical Curriculum in Mathematics Freshman Year Courses

1 Engl ish 1 0 1 , Composition __ 1 J Mathematics 1 5 1 , 152 Analytic

Geometry and Calculus __ _ 2 Rel igion req u i remenL _____ _

PE Activity _ ____ V2

Physics 1 0 1 , 253 __ _______ 2 Electives (Social Science,

Fine Arts or H istory and Literature) _ 1 - 2

Junior Year

? Foreign Language ___ _

Philosophy requiremenL Mathematics ___ _ Electives _

7V2 -8V2

Courses

2

2 - 3 2 - 3

7 - 8

Sophomore Year Courses

2 Foreign Language__ _____ ___ 2 Mathematics 231 , 332_ ____ 2

1 Rel igion requiremenL _____ _ PE Acti vity__ _ ________ _ _ _ _ V2

Electives (Social Science, Fine Arts or H istory and Literature) ___ ___ ____ 1 - 2

Electives _ _______ 1 - 2

7 V2 -8V2

Senior Year Courses

Mathematics ______________ 2 - 3 Electives _____ _______ _ 5 - 6

7 - 8

1 See Page 43 for General University requirements.

'See Page 44 for College of Arts and Sciences requirements.

JStudents not qualifying for Math 1 5 1 upon entrance should register lor Math 91

andlor 1 33 and then take both Mathematics 152 and 231 in the lirst semester 01

the sophomore year.

091 I NTERMEDIATE ALGE BRA-(no credit) A thorough review of fi rst year h igh school algebra and continuation beyond quadratics. Prerequisite: One year of high school algebra. I

1 27 F IN ITE MATHEMATICS Truth tables, modulo systems, elementary probability, Boolean Algebra, matrices, l i near programming. Prerequisite: High school algebra and geometry. I I I

1 33 COLLEGE ALGEBRA A N D TRIGONOMETRY

Sets, progressions, b inomial theorem, complex numbers, theory of equations, determinants, radian measure, solution of acute and obl ique triangles, inverse functions, graphing, identities. Prerequisite: 2 years of high school algebra or permission of instructor. I I I

1 5 1 ANALYTIC G EOMETRY A N D CALCULUS An introduction to analytic geometry, functions, l im i ts, derivatives and integrals with appl ications. Prerequisite: Two years of h igh school algebra, trigonometry, or Mathematics 1 33 or the equivalent. I I I

1 52 ANALYTIC G EOMETRY A N D CALCULUS I ntegration, appl ications and techniques of integration, transcendental funct ions, polar coordinates, improper i ntegrals, L'Hospital'S Rule, elementary d i fferential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 1 51 . I I I

1 99 D I R ECTED R EADING (V. - V2 ) Supervised study o f topics selected to meet the i nd iv idual 's needs o r i n ter

ests. I n tended pr imari ly for students awarded advanced placement. Admission

on ly by departmental i nvitation .

231 L INEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS

An in t roduction to l i near algebra, vectors, matrices and determi nants; d i fferential equations, sol id analytic geometry. I n t roduction to multivariable cal

c u l us. Prereq uisite: Math 1 52 or consent of chairman of the department. I I I

321 GEOMETRY

A su rvey of the foundations of geometry and of basic theory i n the areas of

Eucl idean, projective, and non-Eucl idean geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics

231 or consent of i nstructor. I a/y 1 970-71

323 MODERN ELEM ENTARY MATHEMATICS

An i n troduction to the mathematical concepts underlying the trad it ional com

putational techn iques, and offering a systematic analysis of arithmetic and

an intu itive app roach to algebra and geometry. I n tended p ri mar i ly for ele

mentary teachers. Acceptable for elementary teacher preparation only. Must

be taken before Education 326. Prerequisite: Consent of inst ructor. I I I S

324 GEOMETRY FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEAC H ER (V2 ) Designed t o help students review elementary geometry from a mature point

of v iew using modern vocabulary and notat ion , and to understand the importance of measu rement, observat ion , intu i t ion, and i nductive reasoning, as

useful techniques in d iscovering, learn i n g , and teaching elementary geometry.

Acceptable for elementary teacher p reparation only. Prereq u isite: Math 323. I I

332 MULT I D I M EN SIONAL CALCULUS

A contin uation of the multivariable calculus concepts in t roduced in Math 231 .

Partial d i fferentiation and d i fferential equations, I i�e i ntegrals, Green's the

orem, in f in ite series. Prerequisite: Mathematics 231 . I I

341 MATHEMATICAL STAT I ST I CS Elementary p robabi l i ty theory, d iscrete and continuous d istri but ion functions,

introd uct ion to samp l ing theory and hypothesis testi ng . Prereq uis i te: Mathe

matics 1 52 . II a/y 1 970-71

351 APPLIED MATHEMAT I CS Topics i nc lude ord inary d i fferential equations ( inc lud ing series solutions),

the Laplace transform, part ial d i fferent ial equations, orthogonal functions. Prerequis ite : Mathematics 332. I

433, 434 MODERN ALGEBRA ( 1 , 1 ) Topics inc lude l inear a lgebra , g roups, rings, modules, f ields, f ield extensions.

Prereq uisites: Mathematics 231 . 433 offered fi rst semester every year ; 434

offered I I a/y 1 97 1 -72.

446 MATHEMAT I CS IN THE SECON DARY SCHOOL (V2 ) Emphasis o n the basic concepts o f mathematics, i nc luding the princ ip les of

n u mber, operation , relation and p roof, postu lational systems of Eucl idean

geometry, and present methods and materials i n teaching secondary school

mathematics. Prerequ isite : Mathematics 231 or equivalent and consent of instructor. I

455, 456 MATH E MATI CAL ANALYSI S ( 1 , 1 ) A rigorous and extended treatment o f topics introduced in elementary calcu lus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 332. 455 offered first semester every year; 456 offered I I a/y 1 970-71 .

460 ELEM ENTARY TOPOLOGY An in troduction to poin t-set topology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. I I a/y 1 971 -72

490 SEMINAR (V. - 1 ) Open to advanced students with consent of the chai rman of the department.

491 , 492 IN DEPENDENT STUDY ( V. - 1 )

Open to advanced students with consent of the chairman of the department. I I I

597, 598 GRADUATE RESEARCH ( V. - 1 )

Open to Master's degree candi dates only. Pre req uisite: Consent of the chairman of the department. I I I

Interim courses offered i n 1 970: 303 HU MAN IT IES OF SCI ENCE (CHEMISTRY/ MATHE MAT ICS/ PHYSICS)

307 INTRODUCTION TO THE STYLE AND SUBSTANCE OF MODERN MATHEMATICS

308 I NTERDISCIPLI NARY MATHEMATICS

309 MATHEMATICAL RESEARCH

MUSIC

Mr. Skones, Chairman, Mr. Dahl, Mr. Gilbertson, Miss King, Mr. Knapp,

Mr. Kracht, Mr. Meyer, Mr. Robbins, Mr. Sare; assisted by Mr. Crockett,

Mrs. Evans, Mr. Harmic, Mrs. Hopp, Mrs. Knapp, Mr. Locke, Mr. Newnham, Mrs. Swisher, Mrs. Thompson, Mrs. Tremaine

Requi rements for a major in music for the BACH ELOR OF ARTS degree shall consist of Music 50, 1 23, 1 24 , 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 223, 224, 323 plus one course ot Literature and Performance and two courses of private lessons inc lud ing one-hal f courses of pr ivate piano.

Al l music majors are required to register tor Music 50, Student Recital, each semester in attendance.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION major requirements are l isted below. Candid ates tor this degree must also meet special req u i rements described in the School of Ed ucation section in this catalog.

More com plete deta i ls concerning all music curr icula may be found in the Department of Music Hand book.

Senior High School Preparation

" Emphasis on Choral Music Teac hing Major: 1 4 V2 courses.

I

Prerequisite: Music Theory 1 23 , or equivalent.

Required: Music 50, 1 24 , 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 223, 224, 323, 325, 339, 340, 442, 445, 447.

Two courses of private voice lessons, one-half course of private piano lessons and two courses of Literature and Performance. One course of music electives is also req u i red.

" Emphasis on Sacred Choral Mus ic

Teac h ing Major : 1 4\12 courses. Prerequisite: Music Theory 1 23 , or equ ivalent.

Required: Music 50, 1 24, 21 1 , 2 1 2 , 223, 224, 323, 339, 340, 367, 368, 445, 447.

Two courses ot private instruction must be earned in the major performance

med ium (voice or piano and/or organ) and one-half course must be earned in the minor performance med i um (voice or piano and/ or organ) . Two courses

of Literature and Performance are also req u i red.

" Emphasis on Instrumental Music

Teaching Major: 1 4 \!2 courses. Prerequisite: Music Theory 1 23, or equivalent. Required: Music 50, 1 24 , 1 4 1 , 1 42 , 21 1 , 21 2, 223, 224, 243, 244, 245, 246 , 247,

323, 325, 326, 339, 445, 447. Two cou rses of pr ivate inst ruction must be earned on the student's major instrument plus one-ha l f course of piano. Two courses of cred i t must be earned in Literature and Performance.

Junior High School Preparation

Teach ing Major: 7 courses. Prerequisite: Music 1 23 , or equiva lent. Required: M usic 50, 1 24, 21 1 , 2 12 , 339, 340, 445. One-ha l f course ot private

piano, one-half course o f a secondary instrument o r voice, one course of L i terature and Performance and one-half course of m usic elect ives are also

required.

Teaching Minor : 5 cou rses. Required: M usic 1 20, 339, 341 plus one-h alf course ot private piano and onehalf course o f pr ivate instruction in voice or secondary in strument. One cou rse of Literature and Pertormance and one-half course of electives in music are also requ i red.

Elementary School Preparation

Teaching Major : 6 courses. Required: Music 1 20, 339, 341 plus one-half course of private piano and onehalf course o f private voice. One course of music ensemble and one and onehalf cou rse o f electives in music are also required.

Teach ing Minor : 3 courses. Required: 3 courses in the Music Department, to be determi ned in consu ltation with the Department of Music and the School of Education.

\' ' Students desi r ing certification as a secondary music teacher wil l do their student teaching on the secondary level.

Students desiring certification as an elementary music teacher will do their stu

dent teaching on the elementary level.

Students desiring certilication as a K - 12 music teacher will do their student

teaching on both elementary and secondary level.

The BACHELOR OF MUSIC curricu lum is designed for the student who in tends to

become a professional musician and/or to enter graduate school. The deg ree is

offered with a major in (a) orchestral i nstrument performance, (b) organ performance, (c) p i ano performance, (d) vocal performance, (e) church music, (f) theory

and composi t ion. REQU IREMIONTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE

A . ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT PERFORMANCE

Freshman Year

Music 50, Student Recital __ _ _ ____________________ 0

Music 1 23, 1 24, Theory _________ _ _ _______ 2

Private Lessons-major instrument_ _ _ _______ ________ _

Li teratu re and Performance (ensemble) _________ __________ ____ _ V2 Social Science req u i remenL_ ______ ___________ ___ _ 1

Rel igion requiremenL_ _ _______ __ __________ _ 1

Engl ish Composition requirement or proficiency _ _ . _ _ _ ____________ _

P.E. requirement _______ _______ __ _______ Y2

' I n terim elective _ _ __________ ____________ _ _______ 1

6

Sophomore Year

Music 50, Student Recital ____ ____________ _ _ ___ _ _ ______ _ 0

Music 223, 224, Theory _________ _____ ______ ________ 2 Private Lessons-major i nstrumenL _ _______ ___________ 1 Pr ivate Lessons-Piano _____ __________ ____ _ ________________ V2 Literature and Performance____________ _________ _ ____ V2 Science o r Mathematics requiremenL _____________ ____ _ 1

English Literature or History requ i remenL _________________ _ P.E. req u i rement . _______ ___________ __ _ Y2

' Elective ____ ______________________ V2 ' Interim elective_____ _ __ _ __ ___________________ _______ 1

8

Junior Year

Music 50, Student Recital _ ________ __ _________________ _ 0 Music 2 1 1 , 2 12 , History of Music. ________ ___ _______ 2

Music 323, Contemporary Tech n iq ues .. _ _ _ __ ____ _______________ _ M usic 324, Contrapuntal Writ ing___ _ _ _____________ ___ _ Private Lessons-major instrumenL _____ _________ _ _ 1 Literature and Performance__ _ __ __ _ ______ _________ ____ _ ____ V2 Music 325, 326, Orchestration _ _ _______________________ 1

' Elective _______ _

' I nterim elective

' 2 V2 courses of Music Electives are required.

V2 1

6

Senior Year

Music 50, Student Recital ____ ____________ . _____ __ _ . _ _ _ _ _____ 0

M usic 339, Basic Conduct ing _ ____ _ __ _______ __________ . __ V2 M usic 423, Advanced Form and Analysis _ ____________________ 1

" Private Lessons-major i nstrumenL _ _ ____________________ _

Literature and Performance ___ _______________________ V2 Phi losophy requ i remenL _______ _______________ ______ __ ___ 1 Rel ig ion requ i remenL __ _ _ ________________________ _ _

' Elective _________ _ ___________________________ 2 ' I n te ri m elective _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . __ ________________________ _

'2V2 courses of Music Electives are required. "Full Senior Recital Required. 8

B. ORGAN PERFORMANCE

Freshman Year

Music 50, Student Recital ___ _ __________________ 0

Music 1 23, 1 24, Theory ______ _ _____ ________________ 2 Private Lessons-Organ _ _ ________ _ ___ _ ____ __ _ __ ____________ 1

L i terature and Performance (ensemble)____ ______________ V2 Social Science requ i remenL ____________ 1

Rel igion req ui remenL __ ____ _________________ _ . _____ ___ _ _ . _

Engl ish Composition requirement o r proficiency _ _________ _

P.E. requ i rement __________ ___ _ _ _ __ ______ __ V2 ' I nterim elective _ _ ____ _____________ _____________ ____ 1

8 Sophomore Year

Music 50, Student Recital _____ _____________ ______________ 0

Music 223, 224, Theory ___________________ ______ ____ _____ 2 Private Lessons-Organ _______ _ ________________ 1 L i terature and Performance__ __ ___ ____________ ____________ _ V2 Science and Mathematics req u i remenL ______________________ __ 1 Engl ish Literat u re or History req u i rement __ _____________ _ P.E. Requirement _ __ _____ __ __ _ ____ ______ _________ _ V2

' E lective __________________ _ _ _ . ______ _______________ 1

' I nterim elective _______ _ _____________ ________ _

8 Junior Year

Music 50, Student Rec i tal ___ _ ______________ 0 Music 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 , H istory of Music ___________ __ __ ___ _ _ _ __ __ _ _____ 2

Music 323, Contempo rary Techniques ___ __________ _____ 1 Music 324, Contrapuntal Writi ng______ _______ ________ 1 Music 367, Hymnology and Sacred Literature _______ __ __ _ _ _ _ ___ 1

Pr ivate Lessons-Organ __ __ __ _____________________ ____ 2

' I n terim elective_____ _______ ___ __. ________ _

' V2 course of Music Elective is required. 8

Senior Year

Music 50, Student Recital _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ° Music 339, Basic Conducting ____ _ _ . _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ Y2 Music 364, Hi story of Organ Building o r Music 443, Organ Repertoire a n d Improvisation _ __ _ ___ __ _ _ V2 Music 368, Worship and Liturgy _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Music 423, Advanced Form and Ana lysis _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _

" Private Lessons-Organ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ ___ _ ____ _ ___ _ 2 ' I nterim elective _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ __ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ 1

Phi losophy requi rement __ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _______ _ ___ _____ _ 1

Religion requirement _ _ ____ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ 1 ' V2 course of Music Elective is required.

, • Full Senior Recital required. 8

C. PIANO PERFOR MANCE

Freshman Year

Music 50, Student Recita l _ __ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ ___ _ _ _ _ ° Music 1 23, 1 24, Theory____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _________ 2 Private Lessons-Piano _ _ _ ___ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 0 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

Literature and Performance (ensemble) _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ________ V2 Social Science requiremenL________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Rel ig ion req u i rement _ _ __ _ _ __ ______ __ _____ ______ _

Eng l i sh Composition requ i rement or proficiency __ . ____ _ __ _ _ _ _

P.E. requ i rement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 ' I nterim elective _ ____ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ ____ _____ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

8

Sophomore Year

Music 50, Student Recital ____ _ __ _ _ _ ____ ________ _ _ _ ° Music 223, 224, Theory_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ __ _ __ 2 Private Lessons-Piano _ ____ _____ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _ _ __ 1 Literature and Performance_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ '12 Science or Mathematics requ i remenL _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 English Lite rature or History requiremenL __ __ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

P.E. requ i rement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______ _______ _ __ __ '12 ' Elective _ _ __ __ ____ __ _ __ _ _ __ __ ___ __ __ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

' I nterim elective ______ ___ _ _ _ __ _ _ ___ _ . _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ ___ _ _ __ _

8

Junior Year

Music 50, Student Recital _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ ° Music 21 1 , 2 1 2 , History of Music _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2

Music 323, Contemporary Techniques _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ ___ _ 1 Music 324, Contrapuntal Writin g_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _____ _

'2V4 courses 01 Music Electives are required.

Music 336, Two Piano Ensemble o r Music 337, Accompanying _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _

Private Lessons-Piano _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _

V4 2

' Elective _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _____ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _

' I nteri m elective _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______ _ _ _ __ _

OJ., _ 1

8

Senior Year

Music 50, Student RecitaL _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ _ ___ __ _ __ _ _ _ __ ° Music 363, H istory of Piano Literature_ __ __ _ _ ___ _ _____ _ _ __ ____ V2 Music 423, Advanced Form and Analysis__ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 Music 441 , Keyboard Pedagogy _ _ __ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ V2

" Private Lessons-Piano _ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ ____ ____ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 2 Philosophy requirement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 1 Rel igion requirement _ _ _ _ __ ____ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ __ _ 1

' E lective _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ 1 ' Inter im elective _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ ___ _ _ 1

'2 1'4 courses of Music Electives are required .

. . Full Senior Recital required.

D. VOCAL PERFOR MANCE

Freshman Year

8

Music 50, Student Recital _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ ° Music 123, 1 24, Theory _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 Private Lessons-Voi ce _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ 1 Literature and Performance (ensemble) _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ V2 Social Science requiremenL ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Rel igion requirement _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 Engl ish Composition requ i rement or proficiency _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ _

P.E. req u i rement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _____ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ V2 ' I nte rim elective __ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ ___ _ 1

8

Sophomore Year

Music 50, Student RecitaL _ _ _________ _ ___ __ ____ _ _ _ __ _ _ 0 Music 223, 224, Theory _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ __ __ __ _ _ _ 2 Private Lessons-Voice _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ __ ___ 1 Private Lessons-Piano _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 Literature and Performance_ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ __ _ ____ _ _ _ _____ __ _ _ __ _ V2 Science or Mathematics requiremen L _ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ 1 Engl ish Literature or History requirement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ________ _

P .. E. requi rement ____ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ V2 ' Elective __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ V2 ' I nterim elective __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ 1

' 1 course of Music Elective is required_ 8

Junior Year

Music SO, Student RecitaL __ ___ _ _ ___ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a Music 21 1 , 2 1 2 , History of Music _ _ _ _ ___ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ 2 Music 323, Contemporary Techn iques _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Music 324, Contrapuntal Writing _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Music 339, Basic Conducting __ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 Music 365, Vocal Literature __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ Y2 Private Lessons-Voice __ _ __ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ 1 Private Lessons-Piano _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Literature and Performance _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ V2 ' I nteri m elective _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .. _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

8 Senior Year

Music SO, Student Recital ___________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ a Music 423, Advanced Form and Analysis _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

M usic 435, Opera Workshop _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _

Music 442, Vocal Pedagogy _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 " Private Lessons-Voice ___ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

Literature and Performance __ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ __ ___ _ _ ____ __ ___ __ _ _ _ Y2 Phi losophy requirement _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ 1 Rel igion requ i rement ____ ____ _______ ___ _ _ ____ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1

' Elective _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 ' I nterim e lective _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ , ____ _ __ _ __ _ 1

" 1 course of Music Elective is required. " , Full Senior Recital required.

E. CHU RCH MUSIC Freshman Year

8

Music SO, Student Recital ____ _ ______________ _ ____ _ _ ___ a Music 1 23, 1 24, Theory _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ __ _ _ 2 Private Lessons-Organ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ __ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ V2 Private 'lessons-Voice _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ____ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ V2 Literature and Performance (ensemble) _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ ____ _ _ .. _ V2 Soc ial Science requ i rement _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ .. _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ____ ___ _ _ . 1 Rel igion requirement _ _______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Engl ish Com position requ i rement or proficiency_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

P.E. requi rement _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 ' I nterim elective _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

8 Sophomore Year

Music SO, Student Recital _____ __ __ _ _ _____ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ a Music 223, 224 , Theory _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 Private Lessons-Organ __ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ Y2 Private Lessons-Voice _ _ _ _ ______ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ V2 Literature and Performance _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _

" 1 \12 courses of Music Electives are required.

Science or Mathematics requirement __________ __ _______ ___ ____ _

Engl ish Li terature or History requi remenL ___ _ _____ _______ __ _

P.E. req u i rement _ _ _ __ __ ____________________ __ __ V2 " E lective ________________________ _____ ______ ____ 1

" Interim elective _ _____________ ___ ____ ___________ ____ ____ 1

8 Junior Year

Music 50, Student Recital ____ ______ _ ____________ 0

Music 21 1 , 2 1 2 , H istory of Music ___________ ___ ____ _____ __ 2

Music 323, Contemporary Techn iques __________ _ __ __ _______ _

Music 324, Contrapuntal Writ ing _ _ _ ____________________ 1 Music 339, Basic Conducting _ _____ ___________ _____________ V2 Music 367, Hymnology and Sacred Literature __ ____ _________ 1

Private Lessons-Organ or Voice _____ _ _______________________ _ Literature and Performance_____ _____ ______________ ______ _ ___ V2

- I nterim elective ___ _ _ _____________ _ ______ _______ 1

8 Senior Year

Music 50, Student RecitaL ______________________ ____________ 0

Music 368, Worship and Liturgy ______ ____ _____ ____________ _

Music 423, Advanced Form and Analysis __ _____________ _ _

Music 445, Advanced Conducting______________________ _______ V2 " " Private Lessons-Organ or Voice_______________ _ __ _________ 1

Literature and Performance _ _ ________ ___ _____ __________ • _ V2 Phi losophy requirement __________ • _ _ _____________ ___ ____ 1 Rel ig ion requi rement _________ ___ _______________ _ _ _ __ ______ 1

" Elective ______________________ ___________________ _ 1

- Interim elective ______________ ____ ______________ _______ 1 - 1 V2 courses of Music Electives are required.

" Full Senior Recital required. 8

F. TH EORY AND COMPOSITION

Freshman Year

Music 50, Student RecitaL ________________ ______ _ ___ ___ __ _ • ____ 0

Music 1 23, 1 24, Theory _ _____ _ _______ ______ ______ ________ _ 2

Private Lessons-major i nstrumenL __________ _____ _______ _ V2 Private Lessons-Piano __ ___ _ __ _ _ _ _________ _____ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _______ V2 Literature and Performance (ensemble)__ __ ______________ V2 Social Science requirement________ ____ _ _______________ 1 Religion requ i rement __ _____ ___________ _______ _ __________ _ Engl ish Composition requ i rement or proficiency __ ___________ _

P.E. requ i rement _____________ V. " Interim elective __________________ ________________ _______ 1

8

Sophomore Year Music 50, Student Recita l _ _______ ____ _ ____________ .. 0 Music 223, 224, Theory _____ . ____________________ _____ 2 Music 227, Composition___ ___ _______________________ Y2 Private Lessons-major instrumenL_____________ ___ _ _ _________ V2 Private Lessons-Piano __ _ ____ _ __ _ ____________________ _ V2 Literature and Performance__ _ __________________ _____ _ V2 Science or Mathematics requiremenL _ ____ ___ _ _______ 1 Eng l ish Literature or History requiremenL ___________ _ ________ _ P.E. requ i rement _ ______ _____________ V2

" E'lective ___ _______________ ______ ________ _______ __ V2 " Interi m e lective _ ._____ ___ ________ ________ _______ _ 1

B Junior Year

Music 50, Student Recital __ _ _ __ _____ _____ ______________ _ _ 0 Music 21 1 , 21 2, History of Music _____ ___ ____ _ _____ _________ 2 Music 323, Contemporary Techniques__ _ __________________ _ Music 324, Contrapuntal Writ ing _ ____ _____________ ______ _ _ _ _ Music 325, 326, Orchestration _____ _ _ . __ _____ �_____ ______ 1 Music 327, Composition __ _ _____ ________ _____ __________ 1 Music 339, Basic Conducting_____ _ _ __ ________________ ____ V2 Private Lessons-major instrumenL _ _______ _________________ _ Y2

" I nterim elective _ _______ _ ___ _ ______ _________________ _ 1

B Senior Year

Music 50, Student Recital ____ ___________ __________ _ . _______ 0 Music 423, Advanced Form and Analysis _________________ _ ___ _

Music 427, Composition _ __ __ __ ____ _ ____ ___ __________ __ _____ _ 2 Private Lessons-major inst rument __________ ____ __ _ _______ V2 Phi losophy requirement _ ____ _ _ _ _ ____ _________________ ______ 1 Rel igion requ i rement _________ __________ _ ______ __ _ 1

" Elective _ ___ _____________________________ ___ .. _______ � _ 1 V2 " I nterim elective __________ ___ __________________ _____ _ 1

B

50 STUDENT RECITAL (no credit)

Weekly student recitals. Regi stration and attendance requ i red of all music majors regardless of curr iculum. Music majors expected to perform in recital once each semester. I I I

1 2 0 MUSIC SURVEY (1 ) An introduction to the music l i terature of Western Civ i l ization through the study of the form and meaning of musical masterpieces. A course designed to enhance the enjoyment of music. Not open to music majors. I I I

" I lI2 courses of Music Electives are required.

1 23 THEORY ( 1 ) A study of the fundamentals and notation o f music through elementary part

writ ing. Practical appl i cation through keyboard, sightsinging, and ear train

ing. I

124 THEORY (1 )

Continued study of part writing, modu lation, and ear t ra in ing . Introductory work in analysis. I I

Literature and Performance 1 30. 430 C H O I R OF THE WEST ( 114 )

AUditions are held a t the beginning of each fal l semester. Singing o f both

sacred and secu lar music, with and without accompani ment. I I I

1 3 1 , 431 UN IVERSITY CH ORALE ( V. )

Audit ions are held a t the beg inn ing o f each fa l l semester. Singing of both sacred and secular music, with and without accompaniment. I I I

1 32, 432 MADRI GAL S INGERS A N D VOCAL ENSE M B L E ( 114 )

Membersh i p determined b y aUditions. Singing o f both sacred and secu lar music. I I I

1 33, 433 UN IVERSITY BAND ( 114 )

Membersh ip determined b y auditions. I I

1 34, 434 UN IVERSITY ORCHESTRA ( 114 ) Membership determined b y audit i ons. "

1 35, 435 CHAMBER ENSEMBLE (V. )

Prerequisite: Consent o f I nstructor. I I I

1 36, 436 TWO PIANO ENSEMBLE ( '14 )

Two piano and piano duet l iterature from al l periods wi l l be studied . Open

to pianists who are music majors and non-musi c majors.

137, 437 ACCOMPANYING ( 114 )

A course designed t o assist the pianist i n gaining experience and knowledge

in accompanying. The literatu re wi l l be taken from all periods of music h istory.

1 4 1 , 142 ST RINGS ( V. , 114 ) Instrumental laboratory. Two hours per week. I I I a/y 1 97 1 -72

Private Instruction

1 50, 450 P IANO ( V. - 1 )

1 5 1 , 451 ORGAN (V. - 1 )

1 52, 452 VOICE (114 - 1 )

1 53, 453 VIOLIN, VIOLA (V. - 1 )

154, 454 CE LLO ( 114 - 1 )

155, 455 WOODWINDS ( 114 - 1 )

1 56, 456 BRASS (V. - 1 )

1 57, 457 PERCUSSION ( V. - 1 )

21 1 , 2 1 2 H I STORY OF MUSIC ( 1 , 1)

A study of the deve lopment of music from ancient civil i zations to modern ti mes. Prerequ isite: Music 1 24, or consent o f i nstructor. I , I I

223, 224 THEORY (1 , 1 )

Completed study i n traditional harmony and ear t ra in ing. Introduct ion t o

counterpo in t and composit ion . Practical application o f harmonic practices through analysis, writ ing, keyboard and ear t ra in ing. I , I I

227, 427 CO MPOSITION (V. - 1 )

A systematic approach to the craft of contem porary musical com posit ion . Create, notate, and perform works for solo, small and large ensembles. May be repeated for add i tional credit.

243, 244 WOODW INDS INSTRU MENTAL LABORATORY ( V. , V4 ) Pract ical experience i n the methods and problems of teaching and playing woodwind i nstruments. I , I I aly 1 970-71

245, 246 BRASS INSTRUM ENTAL LABO RATORY (V. , V. )

Practical experience i n the methods and problems o f teaching and playing brass instruments. I , I I aly 1 971 -72

247 PERCUSSION LABORATORY (V4 ) Practical experience i n the methods and problems o f teach ing and playing percussion instru ments. I aly 1970-71

323 CONTEMPO RARY TEC H N I QU ES, ANALYSIS AND LITERATU RE (1 )

Study of twentieth-century music through analysis, l i terature, and w ri t ing .

Emphasis o n compositional teChniques, ear ly developments and cu rrent trends. I

324 CONTRAPUNTAL WRITING, FORM, ANALYSIS AND L ITERATURE ( 1 )

Review o f non-harmonic tones; melody writ ing; species counterpoint; two and three-part invention; fug ue; forms; l istening; melodic and harmonic di ctati('n. I I

325, 326 ORCH ESTRATION (V2 , V2 ) Study of instruments a s t o the i r range, transposition, sound, techn ical ab i l i t ies , l im i tations, and notation. Scoring and arranging for instruments in conventional and un ique groupings. I , I I aly 1 970-71

339 BASIC CONDUCT I N G (V2 ) A basic cou rse i n the teChnique of reading and conducting scores; practice i n conduct ing, both instrumental and vocal. I I I

340 MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (V2 ) Techniques and procedu res for the music program o f the first six g rades. The rote song, ch i ld voice, rhythm activities, Kodaly method, and the l i ke . Prerequisite: Music 1 23 or equivalent background music . I I I

341 MUSIC SKI LLS A N D METHODS FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS (1 ) A study of the rudiments of music , in c lud ing rhythms, s ight reading, elementary

keyboard experience and creative music, together with techniques and procedu res for the music program o f the first six g rades. I I I

I

363 H I STORY OF P IANO LITERATUR E AND PERFO R MANCE (V2 ) Representative composit ions from al l periods o f piano literature wi l l be

stud ied. Open to music majors and non-music majors. a/y 1 970-71

364 H I STORY OF ORGAN B U I LD I N G ( % ) A study o f the primary h istoric and contemporary trad it ions o f organ bu i ld ing

as these relate to a rat ionale for tona l desig n , acoustics, architecture and

playing mechanisms. Basic techniques for tun ing and mai ntenance are to be

considered together with examinations of several organs and two organ bu i ld

ing shops. Adm ission by permission of i nstructor. a/y I n ter im 1 972

365 VOCAL LITERATURE (V2 ) A study o f solo vocal literature from antiquity through the present. I n -class

performance will be emphasized. I a/y 1 970-71

367 HYMNOLOGY AND SACRED MUSIC LITERATURE ( 1 ) A n h istorical study o f Christian hymnody with a n analysis o f its poetry and

music. An analysis of the princi p les underlying effective worship music and a survey of outstand ing anthem, cantata, and oratorio literature. I I

368 WORSH I P AND LITURGY ( 1 )

The nature and scope o f Christian worsh i p. The h istory o f the main l i turgies

beg inn ing with temple and synagogue, Eastern Orthodox, Roman Catho l ic ,

Lutheran, Calvin ist and Angl ican. Special reference to the Lutheran l i tu rgy. I

423 ADVANCED FORM AND ANALYSIS ( 1 ) Harmonic and structural analysis o f l i terature from Classical through Con

tem porary periods. Prerequisite: M usic 224. I

435 OPERA WORKSHOP (V4 - 1 )

Stage production of operas. Prerequ isite: Consent of I nstructor.

441 KEYBOARD PEDAGOGY (% - 'Y4 ) A course designed for those desiring to teach beginn ing and advanced piano

and organ students. Lectures, readings and discussion on teaching tech n i q ues

wi l l be covered. In addit ion there wi l l be the chance for practical application.

442 VOCAL P EDAGOGY (V2 ) Discussion o f how to approach the teaching o f vocal technique c learly and concisely and how best to communicate with the student, basing the approach upon the physiological and acoustical laws that govern S ing ing. Read ing and

comparing texts on vocal prod uction. I n-class demonstrations and a project in student teach ing . Discussion of dict ion, phonetics, i nterpretat ion, etc. I I

443 ORGAN REPERTOI R E AND I MP ROVISATION (V2 ) A survey o f organ literature and its re lationship to traditions o f organ design

and stylistic performance. Basic techniques in practical i mprovisation at the

keyboard, with special emphasis on l i turgical hymn tune i mprovisation for i ntroductions, interludes and free accompan i ments. Admission by permission of i nstructor. (Limit 1 0) . a/y 1 971 -72

445 ADVANCED CONDUCTING, TECHN IQUES AND MATERIALS (V2 ) A study o f l i terature with emphasis upon its teaching and conduct ing problems.

Prerequisite: Music 339. I

447 MUSIC IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ( V2 ) The organ ization and adm inistration o f the secondary school music pro

gram. I

491 , 492 I N DEPENDENT STUDY (V. - 1 )

590 G RAD UATE SEMINAR ( V4 - 1 )

Offered on demand.

Interim courses offered in 1 970: 301 MUSIC LITERATU RE AND CONCERTS

302 LIVING C H U RCH M USIC

303 EXP E R I M ENTAL COMPOSITION FOR NON-MUSIC MAJORS

304 ACOUSTICS O F MUSIC (MUSIC/PHYSICS)

307 FROM JAZZ TO ROCK

308 I M PRESS I O N I SM AND TH E ARTS (ART/ MUSIC)

3 1 7 INTENSIVE PERFORMANCE ST U D I ES

3 1 8 OPERA WORKSHOP

NURSING

Miss Stucke, Director, Mrs. Andersen, Mrs. Cone, Mrs. Coutu, Mrs. Easterwood, Miss Fletcher, Mrs. Jacobson, Mrs. Jewell, Mrs. Leake, Mrs. Lee, Mrs. Olson,

Miss Peterson; assisted by Mrs. Bergerson, Mrs. Haughee,

Mrs. Hemmen, Mrs. Nielsen, Mrs. Ramos

Phi losophy and Pu rpose The School of N u rsing supports the ph i losophy of Paci f ic Lu theran Un iversity

and within this Christian frame of reference accepts the chal lenge of educating professional nurses who recognize and part ic ipate in the responsib i l ities and

opportun i ties for service i n nursing. The School recognizes that its functions are teac h i n g , service and research. In accepting this chal lenge the faculty acknowl

edges its responsi b i l i ty for promoting high qual i ty professional nursing service for people i n the hospital , home and community.

The School of N u rsing facu l ty accepts the fo l lowing princi ples:

1 ) Education is an ongoing process in which the i n d i vidual acqui res knowledge, examines attitudes, and f u rther develops a set of values, learning to act upon these for the betterment of self and society. In this educational process the

student increases h is capacity to relate to mankind by means of a coU rse of action i n which he g rows, develops ski l ls and f inds expression for creativity, al l of Which w i l l enable him to progress toward future self-rea lization in becoming a responsib le member of society.

2) Learning occurs when there are behavioral changes resu lt ing from experience and when that behavior contin ues. Each person approaches learning tasks in his own way and responds to the total situation as a whole person. There are

levels of learn ing each of which bu i lds upon the other in the fo l lowing

sequence: awareness, knowledge, understanding, apprec iation, application of pr inci ples and teach i ng of principles.

3) N u rsing as a p rofession should be concerned with the physical, emotional , i ntel lectual, soc ial and spi r i tua l health o f the indiv idual . The School strives

therefore to gu ide its students in developing a sense of responsi b i l ity for

acq u i ring the knowledge and ski l ls necessary to he lp meet the total health needs of the i ndividual .

4) Emotional , intel lectual, social , c u ltu ral and spir i tual growth are essential to the enri chment of one's own l i fe and to the optimum development of one's

abil ity to help others. The preparation of the professional n u rse provides for g rowth through the use of the various d isc ip l i nes o f the University. The p rofessional curri cu lum provides education in relevant f ie lds of learn ing arranged in a logical sequence.

5) The Christian University has a d istin ct advantage in offering th is type of total education and carries a responsi b i l ity to prepare individuals interested in

serving God and fetlowmen through the practice of professional n u rsing.

The aim of the School o f Nursing is to develop responsible persons able to recognize and partici pate i n the challenges and opportunities for conscientious service to their communit ies . Necessary tools are p rovided for functioning as staff

nurses, for developi ng the com petencies basic to advancing to positions req u i ring leaders h i p skil ls, and for acq ui r ing a foundation for graduate study.

Objectives In keep ing with the phi losophy of m i n istering to the total n u rsing needs of the

individual, the School of Nursing assists the student:

1) To acquire knowledge essential to fu nction as a professional n u rse.

2) To develop an abi l ity to function effectively as a professional nurse.

3) To develop attitudes which w i l l foster continuing professional and personal

g rowth .

4) To recognize her responsi b i l ity as a citizen.

5) To uti l ize a l ibe ra l education i n provid ing d i mension to personal and professional experience and as a foundation for professional courses.

Health The n u rsing student is responsible for maintaining her own health and is a

teacher of health. Physical exam i n ati ons, X-rays and immun izations are req u i red

prior to adm ission to the c l in ical areas and period ica l ly thereafter, and are the

responsib i l ity of the students. Students should carry personal health insurance.

Special Fees In addit ion to reg u la r University costs, students are to p rovide their own trans

portation between the Un iversity campus and the c l i n ical laboratory areas. Students are usually able to estab l ish car pools in the sophomore and jun ior years. D u ring the senior year each student must have access to a car for individual use. Students are expected to carry professional l iabi lity i nsu rance d u ring their sophomore, jun ior and seni o r years. Th is is avai lable under a group p lan at nominal cost to the student. Health examination fees and student uni forms (approximately

$70.00) are the responsib i l ity of the student.

The Nursing Program

This program is planned for high school graduates and may be completed in four academic years by students who meet the School requ i rements. Through this

program o f general an d professiona l education, students prepare themselves for beginning positions in professional n u rsing and for continuing t he i r education at the graduate level .

Admission and Curriculum Requirements I n addition to the requirements for admission to the University, the School of

N u rsing requi res a one unit course in biology and a one unit cou rse in chemistry. Deficiencies will need to be removed prior to enroll ing in the professional n u rsing program.

To be approved by the faculty of the SChool of N u rsin9' for enrol lment in the

c l in ical n u rsing cou rses which begin in the sophomore year, the student must give evidence of physi cal, emotional and intel lectual aptitude for nursing, and

must have a cumu lative grade poi nt average of 2.0 for her co llege course. She must also have a minimum grade of 2.0 in each course req ui red for the program as indicated in the course outl ine.

Standards req u i red for admission must be maintained th roughout the program if the candidate is to retain her standing i n the Schoo l .

A candi date w h o has attended some other insti tut ion, inc lud ing graduation from an approved school o f n u rsing, may receive cred it toward a degree in

nursing provided she meets the general requ i rements for admissio n to the School of N u rsing. Transferable c redits from another institution of higher learn

ing wil l be evaluated o n an individual basis. The graduate n u rse appl icant may receive credit for her earl ier education by examinati on of nursing and related courses in accordance with the Advanced Placement policy of the Un iversity. She w i l l fol low the curriculum outl i ned for tme BaChelor of Science in N u rsing

i n regard to course req U i rements, sequence o f cou rses, and prerequisi tes. The School of N u rsing fac u l ty reserves the right to request the withdrawal of

a n u rsing student who fa i ls to demonstrate competency, or who fa i ls to maintain professional conduct.

Resources, Facilities and Services To provide the best learning experience in the various c l in ica l fields under

the d i rect supervision of its faculty members, the School ut i l izes the hospitals and health agencies in the immediate viCin ity, in c luding their l i b raries and class

rooms. Clinical laboratory learning is di rected by regu lar Un iversity faculty members in the fol lowing health agencies.

GOOD SAMARITAN HOSPITAL, Puyallup, Washington (96 beds) Paul Tes low, M .H .A. , Admin istrator

Virg i nia Peterson, R .N . , D i rector of Nursing Service

LAKEWOOD GENERAL HOSPITAL ( 100 beds) Harry Sanislo, Administrator Walter Wi lhe lm , B.A., Assistant Admin istrator

O rpha J . Lucas, -R.N. , Di rector of Nursing

MAD IGAN GENERAL HOSPITAL (536 beds)

Brig . General John Boyd Coates, Jr . , M.D. , Hospital Commander Colonel Margaret E. Hughes, R .N . , B.S. , A .N.C. , Chiel N u rse

MAPLE LANE SCHOOL FOR G I RLS, Central i a, Washington ( 1 50 beds)

Edna Good rich, Superin tendent Richard Ba rrett, Assistant Superintendent

MARY B R I DGE C H I LDREN'S HOSPITAL (68 beds)

Karen Lynch, R .N. , B.S.N. , D i rector 01 Nursing Service and Acting Administrator

PUGET SOUND GEN ERAL HOSP ITAL (287 beds) Robert Holmen, M.H.A. , Admin istrator

Helen Col l i ns , R .N . , B.S., M.S., D i rector 01 N u rsing

ST. JOSEPH'S HOSPITAL (250 beds)

Sister Mary Colma, R .N . , O.S.S. , Admin istrator

Sylvia Ames, R.N. , B .S., M.N . , D i rector, School 01 N u rsing

TACOMA GENERAL HOSPITAL (263 beds) Walter Huber, B.B.A. , Admin istrator

Bess M. Piggott, B.S., M .N . , MA, D i rector 01 Nursing Educatio n Betty Hollman, R . N . , B .S.N. , D i rector 01 Nursing Service

TACOMA-P IERCE COUNTY HEALTH DEPARTMENT

Paul McNutt, M.D., D i rector 01 Health Edith Mitche l l , R.N., B.S., Ch iel 01 N u rsing Di vision

VETERANS ADMIN ISTRATION HOSPITAL American Lake, Washington (904 beds)

Thomas March, M .D . , Hospital D i rector F lorence M . Naske, R .N. , B .S . , Chiel, N u rsing Service

Anna Heinzelmann, R.N. , B .S . , Associate C h iel, Nursing Service lor Edu cation

CURRICULUM FOR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING

Firsl Year

' Eng . 1 01 (Composition) -(student may be ex

empt on basis 01 prolic iency) 1

BioI . 1 61 (Human Anatomy) _______ _ 1

Chem. 103 (Organi c

Chemistry) _

'Psych . 1 01 (General

Psychology) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

P.E. Activity _____ _ '14

4'14

I nterim Cou rse .1 Religion 1 03 (J udaeo-Elective Ch ristian L i le and

Thought) _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 B io i . 162 (Human

Physiology) _ _ _ _ _ 1 , . Fine Arts elective 1

Soc. 101 (Social

Issues) _ _ _ 1

P. E. Activity ___ '14

' May be taken either semester 01 the year.

" May be taken any tim e.

..

Second Year

BioI . 201 ( M icro-

biology) _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 1

Nsg. 251 ( Mental

Health) _ _ _ _ __ V2 Nsg. 252 (Nsg.

Techniques) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ V2 Nsg. 253 (Disease

Entities) _ __ _ _ _ __ _ 1 . , Eng. Lit. or H istory

elective _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

P.E. Activity _ _____ _ %

4 %

Third Year

• Nsg. 371 , 372 (Psyc h .

Nsg.) _ _ _ _ _ _2

" Ph i losophy elective _ _ 1

Psych. 335 (Chi ldhood

and Adolescence)_1

4

Fourth Year

Neg. 4 1 0A (Trends) . _ V2 ' Nsg. 450, 451 (Selected

C l i nical Problems) __ 2

' Nsg. 452 (Leadership)_1

Nsg. 254 (Pa

tient Health

Teaching) _ _ 1

Optional

Elective ___ 0-1

Soc. 445 (Fami ly) o r

325 (Minorities) _ _ _ 1

Nsg. 255 (Surgical I ntervention) _ _ _ _ _ 1

Nsg. 256 (Rehab.

Nsg.) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

" Optional elective ___ _ 0-1

P.E. Activity ___ _ _ _ _ %

3-4%

' Nsg. 361 , 362, 363

( MCN) _ _ _ _ _ 3

' ReI . elective (U .D . o r Senior Semi nar) _ _ _ 1

0-1 4

I nterim Course Nsg. 410B (Trends) __ V2 Elective ' Nsg. 445 (Com-

munity Health) ___ _ V2 ' Nsg. 446 (Commun-

ity Nursing) _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

" Optional elective ____ 0-1 " Optional elective _ _ _ _ 0-1

2-4

' May be taken either semester of the year .

• • May be taken any time.

251 M ENTAL HEALTH (V2 ) A study of major concepts of mental health. Emphasis is placed on formation

of the se l f concept and other concepts related to effective i nterpersonal rela

tionsh i ps. Two hours of class per week, plus assignments in relationship to

c l i n i cal practice. Prerequisites: Sociology 1 01 and Psychology 1 01 . I

252 N U RSING TECHN IQUES (V2 ) An i ntroductory course to practical aspects o f nursing. The course combines the practice of basic nursing techniques and the scienti f ic pr inci ples under

lying these techniques. Two hours of c lass and one c l in ical laboratory period per week. Prerequisite or current registration in Biology 201 . I

253 D ISEASE ENTITIES ( 1 )

A study of common d iseases affecting adults. The course emphasis is on etio logical , pathophysiolog ical and therapeutic reg imes. Five hours per week. Prerequ isites: B iology 1 6 1 , 162 and Chemistry 103. I

254 PAT I ENT HEALTH TEACH I N G ( 1 ) A study of the princi ples of teach i ng and learn ing as related to health needs of the patient. In concurrent gu ided learning experiences, the princip les of teaching and learning are uti l i zed by the student along with problem solving and critical thinking in assessment, judgment and plan ning for patient teaching . Laboratory and c l i n ical experiences in a variety of settings provide opportunities for student application of principles and development of basic teaching sk i l ls . Prerequisites: Nursing 251 , 252, 253. I nteri m.

255 SURGICAL I NTERVENTION (1) A patient-centered study of the nursing care requ i red for patients having surgical in tervention . Cl in ical experience i n cludes a l l areas of surgical care, pre-operative preparation, nursing techniq ues in the operating room, recovery room and post-operative care. Three hours of class and two c l inical laboratory periods per week. Prerequ isite: N u rs ing 254. I I

256 REHABILITATION NURSING ( 1 ) A patient-centered study of various types o f nursing problems common to patients in need of re habi l i tation. Students are g i ven an opportunity to analyze these problems, develop abi l i ty to make decisions about nursing care and gain some experience in ad ministering the nursing care i nvolved. Three hours of class and' two c l in i cal laboratory periods per week. Prereq u isite: Nursing 254. I I

361 , 362, 363 MATERNAL-C H I LD N U RS I NG (3) A study of the essential knowledge and understanding which wi l l enable the student to g ive inte l l igent care to families d u ring the ch i ld-bearing and chi ldrearing processes. Aspects of health promotion and care of the sick are i ncluded. Experience includes observation and care of mothers and ch i ldren in hospital wards, c l in ics and related community agencies. Six c l in ical laboratory periods and nine hours of c lass pe r week. Prerequisites: N u rs ing 254, 255, 256, and previous or concurrent registration in Psych . 335 or Education 201 or 321 and Soc. 445 or 325. I I I

371 , 372 PSYC HIATRIC NURSING (2) A study of major concepts of mental health and psych iatric nursing as they relate to the nurse in the total therapeutic mi l ieu of psychiatric patients. Guidance is g iven in understanding personal needs and behavior patterns of adjustment. Four hours of c lass and six c l inical laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: Nursing 254, 255, 256. Both courses are offered each semester.

41 0 TRENDS IN NURSING (1 ) A study of the forces and issues which i n f luence nursing today, inc lud ing its professional heritage, the nursing organizations, emp loyment opportunities, and problems and responsi b i l ities in professional nursing. Among the prob-

lems d iscussed are preparation for n u rs ing, economic security, legislation, organizational structure, roles of the professional nurse, continued education

and professional growth, and the future of nursing. Prerequis ite: Senior standing and previous or concurrent registration in Psych. 243A. Hal f o f the course wi l l be offered each semester.

445 FUN DAMENTALS OF CO M M U N ITY HEALTH ( Y2 ) A study of t h e community f o r t h e pu rpose of ident i fy ing development, trends, organization and administration of health services. Inc l udes approaches used to promote health and prevent d isease, and methods uti l ized to identi fy,

analyze and cope with community health needs. Open to majors and nonmaj o rs who have had Bio logy 201 or equ i valent. I I I

446 COMMUN ITY NURSING ( 1 ) G u ided experiences i n g i v i n g nursing care i n t h e home a n d community with emphasis on the role of the nurse in working with patients and fami l ies, and

the ut i l ization of health and welfare resources. P rerequisite: Sen i o r standing, Nursing 363, 372 and previous or concu rrent registration in Nursing 445. I I I

450 SEL ECTED CLI N I CAL PROBLEMS I (1)

A study of selected c l i n ical problems in the n u rsing care of medical-surgical patients. Among the prob lems d iscussed are n ursing assessment, criteria for determin ing priority of patient needs, princi ples for p lann ing n u rsing care for

groups of patients, emergency and resuscitative n u rsing measures, and current trends in community and hospital planning for emergency nursing activ

i t ies . Th ree hours of class and ind ividual ly arranged laboratory experiences. Prerequisites: Sen ior stand ing and N u rsing 363 and 372. I II

451 SELECTED CLIN ICAL PROBLEMS II ( 1 ) A study of selected c l in ical problems in the n u rsing care o f medical-surgical

patients, inc lud ing acutely i l l patients and patients with complex nursing needs. Students wil l be introduced to some of the new parameters i n n u rsing.

Four hours of class and three c l i nical laboratory periods as arranged, per week. Prerequ isites: Sen i o r standing, N u rsing 363 and 372, and prior to concurrent registration in N u rsing 450. I I I

452 NURSING LEAD ERSH I P (1 ) A study of n u rs ing team leadersh ip with emphasis on identifying princip les of

leadersh i p in nursing. Discussion wi l l also include uti l ization of nursing personne l , in-service educat ion, the i nterd iscipl inary health team, and the bas ic concepts and princi ples of n u rsing management. Two hours of c lass and th ree c l in i ca l laboratory periods as arranged, per week. Prerequis i tes: Senior standing, N u rs ing 363 and 372, and concurrent registration in N u rsing 451 . I I I

49 1 , 492 IN DEPENDENT STUDY ( V. - 1 ) Prerequisite: Permission of the Director.

Interim courses offered in 1970:

254 PATIENT HEALTH TEACHING

362 MATERNAL-CHILD NURSING

PHILOSOPHY

Mr. Arbaugh, Chairman, Mr. Huber, Mr. Simmonds; assisted by Mr. Saibel

Phi losophy is the o ldest of all academic d iscip l ines and the parent su bject from which today's vari ety of arts and sciences has emerged. Characte ristic topics of

concern are the extent and l i mits of knowledge; moral, esthetic and rel igious values; man 's nature and p lace in the un iverse; and the u l t i mate nature of real ity.

More gene ral ly phi losophy seeks a crit ical and systemat ic analysis of basic issues

in all fields, and an objective and u n i fied view of the totality of expe rience. A study of the field is i n tended to acquaint the student with major r i val world views and value systems, past and present, to encou rage in him the habit of analytic and systematic thought , and to help him "to see l i fe cr i t ical ly , appreciatively and whole."

Courses i n the department are designed to meet the needs of a variety of stu

dents: ( 1 ) those who desire some knowledge of ph i losophy as a basic element in a l iberal educatio n ; (2) those who wish to p u rsue some special in terest in, for

example, ethics, science, re l ig ion , the h istory of thought, o r the ideas of par

t icu lar men or peoples; (3) those who wish to develop an understanding of phi lo

sophy to support thei r work in other fields, e.g. l iterature, h istory, or the sciences;

(4) those who plan to use a major in phi losophy as a preparation for graduate study

in another f ield, e.g. theology or law; (5) those who plan to do graduate work in phi losophy itse lf, usual ly with the in tention of teach ing in the f ie ld .

Students i n tending to major in ph i losophy must announce their intention to do so to the department. A major i n the department consists of a mi n imum of six

courses i n c l uding Ph i losophy 233, and any three of the followi ng : 331 , 332, 333,

334, 335. In addit ion to cou rse requ i rements, al l majors must (1) complete a presc ri bed read ing program (described in a special brochure avai lable from the department), and (2) take a departmental examination before beginn ing their

final semester in residence. Consultation with departmental faculty is important in planning a mean ingfu l major program and should be sought at as early a t ime as poss i b le.

The Uni versity req u i remen t of one course in ph i losophy may be satisfied by any

course offered by the department except Phi losophy 233. The initial course in the subject for lower division students is customari l,y Ph i loso phy 201 . However, this is not a prerequisite for other courses, and students with specia l interests or preparation are encou raged to consider others and, if desi red, to counsel with

mem bers of the department.

201 PR INCIP LES OF PHI LOSOPHY An introdu ction to a variety o f perennial ph i losoph ical issues, intel lectual systems and thinkers. Such topics as the nature of knowledge, the function of science, esthetic values, the good life, re l igion and knowledge of God, and h uman nature and its social imp l ications are discussed. The course is

designed to introduce to the student the habit of critical and systematic phi losophical th ink ing about al l issues. I I I

221 ETH ICAL THEORY

A study of the major moral systems of Western c iv i l ization. I n tensi ve exam

in ation of some contempo rary moral theories and the pri nci ples of Ch ristian ethi cs. I

233 LOG I C

An exami nation o f t h e pr inci p les o f argument and proof, i n c l u d i n g t h e funda

mentals of deductive, inductive, and symbo l ic logic. Study of the n atu re and

functions o f language, of problems in semantics, and of the phi losophy

of log ic . I I

324 SOC IAL P H I LOSOPHY

An examination o f the ph i losophica l issues associ ated with the various types of h uman i n teraction . Su bjects discussed i nc lude the nature of man , the nature

of the good l i fe , eth ical theories, and the p h i l osophical foundations and problems of po l i t ica l . legal, economic and other SOCial i nst itut ions. I I

331 H ELLEN I C P H I LOSOPHY

A study of the natu re and development of ph i losophic thought and method i n the Greek and Roman world from the P resocratic period to the end of the th i rd century A. D. Special emphasis is g i ven to the ph i loso ph ies of P lato and A ristotle. I

332 CHR ISTIAN PHI LOSOPHY I N THE M I DDLE AGES

A su rvey of the deve lopment of ph i losophy from Augusti ne to Ockham. Scrut iny of the sources and nature of the Thomistic synthesis, and the reac tion to i t in the work of Duns Scotus and Wi l l iam Ockham. I

333 RATIONALISM AND THE ENLIGHTEN MENT

The nature and development of p h i l osophic thought and method from the seventeenth through the eighteenth centu ries. Particu lar emph asis is placed on the ph i losophical systems of Descartes, Spinoza, Lei bniz , Locke, Berkeley, H u me and Kent. I I

334 N I N ETEENTH CENTURY THOUG HT-THE AGE OF I D EOLOGY

A study of ni neteenth century ph i losophy with attention to the deve lopment o f such recent ideo log ies as ideal ism, posi t iv ism, l i beral ism, di alectical mate

rial ism, and existent ial ism. Prominent t h i n kers dealt with i n c l ude Hege l , Schopen hauer, N ietzsche, Marx, Kierkegaard, M i l l and James. Time is spent i n read i n g and discussion of selected classic works o f the period. I I

335 CONTEMPORARY P H I LOSOPHY A systematic examinat ion of the major ph i losophi cal issues and methods in the twentieth century. Top ics treated may i nc l ude empiricism, in strumental ism, process phi losophy, existential ism, and analysis, as developed by Ayer, R ussel l , Dewey, Whi tehead, Sartre, and Wi ttgenstein. I I

361 O R I ENTAL THOUGHT An i n t rod uction to the major phi losophic systems of Ind ia , China, and Japan. Some attention is also paid to the closely related l i terature, rel ig ion , and

general cu l ture o f the Orient. Offered on occasion d u ring the in teri m.

I

I

4111 PH I LOSOPHY OF RELIGION

An exam i nation and evaluation of class ical and contemporary views of tradi

tional problems i,n re l ig ion : the existence o f God, rel i gious experience, revela

t ion , immortal i ty and others. An acquaintance with the p ri n cipal tenets and

the wo rld view of the Ch ristian re l ig ion is assumed. I I I

4 1 4 K I ERKEGAARD A N D EXISTENTIALISM

An intensive study of the thoughts, wr i ti ngs, and l i fe of one of the modern world 's most in fl uential theologians and p h i loso phers . Some d iscussion of later developments i n ph i losoph ical existent ia l ism. I a/y 1 97 1 -72

422 THEO RY OF VA LUE

An investigation of the nature o f h u man values with special attention given to contemporary d iscuss ions concern ing the subjective or objective, abso l ute

or relative character of such values as the good and the right, the beautifu l ,

and the ho ly. The or ig in of val ues, thei r p lace in a wor ld of fact, man 's knowledge of them, and the character and use of the language of evaluation are topics for consideration. O ffered on occasion during the in ter im.

424 PH I LOSOPHY OF SCIENCE AND THEORY O F KNOWLEDGE

A major portion of the course is devoted to a careful examination of the genera l character, fundamental concepts, methods, and sign ifi cance o f modern scien ce. Some attention is devoted to specific areas of sCience-physical , biological , soc ia l , to the impl ications of science for ethical , esthet ic , and

re l igiOUS values, and to a more general d iscussion of the nature and l i mi ts of h u man knowledge. I a/y 1 970-71

427 BOOKS, ID EAS AND MEN : SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY A read ing and d iscussi on course cond ucted by one o r more facul ty members.

Designed to provide the student with the opportunity to read i m portant selected works in p h i losophy, to hear and reflect on d i fferent interpretations

of the ideas i nvolved, and to partici pate actively in analysis and argument. Works studied may be on any of a number of announced topi cs-ethics, esthetics, re l ig ion , knowledge, sCience, h is tory of ideas, etc. Offered on occasion d u ring the i n teri m .

491 , 492 IN D EPENDENT READ ING A N D RESEARCH ( V. - V2) Permission of department req u i red. I I I

Interim courses offered i n 1 970:

308 SOCRATIC PARADOXES A N D THE GREEK M I N D

3 1 6 M A N A N D H IS VALUES IN CLASSICAL A N D RENAI SSANCE THOUGHT (TOUR, GREECE AND ITALY)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Dr. Olson, Director, Mr. Broeker, Mr. Carlson, Mr. Hoseth, Mr. Lundgaard,

Miss Officer, Mrs. Phillips; assisted by Mr. Benson, Mrs. LeRoy, Mr. Seaman, Mr. Souza, Mrs. Sterling, Mrs. Templin

The School of Physical Education seeks to ( 1 ) provide students with an under

standing of the role of physical activity as an essential element of modern l iving, (2) encou rage a self-evaluation of p resent and potential physical fi tness needs

and status, (3) provide opportun ities for the acquisit ion of sk i l ls and knowledge i n

a variety of leisure-time physical activities, (4) provide an outlet for deve lopment and maintenance of personal functional fitness, and (5) to prepare prospective leaders for the professi ons of Physical Education, Health, Recreation and Ath letics.

The School of Physical Education offers programs (1) for students planning teaching careers in elementary or secondary physical education and health, (2) fo r students planning to coach interscholastic athletics, (3) for students plann i ng careers i n recreat ion , physical therapy and corrective therapy and (4) for stu

dents who simply des i re to pursue physical education as an avocation. Students are encou raged to comp lete the g raduation req u i rement in physical

education (4 one-quarter cou rses) d u ring the freshmen and sophomore years. E ight one-q uarter activity courses may be counted toward g raduation. Students are encouraged to elect a variety of act VI lies at appropri ate ski l l levels (beginner, i n termediate and advanced) .

Most physical edu cation acti vities are offered on a co-ed ucational basis.

BACHELOR OF ARTIS IN EDUCATION major requirements are l isted below. Candidates for this degree must also meet special requ i rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.

Senior High School Preparation:

Physical Education Major: 1 1 cou rses

Teaching Major : 1 1 cou rses

1 . S ix requ i red cou rses: PE 277, Scienti f ic Foundations of Physical Education; two professional activities courses; PE 481 , Physiological Basis for Motor Performance; PE 482, Biomechanics of H u man Motion ; and either PE 322, Physical Education for the Elementary School; or, PE 328, C u rr icu lum Development and Ad min istration .

2. Th ree courses e lected from among cou rses numbered 300-400 offered in

the School o f Physical Educat ion.

3. Bio logy 1 61 (Human Anatomy) and Bio logy 1 62 (Human Physio logy).

4 . Participation in at least one intercol legiate or extramural sport.

5. One activity e lective (V4 c o u rse) in Aquatics.

Junior High School Preparation

Teach ing Major : 7 cou rses Required: The six cou rses req ui red for the senior h igh major plus one elective

from among physical education courses nu mbered 300-400.

Teaching Minor : Fou r cou rses are required : PE 277, Scienti fic Foundations of

Physical Education; PE 286 Professional Activities-Gymnastics and Dance; P E 284 or 288, P rofessional Activit ies-Team Sports; and PE 482, Bio mechanics of Human Motion, or, PE 481 , Physiological Basis for Motor Performance.

Elementary School Preparation

Teach i ng Major: S ix courses are req u i red : PE 277, Scientif ic Foundations of Physical Education ; PE 322, Physical Education for the Elementary School; PE 286, P rofessional Activities-Gymnastics and Dance; PE 284 o r 288, Professional Activ it ies-Team Sports; and two courses selected from among the physical education courses nu mbered 300-400.

Teaching Minor : The fol lowing courses are requ i red : PE 277, Foundations of

Physical Educat ion ; PE 322, Physical Education for the Elementary School ; PE 286, Professional Activities-Gymnastics and Dance; and, PE 284 or 288,

P rofessional Activit ies-Team Sports.

Special Secondary Programs

Athletic Coaching Minor :

The req ui rements for the Ath let ic Coac h ing Minor inc lude:

1 . Three req u i red cou rses:

PE 277, Scientif ic Foundations of Physical Education; PE 482, Biomechanics of Human Motion ; P E 481 , Physiological Basis for Motor

Perfo rmance; and

2 . Two elective "one-half" courses from among the fol lowing : PE 371 , Coach ing Theory - Footbal l ; PE 370 , Coaching Theory - Basket

bal l ; PE 372, Coaching Theory - Track and Field ; PE 373, Coaching Theory Basebal l ; PE 374, Coach ing Theory - Wrestl i ng ; PE 361 , Coaching Practicum; and

3 . Participation i n at least one i ntercol leg iate o r extramu ral sport.

Health Minor :

The following courses are req u i red: PE 295, School Heal th ; PE 324, Personal Health ; PE 326, Communi ty Health ;

Bio logy 16 1 , Human Anatomy; Biology 1 62, Human Physiology.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES PROGRAM

The physical education g raduation requi rement may be satisfied by successfu l ly

complet ing (A) Physical Education 1 00 - Orientation to Physical Education , and (B) three addit ional activity courses (one-q uarter courses).

1 00 ORI ENTATION TO PHYSI CAL EDUCATION (V. ) Designed to in form students of the need fo r a functional and personallydesigned p rogram of physical activity. Attempts are made to assess physical condition and sk i l ls and to recommend speci f ic programs for mai ntaing and improving physical health . Should be taken as a f reshman. I "

•

200-260 PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES Each activity cou rse is V4 course credit . U n less specif ical ly designated ( M-Men

or W-Women) each course is avai lable to men and women. Classes meet twice

wee kly. Three electives f rom the subsequent l is t are req ui red for g rad uat ion .

200-229 I N DIVI DUAL AND DUAL ACTIVIT IES ( V4 )

201 (Beg i n n i ng Gol f), 202 ( I ntermed iate and Advanced Golf) , 203 (Archery),

204 (Bow l i ng) , 205 (Beg i n n i ng Badmi nton and Ten n is ) , 206 ( I ntermed iate and

Advanced Badmi nton and Ten n i s) , 207 (Gymnasti cs) , 208 (Ski i ng) , 2 1 0W (Sl imnast ics) , 222M (Hand bal l , Squash and Paddlebal l ) , 223W )Squash and Paddle

bal l ) , 227M (Weight Trai n i ng) , 228 (Bas i c M ountai nee r ing) , 229 (Equitati on) .

230-239 AQUATICS ( V4 )

230 (Beg inn ing Swim m ing), 231 (Intermediate Swimming) , 232 (Advanced Swimming) , 234 (Sen i o r Life Savi ng) , 235 (Water Safety I nstruct ion) , 236 (SynCh ronized Swimming) , 237 (Skin and Scuba Divi ng) .

240-249 RHYTHMS ( V4 )

240 (Folk and Social Dance), 241 (Modern Dance).

250-259 ATH LETIC GAMES (V4 ) 251' (Vo l leyball and F ie ld Hoc key-W), 252 (Basketba l l and Softball-W), 253

(Speed bal l and Vol leybal l -M) , 254, Basketball and Softbal l -M) .

PROFESSIONAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM

277 SC IENT IFIC FOUNDATIONS OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The a ims and objectives of modern p hysical education , the relationsh ip of

physical education to educatio n , and the biological , socio logical, psychologi cal and mechan i ca l p r i nc i p les under ly ing physical education and athletics. I

284 PROFESSIONAL ACT IVITIES, TEA M SPORTS FOR MEN Practical experiences i n p lan n i n g , teac h i ng, and eval uat ing the fol lowi ng activities : basketbal l , volleyba l l , soccer, speedbal l , trac k and field, wrest l i ng ,

touch footbal l , softbal l . a/y I I

285 P ROFESSIONAL ACTI VITI ES, I N D I VI DUAL AND DUAL SPORTS

Practical experiences in p lan n ing , teach ing , and evaluating the fol lowing activities : tennis, badminton, archery, gol f and bowling. I

286 PROFESS IONAL ACTIVITIES, GYMNASTICS AND DANCE

Practical experiences in p lann ing , teaching and evaluati ng gymnastics and dance. "

288 PROFESSIONAL ACTIVIT I ES, TEA M SPORTS FOR WOMEN Practical experiences in plan n i ng , teach ing and evaluat ing the fol lowing

activit ies: basketba l l , f ie ld hockey, soccer, speedbal l , vol leybal l , softbal l , and

track and f ield. a/y "

292 F IRST A I D ( V2 )

This course meets the requ i rements for the American Red Cross Standard

and Advanced Cards. a/y I

295 SCHOOL H EALTH (V2 ) Presentation and d iscuss ion o f health concepts that relate to the total school

health program, including instruction, services, and environment. Designed

to ident i fy the relationshi p between health and al l levels of education . Requi rement for students en rolled in the teacher education curri c u l u m . I I I

322 PHYSICAL EDUCATION I N THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (V2 - 1 ) The organization and ad m i nistration o f a developmental physical education

program for g rades K - 6. A large repertoire of activit ies are presented. Seq uen

t ial and progressive prog ramming is emphasized. Prereq u isite: PE 277 . I

324 PERSONAL HEALTH Em phasis on ,the practical appl ication of personal health knowledge to daily

l iving and a ,foundation for understanding the "why" of health behavior. a/y I I

326 C O M M U N I,TY HEALTH

A study of the organizations associated with publ ic health and thei r i m p l ica

tions to the health problems i n a commun i ty.

328 CURRICULUM DEVELOPM ENT AND ADM I N I STRATI ON Prob lems related to organ ization and adm i n istration of school (grades 7 - 1 2) physical education and ath letics. Pr inci ples of c u rr icu lum development and

implementation are emphasized. Prereq u is i te : PE 277. a/y I I

330 RECREATI ONAL LEADERSHIP

A course designed to develop ski l ls in organizing, supervis ing, and ad minister ing recreation programs for the school or community. I

362 RHYTH MS AND DANCE Inc ludes the h istorical background, estab l ishment and conduct of a dance

prog ram , teaching tech n ique and accompan i ment, plan n i ng and presentation of various dances. Em phasis on modern dance tech n iques. a/y I

360, 361 PRACTICUM IN TEACH I NG AND COAC H I NG (V2 , V2 ) I nvolves student-assistant coach i n g teach ing experiences in planning and

cond ucting intercollegiate athletics and physical education instruction. Stu

dents wi l l work under d i rect s upervision of the head coach or physical educa

tion instructor. Prerequ isite: Departmental approval, one course professional activities. I I I

370-375 COAC H I NG TH EORY-(Each theory cou rse V2 credit)

A study of the techniques, systems, tra in i ng methods, strategy and psychology

of coach ing . Each theory cou rse carries V2 course c red it . 370 (Coac h i ng

Theory-Basketbal l ) , 371 (Coac h i ng Theory-Footba l l ) , 372 (Coaching Theory

Track and Field) , 373 (Coac h i ng Theory-Basebal l ) , 374 (Coac h i ng Theory

Wrest l ing) . I U

391 , 392 CORRECTIVE THERAPY (1 , 1 )

A corrective therapy c l i n i cal tra in ing program inc lud ing lecture, laboratory,

experiences and c l i n i cal pract i ces. P rerequisite: Departmental approval. ( Maxi

mum e n rol l ment-5) . I I I

I

I

I

I

I

I

480 H I STORY AND PHI LOSOPHY OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION

The deve lopment of physical education from ancient cu l tures through modern times. In terpretation and app l ication of histor ical , ph i losophical , and psy

cholog ical bases of physical education. Special attention to p resent trends

in physical edu cati on . Prereq u isite: PE 277. aly I I

481 PHYSIOLOGICAL BASI S F O R MOTOR PERFOR MANCE I n c ludes an investigation of the scientific basis for training and the physiologica l effects of exercise on the human body. Preventive and therapeutic aspects

of athletic i n j u ries are presented. Prereq u isite: PE 277. Also recommended :

Bi ology 1 62. I

482 B IOMECHAN ICS OF H U MAN MOTION

A study o f the ki nesiological and mechan ica l aspects of human movement. Analys is of various physical education and athletic activit ies are made. Prerequ is i te : PE 277. Also recom mended : B io logy 161 . I I

597 G RADUATE RESEARCH ( '12 - 1 ) Open to graduate students whose minor is in the f ie ld of physica l educat ion ; with approval of department chai rman. I I I S

Interim courses offered - 1 970: 31 1 COMMUNITY HEALTH R ESOURCES

497 I ND EPENDENT STUDY-INTERN PROGRAMS

a. Therapeutic Recreation I n ternsh i p

b . Recreation In ternsh ip

c. Co rrective Therapy Internsh ip

d . O rientation to Therapy Programs

PHYSICS

Mr. Nomes, Chairman, Mr. Adams, Mr. Jacobs, Mr. Tang

Physics is the fundamental natural science because i t deals with the basi c

features of the world such as energy, t ime, space, motion, matter, and charge. Some of these features can be found in every event occurr ing in nature and al l

science i nterprets i ts observations i n terms of them. Modern physics i s a part of the phi losoph ica l revo lu t ion that is slowly permeating our cu l tu re , a cu l ture

that is resh aping the relationsh i p between man and the un ive rse that su rrounds h im .

The beg i nn i ng courses i n physics are a contri but ing par t o f the liberal arts

emphasis of the Co l lege of Arts and Sciences. They emphasize the basic concepts of science in order to g ive a greater apprec iation of the nature and behavior of space and matter in wh ich h u man beings are total ly im mersed. These courses have a p rerequ i site of on ly h igh school algebra.

Courses in physics are designed to meet the needs of a variety of students: (1) those desi r ing to meet the u n i versity science req u i rement; (2) those desiring to support majors i n mathematics, chemistry and biology; (3) those in the 3-2

engineering prog ram (see page 47) ; (4) those preparing for careers in teac h i n g ; and (5) those majoring i n physics. Students with a major in physics may choose

to do graduate study in physics, astronomy, astrophysics, appl ied mathematics, chemical physics, biophysics, oceanography, geophysics, and al l branches of

engi neeri ng. A maj or in physics fu l fi l l i ng the BACHELOR O F SCIENCE degree consists of ten

courses inc lud ing Basic Concepts (Physics 1 01 ) , General Physics (Physics 253-

254), C i rcu i ts and Instrumentation (Physics 272) , Electromagnetic Theory (Physics

33 1 ) , Mechan ics (Physics 336), Introduction to Quantum Mechan ics (Physics 401 ) .

Advanced Modern Physics (Physics 406), Mathematical Physics (Physics 456)

and one course in advanced laboratory and / o r research. Physics majors (B.S.) are requ i red to take two courses i n chemistry i n c l ud ing one course i n physical chem istry (Chemistry 341 ) .

Partici pat ion in o n e o f the ongoing research projects is encou raged . When a

student shows the ab i l i ty to profit from independent research he may be invited to partici pate. Students in th is program are not req u i red to fu l f i l l the regu lar laboratory requirements, and wil l earn the same number of academic credits.

The courses for a B.S. major i n physics w i l l normally be taken in the seq uence

shown below:

RECOMMENDED PHYSICS COU RSE SCHEDULE FOR B.S. DEGREE

Freshman Year

1 st semester Basic Concepts (Phy. 1 0 1 )

Math. 1 5 1 _ ____ _

Sophomore Year

1 st semester General Physics (Phy. 254)

Math. 231 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

Junior Year

1 st semeste r

Electromagnetic Theory

Course

_ _ 1

_ 1

Course 1

_ 1

Course

(Phy. 331 ) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

Math. 351 ___ _ _

Physical Chemistry (Chem 34 1 ) _1

Advanced laboratory (Phy. 321 ) __ _ _ _ ______ _ _ V.

Senior Year

1 st semester Course In tro. to Quantum Mechanics

(Phy. 40 1 ) ____________ __ 1

Advanced lab . (Phy. 421) or Research (Phy. 497) V4

2nd semester Course Genera l Physics (Phy. 253) __ __ 1

Math. 1 52 _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ 1

2nd semester Course Ci rcuits and Instrumentation

(Phy. 272) _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

Math . 332 _ __ _ _ ___ _ __ 1

2nd semester Course

Mechan ics (Phy. 336) _ _ _ _ 1

Advanced laboratory (Phy. 322) __ _ _ v.

2nd semester Course

Advanced Modern Physics

(Phy. 406) _

Mathematical Physics (Phy. 456) _________ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ 1

Advanced lab. (Phy. 422) or

Research (Phy. 498) _ _ _ '14

•

•

The p rogram for engineers in the 3-2 program (see page 48) wi l l norma lly follow the program for B .S. physics majors through the jun ior year. Any courses necessary to meet special req u i rements of certain engineering schools wi l l be offered as i n dependent study.

A major in physics fulf i l l i ng the BAC HELOR OF ARTS degree consists of a min i mum of 7V2 courses inc lud ing V2 course i n advanced laboratory and/or researc h . T h e cou rses for a B.A. major i n physics w i l l norm ally b e taken in t h e sequence shown below:

RECOMMENDED PHYSICS COURSE SCHEDULE FOR B.A. DEGREE

Freshman Year

1 st semester Basic Concepts (Phy. 1 0 1 ) Math. 1 33 __ _ _

Course . 1

_ _ _ _ 1 Sophomore Year

1 st semester Course .... 1 Modern Physics (Phy. 2 1 1 )

Math . 1 52 Junior Year

1 st semester Gen eral Physics (Phy. 254) Math. 332 _ _ _____ _

Senior Year

_ _ 1

Course _ _ _ 1

1 st semester Course E & M (Phy. 331 ) _ _ _ _ _ ____ 1 Advanced lab. (Phy. 321 )_ _ _ '/4

2nd semester Course Discovery Physics (Phy. 1 02) _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 Math . 1 5 1 ____ ______ _ ____ 1

2nd semester Course General Physics (Phy. 253) _ _ _ __ 1 Math. 231 ___ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1

2nd semester Course Circui ts and Instrumentation

(Phy. 272) _ _ _

2nd semester Course Mech anics (Phy. 336) __ _ ____ 1 Advanced lab. (Phy. 322) __ __ Yo

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION major requirements are l isted below. Candid ates for this degree must also meet specia l requirements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.

The Department of Physics offers a special course sequence for students p reparing for careers in teaching. It is recog n i zed that the needs of physics and science teachers have become signif icantly d i fferent from those of p hysics majors preparing for graduate stud ies. Students need no extensive prior work in science or mathematics. This program wil l prepare a teacher i n the two related fields of p hysics and mathematics. This combi nation g ives a teacher the best preparation for professional growth and hopefu l l y a l i fe-long career in teaching_ Students may take addit ional upper d ivision courses in physics and mathematics to fu l fi l l the Washi ngton State fifth year req u i rements and may apply these cou rses towards an advanced degree in teac h ing .

Senior High School Preparation: 11 courses Teach ing Major: 7V2 courses Required: Physics 1 01 , 1 02, 21 1 , 253, 254, 272, 321 , 322 and 355. Required supporting courses: One addit ional course in chemistry; Mathematics 151 , 1 52. Addit ion al suggested courses : Physics 331 , 336.


Teach ing Major: 6V2 courses Required: Physics 1 01 , 1 02 , 21 1 , 253, 254, 272, 321 and 322.

CURRICULUM IN PHYSICS FOR TEACHER PREPARATION

Freshman Year

1 st semester

Basic Concepts (Phy. 1 0 1 )

Course

_ _ _ __ 1 Math. 1 33 _ _____ _ _ _ ___ 1

Sophomore Year 1 st semester Course

Modern Physics (Phy. 21 1 ) _ _ _ _ _ 1

Math . 1 52 ______ _ _ 1

Junior Year 1 st semester Course

General P hysics (Phy. 254) ___ _ _ 1

Senior Year 1 st semester Course

Teach i n g of Phys ics (Phy. 355} _ _ _ _ 1 E & M (Phy. 331 ) _ 1 Advanced lab . Phy. 321 } Y4

1 0 1 BASIC CONC EPTS O F PHYS ICS

2nd semester Cou rse Discovery Phys ics (Phy. 1 02} ______ 1

Math. 1 51 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1

2nd semester

General Physics (Phy. 253)

2nd semester

C i rc u its and I nstrumentation

(Phy. 272) ___ _ _ ______ _

2nd semester

Mechanics (Phy. 336} _ _ _

Advanced lab . (Phy. 322)

Cou rse

1

Course

Course

1

Y4

A cou rse i l l ustrati ng the i n te l lectual i m portance and excitement o f physics

for both non-scien ce majors and aspiring physi c ists. The cou rse wil l deal

with character o f physical laws; relationship between physics and other fields;

conservation princi ples, mathematical p h i l osophy; atomic pictu re of nature;

concepts of relativity, and of quantum mechanics. The mate rial w i l l be

descri bed i n general terms; no mathematics other than elementary algebra

w i l l be used. No laboratory. Prereq u i si te : None.

1 02 D I SCOVERY PHYSICS

This is a labo ratory-orientated cou rse fo r non-majors. A se lection of experi

ments i n mechanics, heat, sound, e lectr ic ity, o ptics and modern physics w i l l

be performed. These expe riments are designed t o emphasize fundamental

principles which are d iscussed i n the lecture period prior to the laboratory.

Each student i s expected to formulate h i s own conclusi ons from the data

obtained in the laboratory. These conclus ions are then discussed i n the

rec itat ion period. Prerequ isite: Physics 1 0 1 .

2 1 1 DESC R I PT IVE MODERN PHYSICS A cou rse i n elementary modern physics. I n tended pr imari ly for the h igh school teacher prog rams, but designed a lso for biology, chemistry and

geology maj o rs who want to know more about atom ic and n uclear physics,

Topics i n c l ude rad iation laws, rad iation effects on l iving organ ism s, natural

and arti f icial radioactivity, structure of sol ids, Bohr and Rutherford theory of the atom, X-rays, gamma rays, beta emission, a lpha emissio n , e l ementary part ic les, cosmic rays, part icle accelerators, lasers, em ission and absorption

spectra. I ncludes laboratory. Prereq uis i te : Col lege a lgebra and Physics 1 0 1

a n d 1 02 o r equivalent.

I

253, 254 GEN ERA L PHYSICS ( 1 , 1 ) A course p resenting a un i fied view of physics, inc lud ing topics i n mechanics, molecular physics, wave motion, l ight , electromagnetism . The use of the digita l computer wi l l be taught concu rrent ly and used in the lectu re and the accompanying laboratory. Prereq u isite : Calculus 1 51 or consent of i nstructor.

272 ELECTRICAL CIRC U ITS AND I NSTRU M ENTATION An i n troducti on to electronic devices and the i r app l ication starting with basic A-C and D-C circuit analysis. It i nc l udes the p hysics of transistors and vacuum tubes and the an alysis of ci rcuits contain ing these devices. App lications include A-C and D-C amp l i fiers, power supp l ies, analog and dig ital comp uters. Inc lud es laboratory. Prereq u isite: Physics 253, 254 or consent of i nstructor.

331 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY This is a course i n electrostatics, d ipole fields, fields in die lectric materials, electromagnetic in duction, magnetic properties of matter, gene ration and p ropagation of electromagnetic waves with an emphasis on the re lat ionship with physical opt ics. Corequ is ite: Math. 332. Prerequ is ite: Physics 253, 254.

336 MECHANICS A study of the fundamental pr incip les of mechanics, emphasizes the mathematical fo rmulation of physical problems, motion of particles in one, two or th ree d i mensions, motions of systems of particles, dynamics and statics of rig id bodies, moving coordi nate systems, Lagrange's equations and Hami l tonian formu lation of mechanics. Prereq u isite: Concu rrent registration in Math . 332.

321 , 322 ADVANCED LABORATORY (V4 - 'h ) A course demonstrating funda mental pr inc ip les of physics by experi mental tech n iq ues. Students perform experi ments in modern and classical physics fam i l iar iz ing themselves with the modern meas u ring tools of the scient ist . Th is course requires knowledge of the use of the d ig i tal computer.

355 TEAC H I N G OF PHYSICS A course for the study of new deve lopments i n h igh school and j u n i o r high school curricu l u m , teaching tec hniques and teaching media i n the physical sciences. May be counted towards a degree on ly for students receiving certif i cat ion as teachers.

382 RAD I O I SOTOPE TECH N OLOGY This course deals with the characteristics of nuclear radiation detection and measu rement methods and equipment, theory of n uclear d is i ntegrations and appl ication to p roblems in physics and chemistry. Prerequ isite: Physics 1 02 or equivalent.

401 I NTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM MECHAN ICS A study of the fundamental p rinc ip les of quantum mechanics inc lud ing the origin of qu antum theory, particles and waves, Schriidin ger equation , motion of partic les i n one d imension , uncertainty pr inc ip le , wave mechan ica l treatment of the harmonic osci l lator, properties of wave functions, perturbation theory of non -degenerate and degene rate systems, the excl usion pr inci ple,

many electron systems, col l ision problems, angular momentum and electron spin , Zeeman effect and Stark effect, hydrogen f ine structure and hype rfi ne

structure, and quantum n umber and the periodic table.

406 ADVANCED MODE RN PHYSICS

A study of the appli cation of q uantum mechan ics inc lud ing X-ray spectra, molecular binding, molecu lar rotation and v ibrati on , speci f ic heat o f a d iatomi c gas, specific heat of sol ids, the free-electron theory of metals, the band theory of solids, nuc lear reactions, rad ioactivi ty, nuclear models, n uclear forces, neutron product ion and nuc lear fission, part ic le accel'erators and

nuc lear reactors, h igh energy physi cs, strong and weak interactions, pions, muons, leptons and hadrons.

421 , 422 ADVANCED LABORATORY (V, - V2 )

456 MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS

A study of bou ndary va lue prob lems, spec ial functions, matrices and tensors,

probab l i l ity theory, eigenva lue prob lems, complex variables, contour integration and the i r applications in physics.

491 , 492 IN DEPEN DENT STUDY (V. - 1 )

B y consent o f chai rman of department.

497, 498 RESEARCH (V, - 1)

By consent of chai rman of department.

597, 598 GRADUATE RESEARCH (V. - 1) Open to master's degree candidates on ly .


301 MATH EMATICS FOR SCI ENTI STS

303 H U MANIT IES OF SCIENCE (CHEM ISTRY/ MATHEMATICS/ PHYSI CS)

304 ACOUSTICS OF MUSIC ( M USIC/ PHYSI CS)

3 1 9 APPL ICATIONS OF RAD IOISOTOPES (CHEMISTRY/ PHYSICS)

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Mr. Farmer, Chairman, Mr. Culver, Mr. Lowe, Mr. Mork, Mr. Ulbricht; assisted by Mr. Bricker, Mr. Eriksson and Mr. Wiegman

The study of pol it ical science trains the student for the exercise of his r ights and d uties as a citizen by g iv ing h im a better understanding of our democ ratic

pol it ical processes and of confl ict ing pol it ical systems. A BACHELOR OF ARTS major in pol it ical science shall consist of a min imum of

7 courses inc lud ing Pol i ti cal Science 1 01 , 251 , 325, and 326. Students majoring in pol it ical science must have the i r registration approved by

the chai rman of the department each semester. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAT I ON maj o r req u i rements are listed below. Can

didates for this degree must also meet special requ i rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.

I

I

Senior High School Preparation: 1 1 courses (in the Social Sciences)

Teach ing Major: 7 courses ( in Polit ical Science) Required: Pol i t ical Science 1 01 , 251 , 33 1 , plus four addi tional elective courses. Suggested supporting courses: Econom ics 1 50 ; Geography 1 01 ; History 25 1 ,

252, 253, 351 : Psychology 1 01 ; Sociology 1 0 1 .

Students wishing to prepare themselves specifical ly for career possibi l i t ies i n state and local government may enro l l i n the URBAN AFFA I RS PROGRAM. For certi fication, successful complet ion of the fol lowing courses is req u i red : Polit ical Science 1 0 1 , 251 , 325, 326, 354 or 356, 457 and 458; Economics 1 50 and 362; and Sociology 1 01 and 325.

Pol i tical Science 1 01 is the p rerequis i te for a l l other cou rses in the department.

101 INTRODUCTION TO POL ITICAL SCIENCE This course deals with the scope and method and the vocabu lary of pol it ical science, pol it ical behavior, and governmental organization. I t is also designed to introduce the student to problems of polit ical theory and to fam i l iarize h i m with t h e comparative method of studying pol i tical institutions.

251 AMERICAN NATI ONAL GOVERN M ENT A study of the American national government inc lud ing the federal constitution and the di stribut ion of govern mental powers. Survey of structure and procedure of national government with spec ial attention to practical operation and contemporary reforms. I I I

325 HISTORY O F POL IT ICAL THOUGHT This course traces the development of thought concern ing the nature and role of the state from ancient to modern ti mes. I

326 RECENT POLIT ICAL THOUGHT A cr itical exami n ation of the major ph i losophies of the modern world; Democracy, conservatism, capita l ism, socialism, anarcho-syndicalism, communism, racia l and pol it ical el it ism, national ism, l iberal ism, Ch ristian i ty. Contemporary problems. I I

331' INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS This i n troductory course deals with the scope and methods, concepts, and the vocabulary of in ternational re lat ions. Su rvey of the foreign policy of the maj or world powers and contemporary i n ternati onal problems. I

336 I NTERNATIONAL ORGANI ZATION AND LAW A study of the Un i ted' Nations and its agencies, and other international organizations which attempt to deal effectively with the problems of the world commu nity. The nature, historical devel opment, and princ ip les of i n ternat ional law. I I

354 AMERICAN STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNM ENT A com parative study of state and local government in the United States with special attention to the Paci f ic Northwest area. I I a/y 1 970-71

356 PROBLEMS IN LOCAL GOVERNMENT A detai led study of the problems created by urbanization and regional growth and the attempts of government to solve them. II a/y 1 971 -72

361 AME R I CAN POLITICAL PARTIES

Party history and organizations; nomi nations and elections; campaigns and

conventions; e lectoral problems and admin istrat ion; bossism i n l ocal polit ics;

pressure g roups; platforms. I aly 1 9 70-71

364 THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS A study of the theory, organ izat ion, and proce d u re of legislative bodies in the

United States with special attention to the contemporary Congress and Wash

in gton state legislature . I I aly 1 970-71

434 GOVERN MENT AND BUSINESS See Economics 434.

451 AMER ICAN CONSTITUTIONAL H I STORY See History 45 1 .

454 AMER ICAN CONSTITUTIONAL LAW

An exami nation of signi ficant constitut ional issues in the l i gh t of the con

temporary interpretations of the Constitution of the Uni ted States: Church

state re lations, c iv i l r ights, tree speech, due process of 'law, rea pportionment. I I

457 PR INCI PLES O F PUBLIC A D M I N ISTRATION The art and science of management appl ied to the affai rs of state; nature of

human behavior i n organ izations; admin istrative law and q uasi-j ud icial pract ices; civi l se rvice; budget and fiscal contro l ; centralizatio n ; coordi nat i o n ; i n tegration i n admin ist rative areas. I

458 I NTERNSH I P IN PUBLIC ADMIN I STRATION

An i nternship with a department of local or state government p lanned and supe rvised jo int ly by the supervising government off icial and a faculty

member of the Department of Political Science. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. I I I

464 INTERN S H I P I N THE LEG ISLATIVE PROCJ;SS

An internsh ip with a member of the Wash i ngton State Leg islature planned and supervised jo int ly by the legislator and a pol i t ical science faculty member. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. I I aly 1 970-71

481 STATISTICAL METHODS See Economics 481 .

483 POLIT ICAL SYSTEMS OF THE BRITISH COM MONWEALTH A comparative analysis of contemporary governmental and political inst itutions o f the Un i ted Kingdom. Canada and, other states of the Br i ti sh Commonwealth. I aly 1 97 1 -72

484 SOVI E'i POLITICAL SYSTEM An analysis of the pol i t ical system of the Un ion of Soviet Socialist Republ ics with speC ia l attention to ideology. the role of the Communist Party, the nature of the consti tut ion. adm inistrative agencies. and nati onality policy. II, aly 1971 -72

497, 498 INDEPENDENT R EA D I N G A N D RESEARCH ( '/4 - 1 )

Prerequisite: Consent of chai rman of department. I I I

597, 598 GRADUATE R ESEARCH ( V. - 1 ) I n di vidual research project f o r a n M . A . candi date with a m i n o r i n p o l i t ical

science. Prereq u i s i te : Consent of department. I I I

Interim courses offered in 1·970:

282 C O M P ARATIVE GOVE R N M ENT

310 POL I T I CA L LIFE I N WASHI NGTON, D . C.

31 1 URBAN A N D R E G I O N A L PLA N N I N G

3 1 2 U N IT E D NATIONS S E M I N A R

PSYCHOLOGY

Mr. Bexton, Chairman, Mr. Adachi, Mr. Holmberg, Mr. Nolph,

Mr. Severtson; assisted by Mr. Berlness, Mr. Minetti and Mrs. Webster

Cou rses i n t h i s department a i m at prov i d i n g the student with an unde rsta n d

i ng at psychology as a scient i t ic s t u d y of behav i o r and expe rience. The m a j o r

provi des a backgro u n d preparation for a professional career i n psychology o r

f o r a related vocation.

Professional careers i n psychol ogy i n c l u d e : c o l lege ,teac h i ng, research, c l i n i c a l

psycho logy. e m p l oyment i n pu b l i c s c h o o l systems, busi ness, i n dustry and gov

ernment agencies. These careers usually req u i re at least the Master's degree;

some req u i re the P h . D . degree. I n p reparation for this g raduate work the student

s h o u l d take support ing courses i n areas such as bio logy. mathematics, p h i los

ophy and sociology. Proficiency should also be acq u i red in a m o dern lang uage

s u c h as French or German.

Related vocat i o ns i n which a psycho logy maj o r is useful are: social work, the

m i n istry, parish work, med i ci n e , n u rs i n g , business a d m i n istration and teach i n g .

A m a j o r i n psychology w i l l i n c l u d e : PSychology 101 a n d 243, preferably i n

Ihe freshman year; o n e o t 340 or 4 1 0 ; Psychology 460 ; o n e o f 330, 335, 420 o r

421 ; Psychology 4 9 0 ; a n d two additional f u l l cou rses taken from those offered

below the 500 level ; a course in Statistical Methods is also req u i red. Psychology

1 1 0 and 221 may not be c o u nted i n the major.

All majors m u st have thei r p rog rams app roved each semester by t h e de

partment.

Maj o rs in the Department of Psychol ogy will write a com p rehensive exam

i nat ion d u ring the first semester of their seni o r year. Readi n g or other work

d u ri n g the senior year i nte rim w i l l be d i rected toward making u p for any defi ci

enc ies and in p reparation for a com prehensive examination during the final

semester.

1 0 1 I N T R O D U C T I O N TO P S Y C H O LOGY

A general i n t rod uction to the scient i f i c study of behav i o r. Topics covered

w i l l i n c l u d e scientif ic methods for studying the behavi or of l i v i n g o rganisms,

p ro b l ems such as m otivat ion, learn i ng, emotion , i ntel l i gence, personal ity

and adjustment. I " S

1 1 0 'STUDY SKILLS (V2 )

Designed to assist the student to i m prove h is reading ski l ls and deve lop

other techniques for more effective study. Class work is supplemented by

ind iv idua l counse l ing and special train i ng i n readi ng sk i l ls . No prerequis i te.

I I I

221 THE PSYCHOLOGY O F ADJUSTMENT (V2 )

The problems of personal adjustment i n everyday l iv ing. Prerequis ite :

Psychology 1 0 1 . I I I

243 SCI ENTIF IC METHODS ( V2 - 1 ) Basic experi mental and, research design with speci fic appl ications t o sensory

and perceptual processes. Lecture and laboratory sessions. Prerequ i site:

Psychology 1 0 1 .

330 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY

A study of research f indings concern ing the i nteraction between groups and

the indiv idual . Attitudes, val ues, role behavior , and related topics wi l l be

examined i n the l i ght of i nterpersonal relat ions and g roup processes. Pre

requ isite: Psychology 101 .

335 THE CHI LDHOOD AND ADOLESCENCE

The development of the i ndiv idual f rom conception through adolescence

with emphasis on the genesis of behav ior and its development th rough

factors such as learn ing and social in fluence. Prerequisite: Psychology 1 0 1 .

340 T H E B I OLOGY O F BEHAVIOR (V2 - 1 ) A study of the re lat ionsh i p between anatomy and physiology and behavi or.

Lecture and laboratory sessions. (Lecture part may be taken as a halfcou rse.) Prerequisite: Psychol ogy 243.

401 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF IN FANCY ( V2 )

An advanced study of the physical , intel lectual , emot ional and social devel

opment of the i ndiv idua l from pre-natal period up to adolescence. Special

attent ion wi l l be given to problems of behavior and adjustment. Prerequis i te :

Two or m o re courses in psychology beyond' 1 01 .

405 ADOLESCENT PSYC HOLOGY (V»

An advanced course dea l ing with physical deve lopment, mental traits, soc i al

characterist ics and in terests of adolescents. Adjustments in home, school

and commun ity. Prereq uisite : Psychology 1 01 and one of Education 32 1 , Psychology 335 o r 401 .

4 1 0 EMOTION AND MOTIVATION (V2 - 1 ) The general characteristics of emotion and motivat ion and thei r role in

determi n i ng behavior. Lecture and laboratory sessions. (Lecture part may

be taken as a half-course) . Prerequ is ite: Psychology 101 and 243.

420 PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY

A survey of the app roaches to the study of personal i ty, current theories of

the dynamics and the development of personal ity, research on the causes

of individual d i fferences in personal ity, personal i ty change and techn iques

of measuring pe rsonal i ty. Prerequisites: Psychology 1 01 and at least one

ful l cou rse in psychology beyond the 200 level .

I

I

I

, I

421 BE HAVIOR D ISORDERS

A study 01 the etiology and treatment of behavior disorders. Prerequ isi te : Psychology 420 or consent of department.

450 PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST ING

A su rvey of the f ield o f standardized tests. Emphasis wi l l be given to methods of development, stan dardization, the l im i tat ions, and in terpretations of

tests. Prerequ is i tes : Psychology 243 or a cou rse in stati stics, and two courses

in psychology beyond the 200 leve l .

460 THE EXPE R I M E NTAL PSYCHOLOGY O F LEAR N I N G

Experi mental studies a n d theor ies o f learn i n g . Lecture and laboratory sessions. Prerequ i site: At least th ree fu l l courses in psychology i nc lud ing 243.

481 STAT ISTICAL METHODS The use and in terpretation of e lementary statistical tech n iques; g raph i c repre

sentat ion ; measu res of central tendency; s i m ple corre lation analysis, sampling theory, i n ferent ia l and non-parametr ic statist ics.

490 H I STORY AND SYSTEMS IN PSYCHOLOGY A sem i nar in the h i stori cal development of psychology with special consider

ation of cu rrent trends. For majors in thei r f inal year or g raduate students. Others by consent of department on ly.

491 I N D E P E N D ENT STUDY (1/4 - Y2 ) These c redits are designed to provide the senior or g raduate student with an opportu nity to carry out, under supervision, a reading program o r research project of special i n te rest. Pre requisite: Consent of the department. I "

492 See 491 .

493 See 491 .

515 PSYCHOLO G I CAL ASSESSMENT The theory and p ractice 01 intel lectual and personality assessment. For the

former part , tests such as the Stanfo rd-B inet , the Wechsler Preschool and Pr i mary Scale of I n te l l igence, the Wechs ler I nte l l igence Scale for Chi l d re n , a n d t h e Wechsler A d u l t I n te l l i gence Scale wi l l be stud ied; for t h e latter, selfreport. tests such as the MMPI and projective methods. Prereq u is i te : Psychol

ogy 450, and 420 or 421 .

540 COUNSEL ING T H EO RY AN D PRACTICE A course designed to acquaint the student w i th theories and tech n i q ues o f counsel ing . P rerequis i te : Psychology 450.

570 PRACT ICUM IN COUNSE L I N G AND TESTING

Superv ised practice us ing the tech n iques of evaluation and counse l ing . Th is cou rse i s not to be taken as part of the regu lar maste r's progra m wi th a major in psycho logy, un less the student has completed at least e leven courses credits in psychology, four of which a re for graduate credit. Prerequisite: Psychology 450 and 540.

577 SUPERVISED F I ELD WORK The student is placed i n a job s i tuation to work under the supervision of a qua l if ied counselor o r psychologist. Prerequisite: P racticum 570.

590 SEMINAR: PSYCH OLOGY OF LEA R N I N G

A seminar i n pr inci p les a n d appl ications o f learn ing with emphasis o n cu rrent

develop ments. Prerequ is i tes : Three o r more cou rses in psychology above the

200 level , o r perm i ss ion of the department .

596 I N D EPENDENT RESEARCH ( V4 - 1 ) Su pervised i ndependent study to cover i m portant areas of psychology wh ich

are not otherwise provided for . Pre req u i site: Consent of the department.

597 See 596.

599 THESIS AN D THESIS SEM I N AR

The thesis p roblem w i l l be ch osen from the candidate's major area of concentration and m ust be app roved by his Graduate Com m i ttee. The cand idate

wi l l be expected to defend h is thesis in a f inal oral exam in ation conducted by his Committee. W h i l e reg istered for the thesis and unt i l i t is comp leted, the student is requ i red to attend the thesis sem inar . I 1 '1 S


301 DEVELOPMENT O F READ I N G SKI LLS

305 SEMI NAR IN CURRENT DEVELOPM ENTS IN PSYC H O LOGY

310 I N VO LVEMENT I N A THERAPEUTIC COMMUNITY (EDUCATION/ PSYCHOLOGY)

314 THE C U LTURE OF POVERTY (PSYCHOLOG Y/SOCIO LOGY)

316 BLACK C U LTURE (PSYCHOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY)

319 I N DEPEND ENT STU D I ES

RELIGION

Mr. Eklund, Chairman, Mr. Christopherson, Mr. Govig, Mr. Knutson,

Mr. Petersen; assisted by Father Matthew, Mr. Reeck

The department offers a cu rriculum designed to i n troduce the student to the

phenomena of re l ig ion with part icular emphasis upon the Judaeo-Ch ristian traditions. Study of rel ig ion is part of the General Un iversity Requirements. Two courses are req u i red for g rad uation for students enter ing as freshmen or sophomores. Rel ig ion 1 03 or 203 shall be taken before the end o f the sophomore year. The second course may be the other lower-d iv is ion cou rse, an upper d iv ision course, or the senior seminar. T ransfer students entering as jun iors or sen iors are req u i red to take one course. Re l ig ion 1 03 or 203 (or equ ivalents for transfer

students) are the assumed p reparation fo r all other courses in re l ig ion . Major : 6 courses. Maj o rs should plan the i r program early with fac u l ty m embers

of the department. Closely related courses taught in other departments may be considered to apply toward the major in consultation with the staff.

1 03 JUDAEO-CHR I STIAN L I FE AND THOUGHT A study of B i b l i ca l , h i stor ical , and theological foundations with reference to

contemporary re l ig ious issues.

203 B I BLICAL LITERATURE

A study of l i terary, ,h istorica l , and re l i gious d i mensions of the S i ble i n c l u d ing

perspective on contempo rary rel igiou s problems.

325 C H R ISTIAN E D U CA T I O N

T h e o l o g i c a l , psyc h o l og i c a l a n d p h i :oso p h i c al foundations fo r the ed ucati onal

m i n istry of the C h u rc h , and to meet the needs of students who wish to relate

the stu dy of rel ig ion to the d i s c i p l i n es of psychology and education. Pre

req u i s i t e : Psychology 1 0 1 .

327 ANC I ENT C H U R C H H I STORY

T h e orig ins, t h o u g h t a n d expansion of the C h ristian C h u r c h , rise of the

Papacy, expansion i n Eu rope and g rowth of C h ristian i nvolvement in cu ltu re,

to the e n d of t h e Papacy of G regory I (604). I a/y 1 9 7 1 -72

328 M O D E R N C H U R C H H I STORY

Be g i n n i n g with the Peace of Wes tphal ia ( 1 648), i n teraction of the C h ri s t i an

faith with modern pol i t ics , science and phi losophy, expansion i n the world,

modern movements .

331 W O R L D R E L I G I O N S

Hi story, beliefs a n d practices o f l i v i n g rel igi ons o f the world : H i n d u i s m ,

B u d d h i s m , C h i nese rel i gi o n , J udaism, Is lam , w i t h references t o Christ i anity.

Lec t u res, c l ass reports and d i sc u ssions. I

341 A M E R I C A N C H U RC H E S

A s t u d y of the developmen t and trends of Ch risti an i ty i n t h e U n i ted States

of America. I

421 O L D TESTAMENT STU D I ES

Major areas of O l d Testament inqu i ry, such as A rchaeology and the B i ble,

t h e Prophets, or the W i s d om Li terature. Prereq u i s ite : Religion 203 o r its

equivalent.

422 N EW TESTA MENT STU D I ES

Major areas of New Testament inqui ry, such as the I n t e rtestamental, Synoptic,

J o h an n i n e , o r P a u l i n e l i terat u re. Prereq uisit e : Rel ig i on 203 o r i ts equivalent.

423 THE L I F E OF J ESUS

A study of the four gospels w i th e m p h asis u pon the l i fe and teac h i ngs o f Jesus

and w i th a considerat ion o f the l i terary and h i storical aspects o f t h ese writ ings.

430 C H R I ST I AN T H O U G HT A N D T H E MODERN C O N S C I O USNESS

A c o n sideration of peren nial theological pro blems such as man, fai th , world,

h i story, God , C h rist, S p i ri t , C h u rch, with a focus upon contemporary theology

and its responses to recent un derstandings of man and his worl d .

432 C H R ISTIAN C LA S S I C S

Read i n g s and d i scussion of g reat Ch ristian l i teratu re-devo t i on , b i og raphy, the

ology, poetry; Augustine, Thomas a Kem p i s , Dan te, Luther, C a l v i n , Pas c a l , Wes

ley, Kierkegaard, and others; g ro u p core p l u s seminar reports. I I a/y 1 970-71

436 C H R I ST I A N I TY A N D THE ARTS

An i n vestigation of the rel a t i o ns h i p between theology and contemporary

t rends in literat u re and the f ine arts.

490 SEN I OR SEMINAR

A variety of subjects such as human sexual ity, science and re l ig ion , l i terature

and re l ig ion are taught by the department of re l i g ion together with other

departments and schools of the Un iversity.

491 , 492 IN DEPEN DENT STUDY

Permission of the department is req u i red .


306 CHRISTIAN ITY AND THE ARTS

309 MAN : RELIG IOUS AND HUMAN

310 SECULARIZATION AND CHR ISTIAN THOUGHT

31 1 THE C HURCH'S URBAN POTENTIAL

312 THE ECUMENICAL MOVEMIONT

Reserve Officer Training Corps Program (Air Force) (Aerospace Studies)

Mr. Phillips, Mr. Hunter, Mr. Eliason

Students e n ro l led at Pac i f ic Lutheran University who have been selected for the A i r Force ROTC Two-Year Commiss ion Program, and transferees qual i f i ed

for entry i n to the Ai r Force ROTC P rofessional Officers Course may enro l l in A i r Force ROTC Aerospace Studies cou rses a t t h e Unive rs i ty of Puget Sound. Appl i

cat ions for th is program are normal ly accepted from sophomore students d uring

the Fal l Semester preceding the expected date of entry into the Professional Offi

cers Course. Selection for the course is on a competitive best-qual i fied basis .

Purpose The pu rpose of the A i r Force ROTC-Aerospace Studies Prog ram is to select and

educate young col lege men as future officers of the U . S. Ai r Force. The p rogram

p repares potential career officers for m i l i tary service i n the U . S. Air Force. Successful comp letion of th i s program leads to a commission as a second l ieutenant

in the U . S. Ai r Force upon g rad uation from Pacific Lutheran Un iversity.

Curriculum 1 ) The curricu lum is d iv ided i nto two courses : The s i x-week Field Train i ng Course,

and the Professional Officers Course. The s ix-week Fie ld Tra i n i ng Course is

conducted d u ring the summer on ly at an A i r Force Base. The Profess ional

Officers Course is a study of subjects related to development of aerospace

power, management of A i r Force resources, and m i l itary service. Classes are conducted four hours per week each semester of the junior and senior years

on the campus of the Unive rs i ty of Puget Sound, Tacoma, Wash i ngton. Successful complet ion of the s ix-week Field Train i ng Course is a prereq u isite to enro l lment i n the P rofess ional Off icers Course.

2) Two-year commission ing program a. Summer before j u n i o r year :

AS 325 Six-Week F ie ld Tra in ing ___________ ____________ _ __ 1 cou rse

b. J u n i o r year (Professional Officers Course) :

AS 330 Growth and Development of Aerospace Power _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ 1 course

AS 335 G rowth and Development of Aerospace Power cou rse

Senior year (Professi onal Officers Course ) :

A S 430 A i r Force Leaders h i p a n d ManagemenL .

AS 435 Air Force Leadership and Manage ment _

Admissions and Procedures

_______ 1 cou rse

__ ___ _ ____ _ _ _ 1 course

1 ) Each student accepted i n to the Professional Officers Course must:

a. Have satisfactori l y completed the prereq u i site f ie ld trai n i n g or general

m i l i tary courses.

b. Have two acade m i c years rem a i n i ng of either undergraduate or graduate

study.

c. Successful l y complete A i r Force officer qual i f ications testing and medical

eval u ation.

d. Have a graduation date prior to reaching 26'12 years of age if qualified for

f l i g h t trai n i n g or 30 years of age if qual i f ied fo r other than f l i ght tra i n i ng .

e. En list in t h e A i r Force Reserve and agree to attend and faithfu l l y pursue

the prescribed co u rse of i n struction .

2) Students accepted in to the Professi onal Officers Course receive $50.00 each

month in non-taxable subsistence a l l owance for the two yea rs of their trai ning.

3) Students are furnished uniforms a n d textbooks for Aerospace Studies Courses.

4) A free f l ight instruction program is avai lable for students qual ified for pi lot

trai n i n g . This training may lead to FAA private pi lot certification.

5) Add i tional i n formation about the A i r Force ROTC-Aerospace Studies program

may be obtained by writing the Professor of Aerospace Studies, University of

Puget Sou n d , Tacoma, Wash i ngton 984 1 6.

Course Descriptions 325 F I ELD TRA I N I N G ( S U M M E R O N LY) ( 1 )

A six week trai n i n g program conducted a t a n A i r Force Base. Course i n c l udes

A i r Force officer orientat ion, Air Force organization and function, m i l i tary

trai n i n g, and flying i ndoctrinat ion. T h i s course is a prereq u isite fo r entry i n to

Professional Officer Courses (300 and 400 series).

330, 335 G R OWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF AEROSPACE POWER ( 1 , 1 )

A survey course concerning the development of airpower, e m p loyment

concepts of ai rpower, and the future of manned ai rcraft. Course i n c ludes

the study of astronautics, space operations, and operating pr inCi ples and

characteristics of space ve hi cles. Course also inclu des development and

execution of tra i n i n g activities for the cadet corps. (I, I I )

430, 435 A I R FORCE LEADERSH I P A N D MANA G E M ENT (1 , 1 )

A study o f professional ism, leadership and management at the j u n i o r officer

level in the U.S. Air Force. Cadets i n this course plan , organize, direct, and

control the mi l i tary trai n i n g program of the Cadet Corps. I , I I

SOCIOLOGY

Mr. Schiller, Chairman, (and Chairman, Division 01 Social Sciences),

Mr. W. Gilbertson, Mr. Jobst, Mr. Lonborg, Mr. Menzel,

Mr. Oberholtzer; assisted by Mr. Adams, Mr. Green and Mr. Patti

Sociology studies the development, organization and behavior of human groups. I t seeks to understand and explain the uniformities and processes of social behavior and the nature and relationsh i p of groups and inst i tutions; to help students understand thei r own and other cultures; to stimu late cr i t ical and constructive attitudes toward soc ia l change; and to provide a sound basis for intel l igent c i tizensh ip .

A major i n the Department of Sociology provides background for activities i n t h e following fields: ( 1 ) advanced research a n d teach i ng in sociology; ( 2 ) soc ial work, welfare admin istration, nursing, commun ity organization and comm unity p lann ing ; (3) the ministry, parish work and related re ligious activities; (4) the teaching of social studies; (5) cr iminology, probation and parole, corrections, min ority relations, international relationsh ips, pub l ic admin istration, law and group leadersh ip ; (6) and other fields concerned with pl ural relationsh ips.

The Department of Sociology houses courses constituti ng the social work sequence. I t holds constituent membership in the Counci l on Social Work Education which ind i cates approval of the program. Students plann ing to follow the social work program should consult with one of the social workers on the staff of the Department of Sociology. The social work program is described more fu l ly on another page of the catalog.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION major requirements are l is ted below. Cand idates for this degree must also meet special requi rements described in the School of Education section in this catalog.


Teaching Major: 1 1 courses Required: Socio logy 1 0 1 , 445, 490, and fou r electives in Sociology; and four cou rses distributed over three areas of the other social sciences.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR:

Major: A min imum of 7 courses, in cluding Sociology 1 0 1 , 461 and 490. The remain ing 4 courses should be chosen i n consultation with the department. Courses in anthropology and social work, though housed in the Department of Sociology, do not count toward a major in sociology.

Normal ly Sociology 1 0 1 is a prerequisite for all sociology courses. Courses are open to chal lenge by examination.

101 SOCIAL ISSUES Th rough an an alysis of several major social issues, students are introduced to the bas ic concepts, scope and meth odology of sociology. A major goal is to help students develop a sociological perspective of social relationsh ips. I /I

275 GROUP BEHAVIOR Study 01 the effects 01 social interaction upon indiv idual behavior; col lective

attitudes and behavior as products 01 group experience; analysis 01 lash ion ,

lads, crowds, mobs, publ ics , social movements; the significance 01 social control in society and the various methods used by individuals and groups to control others. I

325 M I N O R ITIES The h i story, nature and concerns 01 minority g roups i n American society are

examined. Major em phasis is given to the processes 01 interaction between minority-majority groups; analysis 01 population composition and movement

as" i t relates to minority-majority re lationships wi l l also be considered.

338 DEVIANT BEHAVIOR The process 01 deviance and soc ia l control w i l l be exami ned with attent ion being g ive n to specilic lorms 01 youth and adul t behavior such as juvenile del inquency, whi te-col lar crime, d rug addict ion, homosexuality, mental i l lness and abort ion . I I

341 GENERAL ANTHROPO LOGY Elements 01 General Anth ropology, with emphasis on the development 01 man, and his social organizat ion. Comparative study 01 cultures 01 contemporary societies with em phasis on the ir institut ional relationships. Signilicance 01 cultu ral conl igurations on individual personal ity. May not count toward major. I

365 SOCIAL INTERVENTION Various ways in which society may intervene in. resolv ing undesirable social conditions and prob lems are analyzed. Theoretical loundations 01 intervention ph i losophy and processes are examined.

401 SOCIOLOGY OF SOCI A L WELFARE The history 01 how societies have deli ned social and personal needs and have sought so lut ions is presented. Concepts 01 culture and social institu

tions lorm the basis 01 theoretical analysis. A more intensive analysis 01 contempo rary welfare structures is provided.

408 SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE An understand ing and appreciation 01 the prolession 01 social work with in

the g roup 01 helping prolessions and the general l ie ld 01 socia l welfare is provided. The knowledge base, pr inc i ples, methods and values generic to soc ia l work practice w i l l be presented. Special emphasis wi l l be placed upon i nterviewing. Participant observation 01 p roblem-solving structures and

process wi l l be provided. Permission 01 i nst ructor required. May not count

toward major. I I

421 F I ELD EXP E R I EN C E Students are g ive n an opportun i ty t o lunction, w i t h adequate supervision within a n agency or institution . During a st ructural field experience, students w i l l i ntegrate and apply knowledge, theory and understanding Irom content areas in the ir loundation courses and the social welfare seq uence; develop some 01 the techniques and sk i l ls common to practice in the social welfare

f ie ld. Integration of theory and practice wi l l be g uided th rough a weekly seminar. Permission of the instructor required. May not count toward major. I I I

430 T H E COMMUN ITY

Organization and activity of urban and rural society with specific reference to the integration of the i r basic cul tural institutions in meeting the total needs of society; and the process of urban-rural i nterpenetration. I I

445 T H E FAMILY A conceptual analysis of the fami ly as an inst itution. Cross-cultural examination of family l i fe, h istorical treatment of the western fami ly and a contem porary analysis of the American family as a social system in its developmental stages and in its relationship to other i nst itut ions form the matrix of such an an3lysis. I

450 SOC IAL INSTITUTIONS An analysis of the or ig ins and development of major institutions (economic, educational, fami l ia l , pol i t ical and re l ig ious) ; an i n vestigation of institutional change both evolutionary and revolutionary. I I

461 SOCIOLOGICAL THOUGHT The deve lopment of sociological thought from Comte to the present.

481 STATISTICAL METHODS See Psychology 481 .

490 SEMINAR-RESEARCH An introduction to sociological research methods. Types of research and the i r bas ic methodology are examined and i l l ustrated. I I

491 INDEPEN D ENT STUDY Perm ission of department required.

495 READINGS SEMINAR Permission of department required.

590 G RADUATE SEMINAR (During 1 969-70 seminars i n corrections and probation and parole were offered.)

595 G RADUATE READI N G S

597 G RAD UATE RESEARCH SpecifiC research is chosen with the approval of the student's Graduate Committee.

Interim Courses Offered in 1 970:

302 THE H ELP ING SERVICES

314 THE CULTURE OF POVERTY (PSYCHOLOGY/ SOCI O LOGY)

315 INDEP ENDENT STUDY

316 BLACK CULTURE (PSYCHOLOGY/SOCIOLOGY)

3 1 8 INDEPEN DENT STU D I ES IN URBAN POTENTIALS (EDUCATI ON/ SOCIOLOGY)

I

I

The Register

The Board of Regents

EX-OFFICIO: Represents Dr. A. G. Fjellman, 5519 Phinney Avenue N., Seattle, Washington 98103 ____ LCA

Dr. Eugene W. Wiegman, Pacific Lutheran University, Tacoma, Wash. 98447 _PLU

Dr. Clarence Solberg, 2007 Third Ave., Seattle, Washington 9812L __ _ _ _ ALC

TERM EXPIRES 1 970:

Dr. Paul Bondo, 1 1 723 E. Bingham Ave., Tacoma, Washington 98446 _ ___ _ ALC

Mr. Donald E. Cornell, 101 9 E. 9th Street, Port Angeles, Wash. 98362 _ _ - -ALC

Mr. Ronald E. Douglass, 1212 F Street S.E., Auburn, Wash. 98002 ____ LCA

Rev. Frank L. Ericksen, P. O. Box 1 1 0, Issaquah, Wash. 9802L _ __ _ _ ___ ALC

Mr. Carl T. Fynboe, 1 1 023 Gravelly Lake Dr. S.w., Tacoma, Wash. 98499_ Alumni

Rev. David Getzendaner, 2324 Lombard Ave., Everett, Wash. 9820L _ _ _ _ _ LCA

Mrs. J. L. Moilien, 2137 N.E. Schuyler, Portland, Oregon 9721 2 _ .. _ __ __ ALC

Rev. Karl Ufer, P. O. Box 465, Pullman, Washington 99163 _ _ _ _ ____ ALC

Mr. Michael Dederer, 1 008 Western Ave., Seattle Wash. 98104 __ Regent-at-Iarge

TERM EXPIRES 1 971 :

Mrs. Alfred Aus, 500 S.W. Fifth Ave., Portland, Oregon 97204 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Alumni

Rev. Theodore P. Brueckner, 10390 S.W. Canyon Road,

Beaverton, Oregon 97005 _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ ____ ___ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ALC

Mr. John R. Bustad, 1 020 Riverside Drive, Mt. Vernon, Wash. 98273 __ __ _ _ LCA

Mr. Chester Hansen, 125 Niemi Road, Longview, Washington 98632 __ _ ALC

Rev. Glen Husby, 202 Brooks Street, Missoula, Montana 59801 ALC

Dr. Eric Paulson, S. 3712 Gandy, Spokane, Washington 99203 _ ___ __ ALC

Mr. Conrad Peterson, 31 1 0 Olympic Blvd. West, Tacoma, Wash. 98466 _ __ _ LCA

Mr. Gerald E. Schimke, 2247 Prescott Ave. S.W., Seattle, Wash. 98126 _ _ _ ALC

Mr. Norman Lorentzsen, 675 I vy Falls Court, SI. Paul, Minn. 551 1 8 Regent-at-Iarge

TERM EXPIRES 1 972:

Mr. Thomas W. Anderson, 7525 Hegra Road, Tacoma, Wash. 98465

Dr. Carl Bennett, 31 15 W. Canal Drive, Kennewick, Wash. 99336 ___ ____ ALC

Dr. Kenneth Erickson, 1 975 Potter, Eugene, Oregon 97403 __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ LCA

Mr. Galven Irby, 6025 N.E. Garfield Ave., Portland, Oregon 9721 L _ _ALC

Mr. Melvin Knudson, 6928-10Oth SI. S.w., Tacoma, Wash. 98499 _ __ . _ _ _ _ ALC

Mr. Victor Knutzen, 2649 South 304th, Federal Way, Wash. 98002 _ _ ___ Alumni

Rev. Philip Natwick, 1857 Potter, Eugene, Oregon 97403 __ _ ____ _ _ _ ALC

Mr. John Nelson, 2227 West Raye St., Seattle, Wash. 98199 __ _____ _ _ _ LCA

Rev. E. Duane Tollefson, 1501 Jefferson, Wenatchee, Wash. 9880L ___ ALC

Mr. Howard O. Scott, 1 1 61 1 Woodbine Lane, S.W.

Tacoma, Wash. 98499 ___ __ _ __ ____________ _ _ Regent-at-Iarge

Faculty Representative to the Board: C. E. Huber; Alternate-Wm. P. Giddings

Student Representative to the Board: Barney Petersen; Alternate-Bruce Bjerke

ADVISORY: CHAIRMAN, COMMITIEE ON HI GHER EDUCATION

Rev. P. Ivar Pihl, 435 N.W. 21st, Corvallis, Oregon 97330 __ _ __ __ _ _ _ LCA

Rev. Lloyd Roholt, 3910 Lake Road, Milwaukie, Oregon 97222 _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ALC

American Lutheran Church General

Church Officials

Dr. Fredrik A. Schiotz, President, 422 S. Fifth St., Min neapol is , Minn. 554 1 5 Rev. David W . Preus, Vice-President, 422 S . Fifth St., Minn eapolis, M inn . 554 1 5 M r. N . Burdette Nelson, Treasurer, 422 S . Fi fth St., Mi nneapol is , Minn. 554 1 5 Mr. Arnold Mickelson, Secretary, 422 S. Fifth St., Minneap ol is , Minn . 5541 5

North Pacific District Dr. Clarence Solberg, President, 2007 Third Avenue, Seattle, Wash. 98 1 21 Rev. Judson L. Crary, Admi nistrative Assistant,

2007 Third Avenue, Seattle, Washington 981 21 Dr. L. V. R i eke, Church Counc i l Representative,

5525 60th Avenue N.E., Seattle, Washington 981 05

Board of College Education Mr. Charles Bruning, 1 009 W. Fourth, Morris, Minn . Rev. Marcus Gravdal , 2525 S. Main, S ioux Fal ls , S. Oak. Dr. Leonard Haas, 1 23 Roosevelt Ave., Eau C la i re , Wis. Rev. Harold B. Ki ldahl, 51 5 Walders St., Minot, N . D . Rev. Roald A. Kindem, 9 1 8 Garf ie ld , Albert Lea , Minn . Mr . Paul C. Larsen, 813 2nd Ave. W. , Di ckinson, N. D . Rev. John N. Parbst, 3741 1 7th Ave. S., Minneapol is, Minn . Mr . Edward A. Sagebiel , Segu in , Tex. Rev. Erling H. Wold, 723 Reeves Dr., Grand Forks, N. D.

Lutheran Church in America, Pacific Northwest Synod Dr. A. G. Fjel l man, President, 551 9 Phi nney Ave. No .. Seattle, Wash. 98103 M r. Gordon J. Storaasl i , Assistant to the P resident,

5519 Phinney Ave. No., Seattle, Wash. 98103 The Pacif ic Northwest Synod of the Lutheran Church in America has accepted

Pacific Lutheran Un iversity as one of the i nsti tutions of h igher education which it end orses and supports. The Synod has representation on the University's Board of Regents, but does not share ownersh ip of the institution.

Representing Boards of College Education Rev. C l ifford M. Johnson, Acting D i rector, Board of

College Education, The American Lutheran Ch urch Dr. Louis T. Almen, Executive Secretary, Board of Col lege

Education and Chu rch Vocations, Lutheran Church in America

Alumni Board

President, Dr. M. Roy Schwarz '58, Seattle, Wash ington ( 1 9 7 1 ) Vice President, D r. J . Raymond Tobiason, J r. '51 , Puyal lup , Wash ington ( 1 9 7 1 )

Secretary-Treasurer and Director o f Alumni Relations, J o n B . Olson '62, Tacoma, Wash ington (Ex-off icio).

TERM EXPI RES SEPT., 1 970 Duane Berentson '51

Bur l ington, Wash i ngton Luci le Larson '56

Tacoma, Wash i ngton Robert E . Ross '54

Tacoma, Washi ngton Malcolm L. Soine '52

Tacoma, !Was h i ngton

Rev. Edgar Larson '57 Corval l is , Oregon

Suzie Nelson '55 Tacoma, Washi ngton

TERM EXPI R ES SEPT., 1 972 Jerry Dodgen '64

Colfax, Washington Chuck Geldaker '53

West L inn, Oregon Curtis Hovland '57

TERM EXPIRES SEPT . . 1 971 Seattle, Washington Rev. P h i l i p Falk '50 Mrs. Betty Ke ith '53

Reardan, Wash i ngton Seattle, Washington Rev. Robert Ke l ler '55 Dr. Roy Vi rak '52

Olym pia , Wash ington Tacoma, Washington

REPR ESENTAT IVES TO THE U N I VERSITY BOARD OF REG ENTS

Carl T. Fynboe '49 , Taco ma, Wash ington (1 970) Esther Aus '32, Portland, Oregon ( 1971 )

Victor F. Knutzen '36, Federal Way, Washington (1 972) M E M BER-AT-LARG E

Wil fred E . Utzinger '54 , S a n Anselmo, Cal i fornia President, Golden Gate Chapter (1 970)

Ex Offic io J i m Hushagen '70

Senior Class President Robert N istad '53

Seattle, Washi ngton Past President (1 970)

Administrative and Other Officers - 1 969-70

President _ _ _ _ _________ __ _ ___ ___ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Eugene W. Wiegman Admin istrative AssistanL _ __ ___ _ __ _ _____ _ _ _ Luci l le G. G i roux

Office of the Provost

Provost _ _ __ _ _____ ___ _ __ _______ _ _____ _ __ _ _ Vacant Adm i n istrative Assistant _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ Sue C. Pokela

Dean of Graduate and Summer Studies__ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ Ri chard D. Moe Dean of the Col lege of Arts and Sciences _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Charles D. Anderson

Cha i rman, Division of H umanities _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Paul M . Reigstad Chairman, Division of N atural Sciences _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ Wil l iam P. Giddings Chairman, Division of Social Sciences ____ _____ Johannes A. Schiller

Dean of the School of Busi ness Admin istration _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ Gundar J . King Dean of the School of Education ____ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ Kenneth A. Johnston

Teacher Placement D i rector __ _ ____ __ ___ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Arne K. Pederson Director, School of Fine Arts __ _ ___ __ _ _ _ ___ . . _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ Richard D. Moe

•

Director, School of Nursing __ _ ___ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ____ _ Doris G. Stucke

Director, School of Physical Education _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ David M . Olson

D i rector of Admissions _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ___ _ _ _ ____ ____ James Van Beek

Assistant D i rector of Admissions and

Financial Aids Officer __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Ronald C. Coltom

Assistant Di rector of Admissions . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . . __ _ _ _ _ Mark E. Andersen

Admissions Counselor _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ . Albert Perry

D i rector of B roadcast Services and

Instructional Materials Production _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J udd C. Doughty

Librarian _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ ____ _ __ _ _ _ __ Frank H. Haley

Reference Librarian _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Miri am Beckman

Registrar_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____________ _ _ Charles T. Nelson Assistant Registrar _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Loleta G . Espeseth

Business Administration

Vice P resident-Business and Finance _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ ___ _ A. Dean Buchanan

Controller _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ Betty Gjurash

Business Manager_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ Howard L. Vedel l P lant Manager _ _ _ _ ___ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ James B. Ph i l l ips Manager of the Bookstore __ .. _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ . .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Doris M cCarty

D i rector of Food Service_ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ Edith Dougherty

Assistant D irector of Food Service _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ Mary Hegtvedt

D i rector of Data Processing__ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .. . Dwight Zu lauf

Operations Manager_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ ____ _ _ ___ _ Norman Nesting

Development

Vice President for DevelopmenL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ __ Clayton B. Peterson Associate in Deve lopmenL _ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ Arthur O. Pedersen

University Relations

Vice President-University Relations _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ M i lton L. Nesvig

Director of Alumni Relations _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ .. _ . Jon B. Olson

News Bureau Chief _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _

Photographer _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _

Student Personnel Service

_ _ James L. Peterson

Kenneth Dunmire

Vice President-Student Affairs _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ Daniel R. Leasure Dean of Men _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . Ph i l ip E. Beal

Assistant Dean of Men _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ B. Lance H u rt

Dean of Women __ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ __ _____ _ _ _ __ Margaret D. Wickstrom Assistant Dean of Women _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Mary Lee Webb

Director of Counsel ing and Testing Service __ ______ _ _ _ . Sei ichi Adachi D i rector of Housing _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Leighland Johnson

D i rector of University Cente r _ _ . _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Marvin Swenson Psychometris'-_____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ Gary Minetti

Act ing D i rector, Health Services _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _______ ______ Paul Bondo, M.D. Chief N u rse __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ __ _ _ ___ __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Gladys Bergum

Student Congregation

Unive rsity Chaplain _ ___ ______ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ . Donald W. Taylor

Associate Pastor __ _ _ ____________ ___ _ ____ ___ _ _________ Morris V. Dalton I

Faculty· - 1 969-70

EUGENE W. WIEGMAN, 1 969-President

B.S., Concord ia Col lege, River Forest, I I I . , 1953 ; M .S., Ed.D. , Un iversity of Kansas, 1 956, 1 962.

KEITH ACHEPOHL, 1 969-Artist-in-Residence, Assistant Professor of Art

B.A., ,Knox Col lege, 1 956; M.F.A., Un iversity of Iowa, 1 960.

SE I ICH I ADACHI , 1 967-Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education, Director of Counseling and

Testing Service

B/A. , Jamestown Col lege, 1 946; B.D., McCormick Seminary, 1 951 ; M.A. , Ed.D.,

Teachers Col lege, Columbia University, 1 957, 1 960.

HARRY S. ADAMS, 1 947-51 , 1 962-Associate Professor of Physics

B .S., M.S. , Kansas State U n i versity, 1 945, 1947; Ph.D. , Un iversity of M i nnesota, 1 962.

E LVIN MART I N AKRE, 1 937-

Associate Professor 01 History

B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moorhead, M inn .) . 1 928; M.A . . Un iversity of Washing

ton, 1 94 1 ; f u rther graduate study, University of Washi ngton, U n i versity of Oslo, Exeter Col lege , Oxford University.

BONNIE M. ANDERSEN, 1 968-Instructor in Nursing

B.S.N. , Pacif i c Lutheran University, 1 966; M.N. , University of Washington , 1 968.

CHARLES DEAN ANDERSON, 1 959-Professor of Chemistry, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences.

B.A., St. O laf College, 1 952; A.M. , Ph.D. , Harvard U n i versity, 1 954, 1 959.

GEORGE EVANS ARBAUGH, 1 959-Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Augustana College (Rock Island), 1 955; M.A. , Ph.D. , U n i versity of Iowa, 1 958, 1 959.

R I CHARD E . ARNOLD, 1 968-Assistant Professor 01 Speech

B.A., Unive rsity of Washi ngton , 1 956 ; M.A. , Tufts U n iversity, 1 966 ; further study, Columbia University, Un ion Theological Seminary.

tKENNETH EDWARD BATKER, 1 966-Assistant Professor of Mathematics

B.A., Wartburg Col lege, 1 957; M.A., Un iversity of Colorado, 1 961 ; further g raduate study, U n iversity of Oregon and University o f Colorado.

fOn leave, 1969-70.

DAN I E L R. BATY, 1 968-Instructor in Business Administration (Accounting & Business Law)

B.A. , University of Washington, 1965; J .D. , Harvard University, 1 968; C.P.A. , State of Washington.

P H I L I P E. BEAL, 1 968-Assistant Professor of Education, Dean of Men A.B. , Cornel l University, 1 957; M.A., Northwestern University, 1 961 ; Ph .D . , Un iversity of Oregon, 1 965.

PAUL F. BENTON, 1969-Assistant Professor of English

B.A., Whi tworth Col lege, 1 965 ; graduate study Pri nceton University.

W. HAROLD BEXTON, 1 965-Professor of Psychology

B.A. , Mc Master University, 1 935 ; M.A., Un iversity of Saskatchewan, 1 950; Ph .D . , McGi l l University, 1 953.

G RACE E LEANOR B LOMQUIST, 1 939-Associate Professor of English

B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moorhead, Minn.) , 1934; M.A., Syracuse University, 1 939; further graduate study, Un iversity of Minnesota, Goethe Un iversity.

GLENN L. BLUBAUGH, 1 969-Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages (German) B.A., Washington State Un iversity, 1 953 ; M.A., University of Connecticut, 1 963.

RANDOLPH F. BOHANNON, 1 969-Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., St. Olaf Col lege, 1 965; Ph.D. , Purdue University, 1 969.

HERMAN JOSEPH BROEKER, 1 966-Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Assistant Director of Athletics, Coach of Baseball.

B.A., M.S. , Washi ngton State Un iversity, 1 965, 1 967.

ROY E. CARLSON , 1 962-Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Coach of Football and Wrestling

B.S. , Un iversity of Washington, 1 948; M.S. , Washington State Un iversity, 1 962.

SAM UEL B. B. CARLETON, 1 969-Instructor in Foreign Languages (Greek)

B.A., Un iversity of the South, 1959; M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1 96 1 ; further graduate study, Un iversity of Texas.

D UANE S. CATLETI, 1 968-Assistant Professor of Chemistry

B.A. , Nebraska Wesleyan University, 1 963; Ph .D . , Iowa State U n iversity, 1 967.

KEN N ETH EUGENE CHRISTOPHERSON, 1 958-Assistant Professor of Religion B.A., Augustana College, 1 946; B .Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1 950; graduate study, U niversity 01 Olso, University 01 M innesota.

GARY L. COATS, 1 968-Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Portland State Col lege, 1 963 ; M.A., University 01 New Mexico, 1 965; lurther graduate study, Un iversity 01 New Mexi co.

OOROTHY TOLLEFSON CONE, 1 961-Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N. , M.Ed. , Un iversity 01 Min nesota, 1 956, 1 959.

MARGARET M. COUTU, 1 969-Instructor in Nursing

B.S. , College 01 Great Falls, 1 961 ; M.Ed., Colorado State University, 1 966.

I R ENE O. C R ESO, 1 955-56, 1 968-Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., M.S., Un iversity of Puget Sound, 1 942, 1 947.

MARILYN KAY CROCKETT, 1 969-Instructor in Art

A.B. , Monmouth Col lege, 1 963; M.F.A., University of Chicago, 1967; further

study at University o f I l l inois and Art Institute of Chicago.

KENNETH W. CU BBAGE, 1 968-Associate Professor of Business Administration (Accounting and Finance)

B.B .A. , Un iversity of Washington, 1 952; M.B.A. , Un iversity of Washington, 1 957; D.B.A. , University of Colorado, 1 968 ; C.P.A., State of Washington.

LOWELL WATSON CULVER, 1 964-Associate Professor of Political Science

B.A., San Diego State Col lege, 1 954; M.A., University of California, 1 957; Ph.D. ,

University of Southern California, 1 967.

DAVID P. DAHL, 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Music

B.A., Paci fic Lutheran Un iversity, 1960 ; M,A., University of Was hington, 1 962.

JUDD C. DOUGHTY, 1 962-Assistant Professor of Communication Arts, Director of Broadcast Services and

Instructional Materials Production

B.A., M.A., Paci f ic Lutheran University, 1 955, 1 964.

BEVERLY P. EASTERWOOD, 1 969-Instructor in Nursing

'B.S., Adelphi Un iversity, 1 963.

EMMET E. EKLUND, 1 964-Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., Bethany Col lege, 1 941 ; B.D., Augustana Seminary, 1 945 ; M.A., Universit

of Chicago, 1 958; Ph.D. , Boston University, 1 964.

" GEORGE ROBERT ELWELL, 1 959-Assistant Professor of Art

B.A. , Youngstown University, 1 949; M.A., New York University, 1 955.

" On leave, 1969-70.

MARSHALL B. ENDERBY, 1 969-

Instructor in Economics

B.A., Reed Col lege, 1 967; M.A., University of Washington, 1 969.

DONALD RAYMOND FARMER, 1 955-

Professor of Political Science

B.S. Ed., Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1 944, 1954.

LOUISE S. FAYE, 1 969-

Associate Professor of Foreign Languages (Spanish)

B.A., M.A., Florida State University, 1949, 1951 ; Ph.D., University of North Caro

lina, 1 958.

ROBERT S. FISK, 1968-

Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Unive rsity of Wyoming, 1960; M.S., Unive rsity of Wyoming, 1 962; further

graduate study, University of Arizona.

O M . JOSEPHINE FLETCHER, 1 963-

Assistant Professor of Nursing

B.S.N., North Park College, 1 960; M.S., DePaul Unive rsity, 1963.

ARTHUR GEE, 1968-

Assistant Professor of Biology

B.S., P u rdue University, 1 962; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University, 1 964, 1969.

RONALD W. GENDA, 1 967-

Assistant Professor of Economics, Coordinator, American Economy Program

B.S.Ed., Ball State University, 1 965; M.A., Purdue University, 1 967.

WILLIAM P. G I DDINGS, 1 962-

Professor of Chemistry, Chairman of the Division of Natural Sciences

B.A., DePauw University, 1954; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard Unive rsity, 1 956, 1959.

GORDON O. G I LBERTSON, 1 954-

Associate Professor of Music

B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moorhead, Minn.), 1 937; M.M., No rthwestern Unive rsity,

1 942; further graduate study, University of Colorado, University of Washington.

WILLIAM GILBERTSON, 1 968-

Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of Puget Sound, 1954; M.S.W., University of Washington, 1956.

STEWART D. GOVIG, 1958-60, 1961-

Associate Professor of Religion

B.A., 51. Olaf Col lege, 1948; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary, 1 952; M.Th.,

Pri nceton Theological Semi nary, 1954; Ph.D., New York University, 1 966.

ARNOLD JASPER HAGEN, 1955-

Professor of Education

B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moo rhead, Minn.), 1 931 ; M.Ed., University of Montana,

1 941 ; Ed.D., University of Oregon, 1 955.

o On leave, 1969-70.

JOHN O. HERZOG, 1967-

Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moorhead, Minn.) , 1957; M.A., Ph.D., University of

Nebraska, 1 959, 1963.

WI LLIAM RONALD HEYER, 1 970-

Assistant Professor of Biology B.A., Pacilic Lutheran University, 1 963; M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern Cali

lornia, 1 965, 1 968.

GARY l. HOLMAN, 1 967-

Assistant Professor of Economics B.A., SI. Martin's College, 1 962; M.A., University 01 Washington, 1 965; further

g raduate study, University 01 Washington.

BRANTON K. HOLMBERG, 1 964-

Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., M.Ed., Central Washington State College, 1962, 1 964; lurther g raduate

study, University 01 Idaho.

PAUL E. HOSETH, 1 968-

Instructor irr Physical Education B.A., Concordia College (Moorhead, Minn.), 1966; M.S., South Dakota State Uni

versity, 1967.

CURTIS E. HUB ER, 1 964-

Professor of Philosophy B.A., B.D., Concordia Seminary, 1 950, 1953; M.A., Ph.D., University 01 Wiscon

sin, 1958, 1 962.

LAURENCE D . HU ESTIS, 1 961-

Associate Professor of Chemistry

B.S., Ph.D., University 01 Calilornia, 1956, 1 960.

WILLIAM R. HUTCHEON, J R., 1 967-

Assistant Professor of Business Administration (Marketing & Industrial Management) B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1953; M.B.A., D.B.A., University of Washing

ton, 1 963, 1 969.

CLARENCE G . JACOBS, 1969-

Assistant Professor of Physics B.A., Concordia Col lege (Moorhead, Minn.). 1 964; M.S., University of Minne

sota, 1968; Ph.D., University 01 Iowa, 1 969.

LOIS 'ELAM JACOBSON, 1 966-

Instructor in Nursing B.S., Un iversity of Washington, 1 959; M.S.N'., University 01 Washington, 1 969.

JO ANN JENSEN, 1 967-

Associate Professor of Biology A.B., Pacilic Lutheran University, 1 954; M.A., University of Southern California,

1 957; Ph.D., Iowa State Un iversity, 1961 .

ROBERT J. JENSE N , 1968-

Instructor in Economics

B.A., Dana Col lege, 1 964 ; M.A. , University of Nebraska, 1 967; further graduate study, University of Nebraska.

JOANN A. J EWELL, 1 969-

Instructor in Nursing

B.S.N. , South Dakota State University, 1 967; M.S., University of Cal ifornia, 1968.

R I CHARD J. JOBST, 1 967-

Assistant Professor of Sociology

B.A., University of San Francisco, 1964 ; M.A., University of Cal i fornia, 1 967.

LUCILLE MARGUER ITE JOHNSO N , 1 953-

Associate Professor of English

B.A., Concordia College (Moorhead, Minn . ) , 1 940; M.A. , Washington State University, 1943; Ed.D. (Rhetoric), University ot Montana, 1967.

WILLIAM L. JOHNSON, 1 969-

Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A., Reed College, 1 960; M.A. , Ph .D . , University ot California at Los Angeles,

1 963, 1 964.

KENN ETH A. JOHNSTON, 1 964-

Professor of Education, Dean of the School of Education B.A., Western Washington State Col lege, 1947; M.A. , Stanford Un iversity, 1953 ;

Ed.D. , Washington State University, 1 964.

RICHARD P. JONES , 1 969-

Instructor in English B.A., Harvard, 1 964; M.A., M. F.A., Un iversity of Massachusetts, 1 969.

RONALD D. JORGENSON, 1 968-

Assistant Professor of Education B.A., Gustavus Adolph us College, 1 960; M.Ed. , South Dakota State Un iversity, 1 965; Ed.D. , Ball State Un iversity, 1 968.

THEODORE OSCAR HENRY KARL, 1 940-42, 1948-

Professor of Communication Arts B.A., M .A., G ustavus Adolphus Col lege, 1 934, 1 936; further graduate study, University of Southern Cal i fornia, Stanford University.

DAVID T . KEYES, 1 969-

Instructor in Art B.F.A. , University of Arizona, 1 964 ; M .A. , Oh io State University, 1 966; further study at Arizona State University.

GUNDAR JULIAN K ING, 1 960-

Professor of Business Administration, (Marketing & Industrial Management), Dean of the School of Business Administration B.B .A., University of Oregon, 1 956; M.B.A. , Ph .D . , Stanford University, 1 958, 1 963.

VIVIAN C. K ING, 1 969-

Instructor in Music B.M., Un iversity of Oregon, 1 966; M.M. , University ot Southern California, 1969.

' LARS EVERETT KITTLESON, 1 956-

Assistant Professor of Art

B.S. , Un iversity of Wisconsin in Mi lwau kee, 1 950; M .S., Un iversity of Wiscons in ,

1 951 ; M . F .A. , Un iversity of Southern Cal i fornia , 1 955.

RAYMOND A. KLOPSCH, 1 953-

Associate Professor of English

B.S. , I l l i nois I nstitute of Technol'ogy, 1 949; M.A., Ph .D . , U n i versity of I l l i nois,

1 950, 1 962.

CALV I N H. KNAPP, 1 960-Associate Professor of Music

B.S. , M.S . , Ju i l i iard School of M usic , 1 949, 1 950; graduate study, Columbia

Un iversity, Paci f ic Lutheran Un iversity, U n iversity of Puget Sound, Un iversity

of Washi ngton.

JENS WERNER KNUDSEN, 1 957-Professor of Biology

B .A. , Pacif ic Lutheran U n iversity, 1 952 ; M .S. , Ph .D . , University of Southern

Cal i fornia, 1 954, 1 957.

ANNE EL ISE KNUDSON, 1 946-Associate Professor of English B.A. , Aug ustana Co l lege, 1 928; M .A. , Washington State Un iversity, 1 936; further

g raduate study, Un iversity of Washington, Washington State University, Uni

versity of Ca l i fornia, University of London, B readloaf School of Engl ish.

DAV I D R . KNUTSON, 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Religion

B .A. , Pacif ic Lutheran U n iversity, 1 958; B.D. , Luther Theological Seminary, 1 962;

M .A. , Un iversity of Ch icago Divin ity School, 1 966 ; further study, Un iversity

of Ch icago.

J ERRY D. KRACHT 1 967-68, 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Music

B.M. , M .A. , M .F.A. , U n iversity of I owa, 1 963, 1 965, 1 967; f u rther g raduate study, University of Iowa.

ANTHONY J. LAUER, 1 969-Assistant Professor of Business Administration (Business Law & Industrial Management)

J .D . , Loyola U n iversity, 1 955 ; M .B.A. , Paci f i c Lutheran U n iversity, 1 969.

PENNY Y. LEAKE, 1 969-Instructor in Nursing

B.S.N. , Pacif ic Lutheran University, 1 968.

DAN I EL IR. LEASURE, 1 966-Professor of Education, Vice President - Student Affairs

B .A. , Westmi nste r Col lege , 1 958; M .Ed. , Ed.D. , Pennsylvan ia State Un iversity,

1 960, 1961 .

' On leave, 1969-70.

ANN D. LEE, 1969-

Instructor in Nursing

B .S.N. , Montana State Un iversity, 1 958; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 969.

tHAROLD J. LERAAS, 1 935-42, 1947-

Professor'of Biology

A.B. , Luther Col lege, 1930 ; M.S. , Ph .D . , D.D .S., Ulliversity of Mich igan, 1 932,

1 935, 1 946.

R I CHARD H . LON BORG, 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Sociology B.A. , SI. Martin 's College, 1 964; M.S.W., University of Washington, 1 966.

JOSEPH LOWE, 1 968-

Assistant Professor of Political Science B.S. , Central Mi l i tary Academy, China, 1 938; B.A., Un iversity of Washi ngton,

1 952 ; M.A., U n iversity of Washington, 1953 ; M.L.S., Un iversity of Cal i forn ia, 1 965; further g raduate study, Un iversity of Washi ngton.

B RIAN E . LOWES, 1 968-

Instructor in Geology B.S. , Un iversity of London, 1957; M.S., Queens U n iversity, 1 963; further graduate study, Un iversity of Washington.

GENE CARROLL LUN DGAARD, 1958-

Assistant Professor of Physical Education, Coach of Basketball B.A.Ed., Paci fi c Lutheran Un iversity, 1 951 ; M.S. , University of Washington, 1 964.

JOHN A. MARTI LLA, 1 969-

Associate Professor of Business Administration (Marketing and Industrial Management) B. B.A., Paci fic Lutheran Un iversity, 1 963; M.B.A. , D.B.A. , University of Oregon , 1966, 1 969.

ARTHUR DAVID MARTINSON, 1966-

Assistant Professor of History B.A. , Pac i fic Lutheran University, 1957; M .A. , Ph.D. , Washington State Un iversity, 1 96 1 , 1 966.

MARJORIE MATHERS, 1 964-1966; 1 968-

Assistant Professor of Education B.A., M.A. , Central Washi ngton State College, 1953, 1961 .

KEITH WENDELL McMASTER, 1967-

Assistant Professor of Business Administration (Marketing and Industrial Management) B.B.A., University of Wash ington, 1964; M .B.A., University of Oregon, 1 965.

ROBERT K. MENZEL, 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Sociology, Director of CHOICE (Center for Human Organization in a Changing Environm ent) B.A. , B.D. , Concordia Seminary, 1 94 1 , 1954 ; M.S.T., Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1 963; furthe r grad uate study at Concord ia Semi nary, SI. Louis and Oregon State System of H igher Education.

tOn leave, fall semester, 1969.

I

LAWRENCE J. M EYER, 1 969-

Associate Professor 0/ Music

-- --- ------------j

B.A., Colorado State Col lege, 1 954; M.M. , University of Oregon, 1 955; Ed.D., Colorado State College, 1 964.

R ICHARD D. MOE. 1 965-

Professor 0/ Education, Dean 0/ Graduate and Summer Studies; Director, School

0/ Fine A rts

B.A. , Concord ia Col lege ( Moorhead , M inn .) . 1 951 ; M .Ed., Ed.D., Un iversity of Col orado, 1 953, 1 962.

KATHAR I N E EDBROOKE MONROE, 1 967-

Assistant Professor 0/ Foreign Languages (French)

B.A., London University, 1 932; M.A., Middlebury College, Vermont, French 1 942,

Engl ish 1 951 ; further graduate study, Col umbia University and Ohio State University.

ERLING O. MORK, 1 970-

Assistant Professor 0/ Political Science

B.S. , Wash ington State University, 1 957.

ALICE JAMES NAPJUS, 1 963-

Assistant Professor 0/ Education

B.A" M.A., Univers i ty of Wash ington, 1 956, 1 965.

C HA R LES T. N ELSON, 1 967-

Instructor in Edu cation, Registrar

B.S. , Education, General Beadle State College, S. Dakota, 1 963; M .A., Adams State Col lege, Colorado, 1 964.

B URTON L. N ESSET, 1 967-

Assistant Professor 0/ Chemistry

B.A. , SI. Olaf Col lege, 1 957; M.S., Ph.D. , Purdue Un ive rsity, 1 960, 1 96 2 .

M I LTON LUTHER N ESVIG, 1 947-51 , 1 953-

Assistant Professor 0/ English; Vice President-University Relations

Graduate, Pacific Lutheran University, 1 935; B.A., SI. Olaf Col lege, 1 937 ; Cando Theol . , Luther Theological Seminary, 1 942; M.A., Un iversity of Minnesota, 1 947.

J ESSE D. NOLPH, 1 968-

A ssistant Professor 0/ Psychology

B.A., George Washington Un iversity, 1 964; graduate study, Cornell Un iversity.

ERIC NORDHOLM, 1 955-

Assistant Professor 0/ Communication Arts

B.F.A. , Art I nstitute of Chicago, 1 951 ; graduate study. I n d i ana Un iversity.

PH IL IP AKERSON NORDQU I ST, 1 963-

Associate Professor 0/ History

B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 956; M .A., Ph .D . , University of Washington, 1 960, 1 964.

SHERMAN BER DEEN NORNES, 1 959-61 , 1 965-Associate Professor of Physics

B.A., Concordia College (Moorhead, Minn.) . 1 95 1 ; M.S., University of North Dakota, 1 956; Ph.D., Washington State University, 1 965.

W. DWIGHT OBERH OLTZER, 1 969-Assistant Professor of Sociology

A.B., Wittenberg University, 1 961 ; B.D. , Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 1 965; Ph.D. , Grad uate Theo logical Union, Berkeley, Cal ifornia, 1 969.

SARA A. OFFICER, 1 967-Assistant Professor 0/ Physical Education

B.S., Oregon State University, 1 956; M.S. , Indiana University, 1 965.

ROBERT CARL OLSEN, 1 947-Professor 0/ Chemistry

B.S., Ph .D. , Mich igan State University, 1 931 , 1 936.

DAVID M. OLSON, 1 966-Associate Professor 0/ Physical Education, Director 0/ the School 01 Physical Education and Athletic Director

B.A., Concordia College (Moorhead, Minn. ) , 1956; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1 957 ; Ph .D., University of Iowa, 1 966.

L INDA NELSON OLSON, 1 967-Assistant Professor 01 Nursing

R.N. , B.S.N., M.N. , University of Washington, 1 956, 1 959, 1 964.

FLORENCE A. ORVIK, 1 967-Assistant Professor 0/ Education

B.S., Moorhead State Col lege, 1 953; M.A., Eastern Washington State College, 1 961 .

B U RTON THOMAS OSTENSON, 1 947-Professor 0/ Biology

B.A., Luther College, 1 932; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1 934, 1 947.

ARNE KENN ETH PEDERSON, 1 956-Associate Professor 0/ Education, Director 0/ Teacher Placement

B.A.Ed. , B.Ed., M.A., Pacif ic Lutheran University, 1 949, 1 953, 1 956; further graduate study, University of Washington.

JOHN E . PETERSEN, 1 967-Assistant Prolessor 0/ Religion

B.A., 51. Olaf College, 1 956; B .D. , Luther Seminary, 51. Paul , 1 963; M. A., New York Un iversity, 1 965; further g raduate study, New York University.

CHAR LES ARTHUR PETERSON, 1 959-Associate Professor 01 Business Administration (Accounting and Business Education) B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1 951 ; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1 952; Ph .D . , University of Minnesota, 1 966.

GARY D. PETERSON, 1 967-Instructor in Mathematics

B.S., Iowa State University, 1 960; M.S. , Western Washington State College, 1 967.

WI L MA E. PETERSON, 1 965-

Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S. , Un iversity of Saskatchewan, 1 947; M.S. , Boston University. 1 953.

RODNEY W. PETTY. 1 969-

Assistant Professor of Education

B.S . , M.S., Oregon College of Education, 1955, 1 957; D.Ed. , Un iversity of Oregon, 1 964.

CAROLYN M. P H I LLI PS. 1 968-

Instructor in Physical Education A.B .. Humboldt State College, 1 961 ; M.S. , Un iversity ot Washi ngton, 1 964.

PA U L MATTHEW REIGSTAD , 1 947-48, 1958-

Prolessor 01 English, Chairman of the Division of Humanities B .A. , SI. Olaf Col lege , 1 943; M .A., Ph.D. , University of New Mexico, 1 956. 1 958.

MICKEY R. REVIS, 1 968-

Instructor in Communication Arts B .A . , Aust in State College. 1 965 ; M .A .. Kansas University, 1 966.

PETER JOHN R ISTUBEN. 1 960-66, 1 968-69

Associate Prolessor of History B.A., Concord ia Col lege (Moorhead . Minn . ) . 1 955; M .A .. Un iversity ot South Dakota, 1 957; Ph.D. , University of O klahoma, 1 964.

DAVI D P. ROBBINS. 1 969-

Instructor in Music B.M. , University of Michigan. 1 968.

GEORGE ROSKOS, 1950-

Associate Professor 01 Art B.S. Art Ed., Youngstown University, 1 949; M.A. University ot Iowa, 1 950.

WI LLIAM B. SARE, 1 968-

Instructor in Music B.M .. I nd iana Un iversily, 1 967; M.M. , I ndiana University, 1 969.

JOHAN N ES AUG UST SCHI LLER, 1 958-

Professor of Sociology, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences B.A. , Capital University. 1 945; Cando Theol . , Evangelical Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1947; M.A., University of Kansas, 1 959; Ph.D . . Un iversity of Wash

ington, 1 967.

WALT.ER CHARLES SCHNACKEN BERG, 1942-44, 1 952-

Professor of History Graduale, Pac if ic Lutheran College. 1 937; A.B. , SI. Olaf Col lege. 1 939; A.M., Gonzaga University. 1 947; Ph.D .. Washington Siale University, 1 950.

ERNST C. SCHWIDDER, 1967-

Associate Professor of Art B.A . , M.F .A., Un iversity o f Washington. 1 953, 1 955.

S . ERVING SEVERTSON, 1 966-

Associate Professor of Psychology B.A .. Pac i fi c Lutheran University. 1 955; B.D., Luther Theolog ical Seminary , 1 959;

M.A. , Un iversity of Wyoming. 1960; Ph.D . • University of Utah, 1966.

KENT C. SI MMONDS, 1968-

Assistant Professor of Philosophy

B.A., Lewis and Clark College, 1 961 ; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1 969.

MAURICE H. SKONES, 1 964-

Associate Professor 0/ Music, Director 0/ Choral Music

B.A., Concordia College (Moorhead, Minn.). 1948; M.M.Ed., Montana State Uni

versity, 1957; further graduate study, University of Arizona and University of

Washington.

RUTH M. SORENSON, 1 968-

Instructor in Biology

B.A., University of Colorado, 1 962; M. A., University of Colorado, 1 967; further

graduate study, University of Washington.

' CARL D. SPANGLER, 1 961-62, 1 963-

Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages (French)

A.B., Grove City College, 1 958; M.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1 961 ;

further graduate study, Pennsylvania State University and University of Minnesota.

LYNN S. STEIN, 1 961-

Professor 0/ Education

B.A., North Dakota State Teachers College, 1 937; M.A., University of Montana,

1 952; Ed.D., Montana State University, 1 961 .

' VERNON L. STiNTZI , 1 964-

Assistan/ Professor 0/ Business Administration (Marketing and

Industrial Management)

B.A., Coe College, 1937; M.B.A., Arizona State University, 1964; D.B.A., Uni

versity of Washington, 1970.

DORIS G. STUCKE, 1 967-

Professor 0/ Nursing; Director 0/ the School 0/ Nursing

B.S., American University, D.C., 1949; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1956 ;

Ed.D., Teachers College, COlumbia University, 1967.

RODNEY SWENSON, 1 968-

Associate Professor 0/ Foreign Languages (German)

B.S., Bemidji State College, 1952; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1 956; Ph.D.,

University of Minnesota, 1967.

KWONG-TIN TANG, 1 967-

Associate Professor 0/ Physics

B.S., M.A., University of Washington, 1 958, 1 959; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1 965.

FREDERICK L. TOBIASON, 1 966-

Associate Professor 0/ Chemistry

B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1958; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1 963.

AU DUN TRYGGE TOVEN, 1 967-

Instructor in Foreign Languages (Norwegian)

University of Oslo, 1964; M.A., University of Washington, 1967.

· On leave, 1969-70.

PAUL WOLFGANG ULBRI CHT, 1 967-

Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University 01 Washington, 1 959, 1 960, 1965.

PAUL M. WEBSTER, 1 969-

Instructor in Foreign Languages (German) B.A .• M.A., University 01 Calitornia, 1964, 1 967.

MARGARET D. WICKSTROM, 1951 -

Assistant Professor of Religion, Dean of Women B.A., Augustana College, 1937; M.R.E., The Biblical Seminary ot New York, 195 1 .

JANE WILLIAMSON, 1 964-

Professor of Education B.S. in Ed., Un iversity ot Maryland, 1943; M.A., New York Un iversity, 1 947;

Ed.D., Colorado State College, 1 959.

MARY J. WOLTER, 1969-

Instructor in Foreign Languages (French) B.A .• Monterey I nstitute 01 Foreign Studies, 1 967.

DWIGHT JU DSON ZULAUF, 1 949-53, 1959-

Professor of Business Administration (Accounting and Finance) B.S., Un iversity 01 Oregon, 1948; M.S., Columbia University, 1 949; Ph.D., Uni

versity 01 Minnesota, 1965.

Lecturers, Associate Lecturers and Assistant Lecturers W I LLIAM T. ADAMS

B.A., M.A., University 01 Colorado, 1 957. Lecturer in Sociology.

MI CHAEL L BENSON

B.A., Pacilic Un iversity, 1969. Assistant Lecturer in Physical Education.

LOIS M. BERGERSON

B.S.N., Loyola University, 1 946; M.N., University 01 Washington, 1 952. Assistant

Lecturer in Nursing.

HENRY J. BERTNESS

B.A., Augsburg College, 1 947; M.A., University 01 Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., Uni

versity 01 Min nesota, 1 955. Lecturer in Education and Psychology.

EUGENE H. BRECKEN RIDGE

B.S., West Virginia State Col lege, 1934; M.E., Whitworth, 1949; D.H.L, Whit

worth, 1 969. Associate Lecturer in Education.

ARNOLD J. BRICKER

B.A., Pacilic Lutheran University, 1956; M.A., University 01 Washington, 1962.

Lecturer in Political Science.

NADIA M. CHRISTENSEN

B.A., Augsburg College, 1959; M.A., University 01 Minnesota, 1 964 ; lurther gradu

ate study, Un iversity 01 Washington. Assistant Lecturer in Norwegian.

JOHN K . CONANT

B.S., University 01 Minnesota; M . A., Mexico City College, 1953; MAT., Colorado

State College, 1 963. Associate Lecturer in Spanish.

RUSSELL W. CROCKETT

B.A., M .M us. , Un iversity of I daho, 1 96 1 , 1 966. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

ANKE L. CULVER

Kiel Teacher's College, Germany, 1 958; g raduate study at Pacific Lutheran University. Assistant Lecturer in German.

THOMAS G. DAVIDSON

B.E., U n iversity of Puget Sound, 1 957. Assistant Lecturer in Education.

EDWIN E. DOROTHY

B.A., Paci fic Lutheran University, 1 950; MA, University of Wash ington, 1 959.

Associate Lectu rer i n Education.

KARIN H . D URHAM

B.Ed., U n iversity of British Colu mbia, 1 963; M .A. , Un iversity of Washi ngton ,

1966. Assistant Lecturer in German.

WAYNE H. EH LERS B.A.A.S., and BAEd. , Western Washington State College, 1 960 ; M.L., U n iversity

of Denver, 1 967. Assistant Lecturer in Educat ion .

JOHN V. E R IKSSON

B .B.A. , M .B.A., Sam Houston State College, 1 963, 1 966. Associate Lecturer i n Pol i t ical Science.

JERRY S. EVANS B.A.Mus., BAEd., U n iversity of Washington. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

JOHN G . EYRES B.A., M .A. , Central Washington State College, 1 952, 1959. Associate Lectu rer in Journal ism.

RUSSELL D. FU LKERSON

B.A., Western Washington State Col lege, 1 952 . Assistant Lecturer in Education .

HAROLD F. G RAY B.A., Paci fic Luthera n U n iversity, 1944; B.Ed., M.A. , Un iversity of Puget Sound, 1 946, 1 950. Lecturer in Educat ion .

ROBERT GREEN

B.S., M.S.W., U n iversity of Utah , 1 958, 1969. Adjunct Assistant Professor of

Sociology.

EDWARD HARMIC B.A., Paci fic Lutheran U niversity, 1962; M .Mus., Un ive rsity of Arizona. 1 969.

Assistant Lecturer in Music.

VIVIAN HARNS B.S., M.S. , Wash ington State Un iversity, 1950, 1952. Assistant Lecturer in Education.

NANCY HAUGHEE B .S.N . . Paci f ic Lutheran U n iversity, 1969. Assistant C l i n ical Instructor in Nu rsing .

THERESA E. H E M M EN B.S., Un iversity of Minnesota, 1 945. Assistant Lecturer in Nursing.

MARGARET A. HERZOG B.A., William Jewel ' Col lege, 1 957; M.A., Un iversity of Nebraska, 1959. Associate Lecturer in Mathematics.

RI CHARD N. H I LDAHL B .B.A. , Pacif ic Lutheran Un iversity, 1 965 ; M .B.A. , Un iversity of Oregon, 1966; C.P .A. , State of Wash ingto n . Associate Lecturer in Busi ness Admin istration (Accounting and Finance).

ALAN J . HOKENSTAD B.A. , Paci f ic Lutheran Unive rsity, 1 964 ; M .Ed., Central Washington State Col lege, 1 969. Assistant Lecturer in Education .

LEONARD W. HOLDEN B.S. , M .A. , Un iversity of Mi nnesota, 1 944, 1 947, Ed.D. , Stan ford University, 1 959. Lecturer in Education.

I R ENE HOPP B.A., Un iversity of Puget Sound , 1 947. Ass istant Lecturer in Music.

MARGAR ET A. KEBLBEK B .A. , Western WaSh ington Col lege of Educat ion; M .A. , Central Washington College o f Education . Associate Lecturer in Education.

SANDRA B. KNAPP B .S.M., M.S.M. , J u i l l i a rd School of Music. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

L ILL IAN W . LA UER B.A., M.J . , Un iversity o f Cal i fornia, 1954, 1 959; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1 966. Associate Lecturer in Education.

DEANNE LeROY, 1 969-B.A. , Un iversity of Pugel Sound, 1 964. Assistant Lecturer in Physical Educati on.

DAV I D W. LOCI(E 8.M. , SI. Olaf Col lege, 1 965; M . M . , Northwestern University, 1 967; Teaching Cert i ficate, Un iversity of Washington, 1 968. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

TOM L. McLAUGH LIN B.A. , Paci f ic Lutheran U n iversity, 1 960; M .A. , Un iversity of Wash i ngton ; Ph.D. , Washington State Un iversity. Associate Lecturer i n History.

FREDERICK L. N EWNHAM G raduate, Royal Academy of Music, London, 1 925; Teacher's Tra i n i ng Cert i f icate, Un iversity of Lo ndon, 1 925; Associ ate, Royal Col lege of Music, London, 1 928; Licentiate, Associate, Fel low, Royal Academy of Music, London, 1 929 , 1 934 , 1 962. Professor Emeritus and Lecturer in Music .

BON ITA N I ELSEN B.S.N. , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 96 1 . Assistant Cl in ical I nstructor in Nursing.

NAN G . NOKLEBERG B.A. , University of Wash ington , 1 953. Assistant Lecturer in Education.

R INO PATTI Ph .D . , Soc ial Work, Un iversity of Washi ngton. Un iversity Lecturer in Sociology.

B EVERLY JANE PAYNE B.A., M.A., Un iversity of Wash ington, 1 963, 1 966. Assistant Lecturer in FrenCh.

ROY J . POLLEY B.A., M .B .A. , University of Puget Sound, 1 959, 1964 ; C.P.A., State of Wash ington. Associate Lecturer in Busi ness Ad min istration (Accounting and Fi nance).

GAIL PURVIS

A.B. , Wi l lamette University, 1963; MA, Midd lebury Col lege, 1 964. Assistant Lecturer in Frenc h ,

JUDITH W. RAMOS B.S.N., Pacif ic Lutheran University, 1968. Assistant C l i n ical Instructor in Nursing.

JOSEF E M I L RUNNING B ,A . , SI . O la f College, 1 9 1 6 ; M.A. , Un iversity 01 M i nnesota, 1 941 . Assistant Professor Emeritus and Associate Lecturer in Mathematics.

BERNARD L. SA IBEL

B .A . , University of M innesota, 1 931 ; M.A. , Ph .D . , Harvard University, 1934, 1 935.

Adjunct Professor of P h i l osophy.

ROBERT E. SCHMID B .A . , Un ive rsity of Puget Sound, 1 932. Lecturer in General Engineering.

KATHAR I N E R. SEGER B.S. , Un iversity of Nebraska, 1,959. Assistant Lecturer in Busi ness Admi nislration

(Secretarial Sciences).

LO U I S J. SOUZA B.S., M.S., Springfield Col lege Assistant Lecturer in Physical Education.

KIM STERliNG B.A., San Francisco State College, 1 965. Assistant Lecturer in Physical Education.

G LORIA W. SWI SHER

B.A. , Unive rsity of Washington, 1 956 ; M.A. , M i lls Col lege, 1958; Ph.D .. Eastman

School of Music, 1 960. Assistant Lectu re r in Music .

PHYLLIS TEMP LIN B.A. , Paci f ic Lutheran University, 1959; M.S. , O regon State University, 1 968.

Associate Lecturer in Physical Education.

MARY H ELEN THOMPSON B.M., Ober l in Col lege, 1 940. Assistant Lecturer in Music.

A N N E. TREMA I N E B . M . , University of O regon, 1 95 1 . Assistant Lecturer in Music.

VERNON A. UTZI N G ER B.A. , N o rth Central Col lege, 1 922; M.A., Northwestern U niversity, 1 929; Ph.D. , Un iversity of Southern Cal i fornia, 1 952. Professm Emeritus and Lecturer in Com munication Arts.

WALTER WA LBRUCH B AEd., University of Washington, 1954 ; Equivalent of M .A. from UW. , WW,S.C. ,

U .P .S. and W.S.U. Associate Lecturer i n Education .

RAY WARREN B.A., Un iversity of Puget Sound, 1 930 ; M,A .. University of Washington, 1 937.

Lecturer in Education.

MARY MARGARET WEBSTER B.A., Carleton College, 1 962; M.A., C.Phi l . , Un iversity of California at Los Angeles, 1 965, 1 967. Assistant Lecturer in Psych ology.

BARBARA W I LLIAMS

B.A. , Pacif ic Lutheran University, 1 961 ; M .A. , University of Nebraska, 1 963. Assistant Lecturer in Eng l ish.

CHARLES M. ZAFFORON I

BA, Central Washington State Col lege, 1 954 ; M .A., Columbia University, 1 960. Associate Lecturer in Education.

Library FRANK HAM I LTON HALEY, 1 95 1 -

Librarian

B.A., Wi l lamette Un iversity, 1 935; B.D. , Drew Un iversity, 1 945; A.B.L.S. , University of Washington, 1 950. Further graduate study, D rew Unive rsity, Un iversity

of Cambridge, University of Zurich.

M I R IAM RUTH BECKMAN, 1 964-Natural and Social Sciences Librarian

B.A., University of Puget Sound, 1 928; M.A., Boston University, 1 933; M .Libr., Un iversity of Washington, 1 964.

Teacher Corps Team Leaders HARRY C. ERBELE

B.S.Ed., Valley City State Teachers Col lege, 1 959; further study at U niversity o f Wyoming, University of I l l inois, Pacific Lutheran Unive rsity.

HOWARD WESLEY JEANBLANC

B.A., Northern I l linois University, 1 956; M.A. Teacher's College, Columbia Uni

versity, 1 960; further study at Pacif ic Lutheran Un iversity and Oregon State

University.

RUTH LYNCH J EFFRIES

B.S. , Fayetteville State Teacher's College, 1 942; M.S.P.H., North Carol ina College at Durham, 1 949.

ROBERT � R EYNOLDS

B.S. Ed . , Valley City State Teachers Col lege, 1 961 ; further study at the University

of Puget Sound, Oregon State Un iversity, Portland State Un iversity.

R ITA ROSEMAHY ROLLER

B.C.S. , M.E. , Seattle Un iversity, 1 954, 1 966; further study at University of Puget

Sound.

DELORES I RENE S I LAS

B.S. , Tuskegee I nstitute, 1 948 ; M .Ed., University of Arizona, 1 962.

EMERITI J . E. DAN I ELSON, 1 960, Director Emeritus 0/ Admissions, 1 969

B.S.E. , M .S.E. , Un iversity of No rth Dakota, 1 929, 1937.

P H I L I P ENOCH HAUGE, 1 920, Professor Emeritus 0/ Education, 1 968

B.A., SI. Olaf, 1 920; M A , Ph .D . , Un iversity of Washington, 1 924, 1 942; L.L.D . ,

Pac i f ic Lutheran University, 1 960.

OLA F M ELVI N JORDAHL, 1 940, Professor Emeritus 0/ Physics, 1 969

A.B. , Luther Col lege, 1 925; M .S. , Un iversity of Pittsbu rg h , 1 927; Ph.D . , Unive rsity

of Wiscons in , 1 933.

ERICH CARL KNORR, 1 949, Professor Emeritus of Sociology, 1 969

G raduate, SI. Paul Luther Col lege, 1921 ; Cando Theol . , St. Paul Luther Semina ry,

1 924; B.A. , M.A. , Washi ngton State Un iversity, 1 929, 1 930; Ph.D . , University of

Washi ngton, 1 946.

OTTIL IE ELISE LITTLE, 1 946-51 , 1952, Professor of Emeritus of German, 1 966

A.B., Un ive rsity of I l l i nois, 1 923; M .A. , Uni versity of Wash ington, 1 926; Ph.D. , Hanseatic Unive rsity, Ham b u rg , Germany, 1 937.

GUNNAR JOHANN ES MALMIN, 1 937, Professor Emeritus of Music, Latin and Nor

wegian, 1 969

B.A., Luther Col lege, 1 923; B.M. , SI. Olal Col lege, 1 925; M .Mus. , University of Mi chigan, 1 940; further g raduate study, Unive rsity of Southern Californ ia , Un i

versity of Oslo .

EL INE KRAABEL MORKEN, 1 953, Associate Professor Emeritus of Nursing, 1 967

B .A., SI. O lal Col lege, 1928; R.N. , Emanuel Hospital Sc hool 01 N u rsing, 1 93 1 ;

M.N. , University 01 Wash ington, 1 962.

ROBERT A. L . MORTVEDT, 1 962, President Emeritus, 1 969

A.B . , SI. Olal Col lege, 1 924; A.M., Ph.D. , Ha rvard University , 1 930, 1 934; LL.D. , Pacil ic LtJtheran Unive rsity, Aug ustana College, 1 961 ; LiIt .D . , Wagner College, 1 962,

FREDERICK LA UREN C E N EWNHAM, 1 950, Professor Emeritus of Music, 1 969

Graduate, Royal Academy of Music , London, 1 925; Teacher's Trai n ing Certificate, University 01 London, 1 925; Associate, Royal College of Music, London, 1 928;

Licentiate, Associate, Fel low, Royal Academy 01 Music, London, 1 929, 1 934, 1 962.

MAG NUS NODTVEDT, 1 947, Professor Emeritus of History, 1 963

B .A. , SI. O lal Co l lege, 1 9 1 7 ; A.M. , COlumbia Un iversity, 1920; B.Th ., Luther Theological Seminary , 1 925; Th .M . , Princetot"] Theological Seminary, 1 928; Ph.D. , Un ive rsity 01 Ch icago, 1 950 .

ANDERS W I LLIAM RAMSTAD, 1 925, Professor Emeritus of Ch emistry, 1 961

B . .f,., SI. Olaf Col lege, 1 9 1 4 ; Cando Theol. , Luther Theological Sem inary, 1 9 1 8 ;

M .S., Un iversity o f Washington, 1 936 ; further graduate study, University of Washt ington ; L .H .D . , Luther Col lege, 1 960.

HERBERT ROB ERT RANSON, 1 940, Professor Emeritus of English, 1 968

B.A. , M .A., University of Kansas, 1 924, 1 926; Ph.D. , Un ive rsity of Wash ington, 1 936.

KELMER N E LSON ROE, 1 947, Associate Professor Emeritus of Religion, Greek,

1 967

BA, Luther Col lege, 1 925 ; B.Th. , Luther Theolog ical Semin ary, 1928; M .Th. , Princeton Theological' Seminary, 1 929.

JOSEF EMIL RUNNING, 1 948, Assistant Professor Emeritus of Mathematics, 1 961

B.A., St. O la l College, 1 9 1 6 ; M.A. , University of M innesota, 1 941 .

VERNON ALFRED UTZINGER, 1 950-53, 1957, Professor Emeritus of Speech, 1 969

B.A. , North Central Col lege, 1 922; M.A., No rthwestern University, 1 929 ; Ph.D . , University of Southern Cal i fornia , 1 952.

PAUL G. VIGN ESS, 1 956, Associate Professor Emeritus of Religion and His

tory, 1 965

B .A. , SI. Olaf Col lege, 1 9 1 8 ; M.A. , Ph .D . , Stanlord University, 1 924 , 1 930.

Faculty Standing Committees - 1969-70

The fi rst-named member of each committee is the chairman. The President is

an ex-officio member of all committees.

ADMISSIONS: Severtson, Stucke, Tobiason

Advisory: Leasure, Van Beek, Moe, C. Anderson

ARTIST SERIES: Nordquist , Karl , Dah l , 5 students (one of whom is chai rman) Advisory: Moe, Skones, Swenson

ATHLETICS: Doughty, K lopsch, Marti l la

Advisory: Buchanan, Nordqu ist, D. Olson, Moe

COMM ITTEE ON COMMITT EES: Herzog, Huber, Monroe

EDUCATIONAL POLI C I ES: Nordquist, Adams, Cone, Farmer, L. Olsol1, Swenson Advisory: C. Anderson, Moe

FACU LTY WELFARE: Culver, Lowes, Ostenson F I NANCIAL ASSISTANCE: G. Peterson, Cubbage, Nesset

Advisory: Buchanan, Van Beek, R . Coltom

COMM ITTEE TO PROMOTE GRAD UATE STUDY: Tobiason, G. King, Stein

Advisory: C . Anderson, Moe

LECTUR E AND CONVOCATION: Pederson, Christopherson , Meyer

Advisory: Leasure, Dalton, Moe, Taylor, 2 students

L I BRARY: Martinson, L. Johnson, Schwidder Advisory: Haley, C. Anderson, Moe

PUBLICATIONS: King, Monroe, Simmonds

Advisory: C . Anderson, Moe, Nesvig

RANK AND TENURE: Johnson, Huber, Huestis, Knapp, C. Peterson, Schnacken berg

berg

Advisory: C. Anderson, Moe

REL IG IOUS ACTIVITIES: J. Petersen, Adachi , Arbaugh

Advisory: Ek lund, C. Anderson, Moe, Taylor

SOCIAL: L . Olson , Broeker, A. Knudson, Toven Advisory: Dougherty

STANDARDS: R. O lsen, Eklund, Schwidder, W i l l iamson, Zulauf

Advisory: Leasure, Wickstrom, Beal

STUDENT ACADEMIC STATUS: L. Joh nson, Giddings, Holmberg, Sorenson, U lbricht

Advisory: Buchanan, C . Anderson, Moe, Wickstrom, Beal , Nelson

STUDENT ACTIVIT IES AND WELFARE : Doughty, Hutcheon, Officer, 2 students Advisory: Leasure, Wickstrom, Beal

STUDENT PUBL ICATIONS: Fisk, Schnackenberg, Sim monds, 4 students (one of whom is chai rman)

Advisory: ASP LU President, Nesvig, Editors and Faculty Advisers of SAGA and

MM and all student publ ications.

Statistical Summary

ENROLLMENT - 1 968-69 Men

Graduates _____ . . . _ _____ _ ____ 328

Seniors __ ____ ___________ _ 1 87

Juniors ___ _ _ _ ___________ 261

Sophomores __ ______ . _ . _ _ ___ ____ _ 245

Freshmen ____ _____ ______ 268

Specials _ ____ _ ____ _ ___ ____ 1 0

Auditors ___ _____ ___________ _ 2

Total Regular School Year ___ _ 1 ,301

Summer Session Enrollment, 1 968_____ _ ___ 587

Total _ ___ __ _ _ _ __ ______ ___ 1 ,888

Students Counted Twice_ ___ __ _ ___ __ 1 26

Net Total __ _ __ .. __ _ _ __ ___ 1 ,762

ENROLLMENT - Fall 1 969 Men

Graduates _ ____ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ ____ _ _ _ 330

Seniors ___ _ _______ _ 273

Juniors __ ______ ______ _ __ _ 256

Sophomores __ _ ___ _ ______ _____ 233

Feshmen ___________ _ ______ 281

Specials __ ___ ______ ____ __ ______ 2

Auditors _ __ ____ __ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ ____ 4

Total Fall 1 969 _ . _ _ ____ _ _ _ __ 1 ,379

Summer Session Enrollment, 1 969 _____ _ 485

Women

229

1 77

242

314

398

14

7

1 ,381

1 ,041

2,422

1 87

2,235

Women

227

243

267

280

431

8

4

1 ,460

702

Total

557

364

503

559

666

24

9

2,682

1 ,628

4,31 0

31 3

3,997

Total

557

516

523

5 1 3

712

1 0

8

2,839

1 , 1 87

)

RELIGIOUS AFFILIATIONS - Fall 1 969

Lutheran The ALC __ __ ____ _

LCA __ __ _ ____ _

_1 ,049 __ 262

Other Denominations Presbyterian _ _ 100 Methodist ________ ______ 83 Catholic ___________ ___ 68 Episcopalian ____________ _

Baptist _ _ _ ___ ____ _ _ _

Congregational _ _ __ _

Other affil iations _______ _

No affi liation __

61 57 22

758 202

Missouri

Unclassified

__ _ 136 41

Total Lutherans _ _ _____ 1 ,488

Total _ _ _____ 1,351

GRAND TOTAL

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF STUDENTS

Washington _____________ 1 ,951 Oregon _ _ _ _______ 288 California _ ____________ _ 218 Montana __________ _ _ _ 94 Idaho ____________ _ 43 Alaska ____________ 38 Minnesota _ __ _______ 37 Hawaii __ ___ _____ 22 Colorado ___________ 20 North Dakota __________ 14 New York ________________ 12 I l linois ______________ _

Arizona _ ___________ _

Utah _. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _

New Jersey _ . ___ _

Virginia _________ _

Michigan _ _ __________ _

New Mexico ___________ _

Kansas __ __ _ _ _ _ __ _

Ohio _________ ____ _

10 9 8 6 6 5 5 4 4

Florida _________________ 3 Indiana _ __ _ _ ___ __ _ 3

Maryland __

South Dakota __ _________ _

Texas ___ _______ _ _ _

Wisconsin _ _________ _

Iowa _ _ _ ____ ______ _

Louisiana __ _ _ ___ __ _

Nebraska _ _ _______ _

Oklahoma ________ _

Wyoming __ ______ ______ _

District of Columbia _ ____ _

Missouri __ _

Nevada ______________ _

North Carolina _____ _

Rhode Island _ _ ____ _

Canada _ _ _ _ 0 _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ __ . _

Hong Kong ______ _ _

Kenya __ ___ _____ _ ____ _

Saudi Arabia ___________ _

Sweden ______ __ __ _

3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2

5 4

Total ____________ 2,839

Index

Academic O rganization __________ 45

Academic Probation __________ 41

Academic Proced ures _ 37 Accreditation _ __ __ _____ . __ .. .... ___ .. _ 1 0 Activit ies _ ___ _ _ __ _ _____ 30

Athletic _ _ _________ ______ 31 Communication A rts ________ _ 32

Departmental _____ ___ ______ 31

General ______________________ 30

Honorary _ _ _ _________________ 31

Musical _ _ _______________ 31 Pub l ications _____________ 32 Rel ig ious _ ___________ _ _ 32

Ad min ist rative Officers _ 1 9 1

Adm issions ___ 1 5 Advanced P lacement Program ___ 1 8 Auditors ________________ 1 7

Early Decision Policy ___ _______ _ 1 6 Early Admissions Pol icy _ __ ____ 1 6

G raduate Studies __ _______ ___ 56 Procedu res ___________________ 1 5 Re-admission o f Former Students __ 1 7 N on-degree Students___ 1 7 Transfer Students _ ____________ 1 6

Advanced Placement P rogram __ _ _ . 1 8

A i r Force Reserve Officers Training Program _. _ _ _ _ __________ 1 82

Alumni Association _ _____ _ 1 1 , 1 9 1

American Economy Program _____ 1 3 Art B u i ld i ng __________ _ ____ __ 1 2

Arts and Sciences, College oL ___ _ 46 Ath letics _ _ _____ _ _ 3 1

Aud i t ing of Courses ____________ 1 7 , 38 Automobi les and other Motor

Veh ic les _________ 32

Board and Room _. _ __ • _______ 20 Board of College Education _______ 190 Board of Regents _ _____ _ _ _ 1 89

Book Store_ ___ _ ___ 30

Bui ld ings, Un iversity _ ________ 1 1 - 1 3 Busi ness Administration,

School of ______ _ ____ 53, 71

Calendar ____ __ _ _ _______ 6, 7, 8

Campus __ • _______________ . __ 1 1 Center, Un iversity_ ___ _________ 1 2

Certif i cation __ _________ _ _ __ 96 Changes in Registration __________ 38 CHOICE-Center for Human O rganiza-

tion in Chang ing Environments ____ 13 C h u rch Officials _______ _ _ 1 90 Chapel Responsi b i l i t ies____ 29

Classi fication of Students_ _ ____ 42 Coffee Shops _______________ 29 Co l lege Entrance Examination

Board Tests _________________ _ 1 6

Col lege o f A rts and Sciences _____ 46 Col lege Union Bui ld ing _ ______ 1 2 Columbia Cente r _ ___ ____________ _ 1 2 Community Life __________ __ _ _ _ 27 Counsel ing and Testing Services _ _ 28 Course Load _ _ _ _ .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ 37, 46 Cou rses of 'I nstruction _______ 61 - 1 31

A rt _ __________ _ 62

Biology _______ ._ .. __ ___ _ _ __ __ ___ 65 Business Administration ____ 71

Chemi stry _______________ _ 81 C lassics _______ __ __ . __ . 85 Communication A rts _ __ _______ _ 85 Earth Sciences ___________ _ 90

Economics ____________________ 92

Education _________________ 94 Eng l ish ___ __ _ ___________ _ _1 2 1 Foreign Languages ______________ 1 25

French _ _ ____________ _ 1 27

German _____ _______ __ __ _ _ 1 28

G reek ____________________ 1 29 Japanese _____ ________ ___ 1 29

Lati n _ _ ___________________ _ 1 30 L inguistics _____________ __ 1 27 N orwegian _______ ________ 1 30 Russian _ __ ______ ____ _______ 1 30 Spanish __ 1 30

General Engi neering ___ _ __ _ 1 3 1

Geography (see Earth Scien ces) _ _ 91

Geo l ogy (see Earth Sciences) _____ 91

J

History ____ _ __ _________ 1 33 Journal ism ___ _____ ___ _ 1 37 Mathematics _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 1 38 Music _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 1 42 N u rsing ___ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 54 Phi losophy _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ __ _ _ __ 1 61 Physical Education __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ 1 65 Physics ___ _ _ _ _ ___ ___ _ 1 69 Po l i t ical Science _ _ . _ _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 74 Psychology ______ _ _____ 1 77 Rel igion _ _ _ ____ _ ___ 1 80 Rese rve Officer Train ing Corps _ _ _ _ 1 82 Science (see Earth Sciences) __ _ _ _ 91 Soci ology _______ _ _ _ _ _ 1 85

Cred i t by Examination _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 37

Dean·s List _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 43 Deg rees _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ 46, 51 -53, 57 Depository for Students __ __ _ _ _ _ _ 22 Division of Graduate Studies __ __ __ 56 Div is ion of H u man ities__ _ _ _ _ _ 46 Division of Natural Sciences _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 46 Division of Socia l Scien ces ____ _ _ _ _ _ 46

Eastvold Chapel __ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 2 Ed ucation, School 01 . _ _ __ _ __ _54, 94 E l ig ib i l i ty ______ _ _____ _ __ _ _ _ 42 Employment, StudenL _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 25, 30 Enro l l ment _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ ____ 2 1 2 Entrance Req u i rements _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 5, 1 6 Evening Classes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____ _ _ _ 35

Faculty _ ____ _ __ _ ___ ____ _ 1 0, 1 93 Facu lty Committees __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 2 1 1 Federal Programs, Financial Aid ___ 25 Fees _ ____ __ _____ __ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 1 9

General _ __ _ _ __ __ ___ __ __ 1 9 Music _ __ _ _ __ ______ _ _ _ __ 20 Special ____ _ _ ____ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ _ __ 1 9

Fifth Year Requ i rements __ ______ 96 Finances _ _ _ __ _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ 1 9 F inancial Aid _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ 23 Fine Arts, Sch ool of ___ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 54

Food Service____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____ 29 Foreign Language Options _ _______ 46 Foreign Study Opportunit ies _ _ _ __ _ 42

Geograph i cal Distr ibut ion _ _ _ __ 213 Government of the University __ . _ _ 1 0 Grade Poi nts _ _ _______ _ _ __ _ __ _ 39 Grades _ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 39 Graduate Studies, Division 01. __ __ 56 Graduation Honors _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ 43 G rad uation Req u i rements __ ___ _ ___ _ _ 45

Also, see the Col leges and Schools Grants _ _ _ _ ______ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 24 Guest of the University Status ____ 38 Gymnasium _ _ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ 1 2

Health Center _ _ _ __ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ 1 2 , 28 Health and Medi cal Service _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 28 Health I nsurance _ ______ _ _ _ 1 9 , 28 History of the University__ _ __ _ ___ 9 Honors Courses _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ ___ 43 Honors at Entrance __ _ __ _ __ __ _ __ _ _ 1 7 Housing _ ________ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 33 Humanities , D ivision 01. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 46

Incompletes _ ___ _ _ _____ _ _ _ _ _ 39 Informal Study _ ___ __ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ 37 I nterim _______ _ _ _ __ __ _ _ ___ _ 8

Late Afternoon and Even ing Classes _ _ 35 L ibrary, MortvedL__ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 1 Loan Funds _ __ _ __ _ __ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 26 Location of University_ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ___ 9

Majors ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .45, 47 Master's Degrees Offered _ __ _ _ __ _ 57 Med ical Tech nology Course __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 51 Mooring MasL _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 32

National Defense Education AcL ___ __ _ 25 Natural Sciences, D ivision 01. _ _ _ _ _ _ 46 Numbering System _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ 61 Nursing, School 01. __ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 55, 1 54

Objectives of the University

O rientation ____ _ __ __ _

Ownersh i p and SupporL _ _ _

Pacific Northwest Intercollegiate

4 27

9

31

52 Athletic Conference

Parish Work _

Pass-Fail Option

Payments _ __ _

__ _ AO, 41

_ 21 Physical Education , School of Physical Examination _ _ _ _

Place of Rosidence _ _ _

Placement Service_ _ __

Pre-Professional Programs Pre-Dental _____ _

Pre-Engineering ____ _

Pre-Law _ _

Pre-Medic ine

P re-Theology _ _ __ _

55, 1 65

1 6 _ _ 3 3

_ 30

50

49

50

_ 50

52

97 Princi pal 's Credentials Programs for Careers _____ 49

Radio Station ___ _ _

Ramstad Hal l _ __ _ _ _ _

1 4

1 1 Re-Adm ission o f Former Students _ 1 7 Refunds _ _ _ _

Register, The __

_ __ _ _ _ _ _____ __ 22 _ _ _ __ 1 89

Registration ___ _ ___ _ _ 3 7 Religious Affi l iation _ _________ _ 2 1 3 Repeat ing of Cou rses ______ _ 4 0 Requi rements, Entrance 1 5, 1 6 Requ i rements, G raduation _ 45 Reserve Officer Training Corps _ 1 82 Residence Hal ls _ _ _ _ 1 2, 1 3 , 33

Room Reservations and Assignments _ 33

Saga _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ 32 Schedul ing _ _ ___ __ _ ______ 32 Scholarsh ip Requ i rements _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 24 Scholarsh ips ___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 24 School of Business

Admin istration 53, 71

School of Education

School of Fine Arts _

School of N u rs ing __ _

School of Physical Education Science Hal l_

Social Work

Social Sciences, D ivision of_

Standard Certification Statistical Summary Student Affairs

Student Body_

54, 94 54

5 5, 1 54

__ 55, 1 65

1 1

52

46

96 _ _ ___ 2 1 2

2 7

1 0, 3 0 _ ____ 3 2

_ _ _ 26

_30-32

32

1 01

Student Congregation __

Student Loan Funds Student O rganizations

Student Pub l i cations Student Teaching

Summer Session

Swi mming Pool

Symbols _

35

_ _ ____ 1 2

Table o f Contents _ Tacoma-Pierce Admin istration

B u i ld ing _ _

61

3

Talent Awards__ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _

1 1 24

Teacher Education _

Testing Service

Transfer Students __ _

Tuition

94 - 1 20 _ __ ____ _ 28

1 6

1 9

Un iversity, The_ 9

University Bu i ldings_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 1 1 , 1 2 Un iversity Center _ _ _ __ __ 1 2 Un ive rsity Requi rements 4 5

Veterans Affairs_ _ __ _ __ _ _ 29 Visit ing Classes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 38

Warehouse and Shops_ ___ 1 2 Withdrawal from CourseL __ __ __ 39

Xavier Hall _ ___ _ _____ _ _ ___ _ 1 1

1970-71 Catalog

Documents

Transcript of 1970-71 Catalog